1974 BODY STYLES
OVERALL STYLE CODE NAME WHEELBASE LENGTH
CALAIS
6CC47 G Calais Coupe 130.0" 230.7"
6CC49 N Calais Sedan 130.0" 230.7"
DE VILLE
6CD47 J Coupe de Ville 130.0" 230.7"
6CD49 B Sedan de Ville 130.0" 230.7"
FLEETWOOD ELDORADO
6EL47 H Fleetwood Eldorado Coupe 126.3" 224.1"
6EL67 E Fleetwood Eldorado Convertible 126.3" 224.1"
FLEETWOOD
6CB69 P Fleetwood Sixty Special Brougham 133.0" 233.7"
6DF23 R Fleetwood Seventy-Five Sedan 151.5" 252.2"
6DF33 S Fleetwood Seventy-Five Limousine 151.5" 252.2"
6ZZ90 Z Commercial Chassis 157.5" 255.4" I COLORS 1974 CODES AND IDENTIFICATION Calais & Eldorado Eldorado Manufacturer's Code Name Brougham De Ville Coupe Convertible Identification 870-3967 11 Cotillion White 9.7% 17.2% 31.5% 8.9% L67 WD 007 926-99642 870-4322 13 Georgian Silver 2.6 2.8 1.7 3.2 L68 AD 037 927-AF695 870-4515 18 Deauville Gray 1.5 1.4 1.0 3.3 L68 AD 044 927-AF914 870-848 19 Sable Black 3.1 5.8 6.0 10.7 L67 KD 005 926-96459 870-4313 24 Antigua Blue 8.7 4.6 3.7 5.8 L68 BD 093 927-AF681 870-4447 29 Diplomat Blue 5.0 3.9 3.7 11.7 L68 BD 097 927-AF790 870-4516 44 Jasper Green 5.7 1.5 .5 2.6 L67 GD 037 926-AF915 870-4517 49 Pinehurst Green 2.7 1.4 1.1 3.8 L68 GD 084 927-AF916 870-4236 54 Promenade Gold 7.8 2.9 1.5 4.3 L68 LD 025 927-AF400 870-4568 57 Apollo Yellow 12.4 7.6 6.6 5.6 L67 YD 062 926-AF969 59 Canyon Amber 870-4223 L68 ND 054 927-AF348 870-4534 63 Conestoga Tan 4.3 2.1 .9 2.6 L67 ND 038 926-AF929 870-4518 69 Chesterfield Brown 11.0 9.5 5.8 9.8 L68 AD 043 927-AF917 71 Andes Copper 870-4519 L68 RD 069 927-AF918 870-4460 72 Dynasty Red 5.8 9.6 17.0 1.3 L67 RD 048 926-AF801
FIREMIST COLORS AT EXTRA CHARGE
92 Regal Blue 3.3 7.5 5.8 6.2 L68 BD 102 927-AF919 94 Victorian Amber L68 LD 036 927-AF920 95 Pharaoh Gold .8 1.4 .6 1.7 L68 YD 012 927-AF970 96 Persian Lime 2.7 4.6 3.2 3.3 L68 GD 086 927-AF921 98 Terra Cotta L68 RD 070 927-AF922 99 Cranberry L68 RD 071 927-AF923
The above 1974 codes and identification chart shows color influenced by climatic conditions. The manufacturer's popularity by model for the previous year. Percentages identification numbers are listed in the column at right, are not indicated for colors without a 1973 counterpart; Inmont numbers begin with L. Eight-digit codes are therefore, total will not equal 100%. This information is Dupont. Forbes' codes begin with 8. (Forbes does not offered as a guide and does not reflect regional popularity furnish Firemist.)
2 EXTERIOR INFORMATION
EXTERIOR COLORS CONVERTIBLE TOP BOOT - HARD In 1974, Cadillac offers 21 exterior color (2 PIECE - CODE AI) selections. Six Firemist colors are available at extra A plastic Convertible Top Boot in exterior car charge including new colors Amber, Lime, Terra color is optional. This two-piece dust boot appears Cotta and Cranberry. The 15 regular colors include as an extension of the rear deck lid and tailors the three new non-metallics — Apollo Yellow, top down appearance. When not in use, the boot Conestoga Tan and Jasper Green. New colors may be easily stored in two sections in the trunk. introduced in 1974 are Canyon Amber and Andes Copper. 15 of the 21 colors offered are entirely new for 1974 and 10 are exclusively Cadillac. VINYL ROOFS (ELK & CROSS GRAIN) ACCENT STRIPE In 1974, the Elk Grain and Cross Grain top colors A new design Accent Stripe is available on the will be the same. Eldorado, when a color is specified. If no accent Three (3) new Vinyl Roof colors are available for stripe is specified on the order, the accent stripe will 1974, Amber (Code Q), Terra Cotta (Code T) and be omitted. The accent stripe consists of two paint Medium Blue (Code Z). The Green Vinyl Roof stripes below the lower break line on the hood and (Code N) is a new lighter shade than was offered in continuing back to the rear of the door. the 1973 model. The Dk. Blue, Brown and Sandal• Accent striping is also part of the DeVille wood (last year's Lt. Beige) Vinyl Roof colors all d'Elegance option in 1974. Striping on hood, doors, closely resemble those offered in the 1973 model. and deck lid gives the DeVille d'Elegance a truly The Gold (last year's Med. Maize), White and Black distinctive look. A new color, Terra Cotta (Code 4), are carryover. is available in 1974. The Vinyl Roof codes for 1974 are the same for both Cross Grain and Elk Grain materials. The Cross ACCENT STRIPE Grain Vinyl Roof option is available on the Calais series, DeVille series, Eldorado Coupe and Fleet• Styles H E J wood "75" series at extra charge, and is standard on 1 Black 5 Green the Brougham. The new DeVille Cabriolet option 2 White 6 Gold also includes the Cross Grain Vinyl Roof material. 3 Blue 7 Orange Elk Grain Vinyl Roof material is available on the 4 Terra Cotta 8 Red Eldorado Custom Cabriolet with or without Sun• roof Option, the Brougham d'Elegance and the new CONVERTIBLE TOPS Fleetwood Talisman. •t Seven (7) Convertible top colors are available for 1974, including two new colors Amber (Code Q) VINYL ROOFS (ELK & CROSS GRAIN) and Terra Cotta (Code T). Also available are White, Black, Dk. Blue, Gold and Sandalwood. The unique C Dk. Blue Q Amber inward folding top, which stores behind the rear J White S Sandalwood seat and flush with the body opening, provides K Black T Terra Cotta comfortable seating for three passengers in the rear M Gold X Brown seat. N Green z Med. Blue
CONVERTIBLE TOPS
A White Q Amber B Black S Sandalwood C Dk. Blue T Terra Cotta M Gold
3 CLOTH
1974 CADILLAC UPHOLSTERY OPTIONS COUPE J De Ville SEDAN B CLOTH NSERTS LEATHER BOLSTERS 311 811 Black MardiGras Black 325 825 Dk. Blue MardiGras Ant. Dk. Blue 326 Dk. Blue Maharajah Ant. Dk. Blue 330 Med. Jasper Maharajah Ant. Med. Jasper 343 Med. Saddle Maharajah Ant. Med. Saddle 344 Med. Gold Maharajah Med. Gold 346 846 Med. Amber MardiGras Ant. Med. Amber 347 Dk. Terra Cotta Maharajah Ant. Dk. Terra Cotta 348 848 Dk. Terra Cotta MardiGras Ant. Dk. Terra Cotta 800 Series codes designate "De Ville d'Elegance" option.
COUPE G SEDAN N Calais FLEETWOOD - ELDORADO COUPE H CLOTH VINYL INSERTS BOLSTERS MOHAWK & MERIDIAN VINYL CLOTH INSERTS BOLSTERS 211 Black Mimosa Black 411 Black Black 226 Dk. Blue Mimosa Ant. Dk. Blue 426 Dk. Blue Dk. Blue 230 Med. Jasper Mimosa Ant. Med. Jasper 430 Med. Jasper Med. Jasper 244 Med. Gold Mimosa Med. Gold 443 Med. Saddle Med. Saddle 444 Med. Gold Med. Gold EXPANDED VINYL-EXTRA CHARGE 447 Dk. Terra Cotta Dk. Terra Cotta ALL CLOTH INSERTS AND BOLSTERS 251 Black 425 Dk. Blue Medici 283 Ant. Med. Saddle 446 Med. Amber Medici 448 Dk. Terra Cotta Medici
FLEETWOOD "75" SERIES BROUGHAM CLOTH LEATHER SEDAN—R P INSERTS BOLSTERS LIMOUSINE-S 011 Black Morocco Black 711 026 Dk. Blue Morocco Ant. Dk. Blue 030 Med. Jasper Morocco Ant. Med. Jasper 043 Med. Saddle Morocco Ant. Med. Saddle 743 044 Med. Gold Morocco Med. Gold 047 Dk. Terra Cotta Morocco Ant. Dk. Terra Cotta All cloth — inserts and bolsters 010 110 510 Black Medici 025 125 525 Dk. Blue Medici 725 046 146 546 Med. Amber Medici 048 148 548 Dk. Terra Cotta Medici Med. Gray Potomac 719 100 Series codes designate "Brougham d'Elegance" option. 500 Series codes designate "Fleetwood Talisman" option. Dual Comfort Seat is standard on Brougham. Limousine Front Compartment is black leather.
Order extra charge "Dual Comfort Seat" by specifying code "?" in appropriate box on order form.
4 LEATHER 1974 CADILLAC UPHOLSTERY OPTIONS
DEVILLE COUPE J LEATHER - EXTRA CHARGE SEDAN B 351 Black 351 352 White - Black Carpet 352 353 White - Blue Carpet 353 354 White - Scarlet Carpet 354 356 White — Lime Carpet 357 White — Jasper Carpet 357 359 White — Cranberry Carpet — 366 Antique Dk. Blue 366 370 Antique Med. Jasper 370 382 Antique Lt. Sandalwood 382 383 Antique Med. Saddle 383 384 Med. Gold 384 387 Antique Dk. Terra Cotta 387 388 Med. Scarlet 388
FLEETWOOD
BROUGHAM LEATHER - EXTRA CHARGE ELDORADO COUPE H P EXCEPT CONVERTIBLE CONVERTIBLE E
051 Black 451 052 White - Black Carpet 452 053 White - Blue Carpet 453 — White - Scarlet Carpet 454 — White - Lime Carpet 456 — White - Jasper Carpet 457 — White — Cranberry Carpet 459 066 Antique Dk. Blue 466 070 Antique Med. Jasper 470 082 Antique Lt. Sandalwood 482 083 Antique Med. Saddle 483 084 Med. Gold 484 087 Antique Dk. Terra Cotta 487 088 Med. Scarlet 488
Dual Comfort Seat is standard on Brougham
Order extra charge "Dual Comfort Seat" by specifying code "?" in appropriate box on order form.
5 COLOR-TRIM
1974 RECOMMENDATIONS
DEVILLE SERIES CALAIS SERIES COLOR Coupe J Sedan B Coupe G Sedan N CLOTH LEATHER CLOTH VINYL 11 311 811 325 825 388 351 226 211 251 Cotillion White 326 347 348 848 352 366 230 13 311 811 325 825 351 388 211 226 251 Georgian Silver 326 366 352 18 311 811 325 825 351 388 211 251 Deauville Gray 326 352 19 311 811 325 825 351 388 211 226 251 Sable Black 326 346 846 352 24 325 825 326 366 353 226 211 251 Antigua Blue 311 811 351 29 325 825 326 366 353 226 211 251 Diplomat Blue 311 811 351 44 330 311 811 370 357 230 211 251 Jasper Green 351 49 330 311 811 370 357 230 211 251 Pinehurst Green 382 351 54 344 311 811 384 351 244 211 251 Promenade Gold 352 57 344 311 811 384 351 211 244 251 Apollo Yellow 352 59 346 846 343 383 352 211 283 251 Canyon Amber 311 811 351 63 343 311 811 383 382 211 251 283 Conestoga Tan 351 69 343 346 846 382 383 211 283 251 Chesterfield Brown 352 71 347 348 848 387 352 211 251 Andes Copper 311 811 351 72 311 811 354 388 211 251 Dynasty Red 351
FIREMIST COLORS AT EXTRA CHARGE
92 325 825 326 353 366 226 211 251 Regal Blue 311 811 351 94 346 846 311 811 352 383 211 251 Victorian Amber 343 351 382 95 344 311 811 384 351 244 211 251 Pharaoh Gold 352 96 311 811 *356 351 211 251 Persian Lime 98 347 348 848 387 352 211 251 Terra Cotta 311 811 351 99 311 811 *359 351 211 251 Cranberry
* Available on Style 6CD47ONLY
6 COLOR-TRIM
1974 RECOMMENDATIONS
FLEETWOOD SERIES Eldorado COLOR Convertible Eldorado Coupe H Brougham P E LEATHER CLOTH LEATHER CLOTH LEATHER 11 488 454 411 425 426 452 488 010 110 510 011 052 088 Cotillion White 456 459 447 448 430 456 459 025 125 525 026 051 066 13 451 488 411 425 426 451 488 010 110 510 011 051 088 Georgian Silver 466 452 466 452 025 125 525 026 066 18 451 488 411 425 426 451 488 010 110 510 011 051 088 Deauville Gray 452 452 052 19 451 488 411 446 425 451 488 010 110 510 011 051 088 Sabie Black 452 426 452 025 125 525 026 052 24 453 466 425 426 411 453 466 025 125 525 026 066 053 Antigua Blue 451 451 010 110 510 011 051 29 453 466 425 426 411 453 466 025 125 525 026 066 053 Diplomat Blue 451 010 110 510 011 051 44 457 470 430 411 470 457 030 010 110 510 070 051 Jasper Green 451 451 011 052 49 457 470 430 411 457 470 030 010 110 510 070 051 Pinehurst Green 011 052 54 484 451 444 411 484 451 044 010 110 510 084 051 Promenade Gold 452 452 011 052 57 484 452 444 411 484 452 044 010 110 510 084 052 Apollo Yellow 451 451 011 051 59 483 482 446 443 411 483 482 046 146 546 043 083 082 Canyon Amber 452 452 010 110 510 011 052 051 63 483 482 443 411 483 482 043 010 110 510 083 082 Conestoga Tan 451 452 451 452 011 052 051 69 483 482 443 446 483 482 043 046 146 546 083 082 Chesterfield Brown 452 452 052 71 487 452 447 448 411 487 452 047 048 148 548 087 052 Andes Copper 451 451 010 110 510 011 051 72 454 488 411 454 488 010 110 510 011 052 088 Dynasty Red 451 451 051
FIREMIST COLORS AT EXTRA CHARGE
92 453 466 425 426 411 453 466 025 125 525 026 066 053 Regal Blue 451 451 010 110 510 011 051 94 483 452 446 443 411 483 452 046 146 546 043 083 052 Victorian Amber 451 482 451 482 010 110 510 011 051 082 95 484 452 444 411 484 452 044 010 110 510 084 051 Pharaoh Gold 451 451 011 052 96 456 451 411 456 451 010 110 510 011 052 051 Persian Lime 98 487 452 447 448 487 452 047 048 148 548 087 052 Terra Cotta 451 451 010 110 510 011 051 99 459 451 411 459 451 010 110 510 011 052 051 Cranberry
7 COLOR-TOP 1974 RECOMMENDATIONS
BROUGHAM DEVILLE CALAIS ELDORADO COLOR CONVERTIBLE VINYL ROOF VINYL ROOF VINYL ROOF VINYL ROOF TOPS
11 Cotillion White J K C N T J K C N T J K C N T J K C N T ABC
13 Georgian Silver K J C K C J K C J K J C B A C
18 Deauville Gray K J K J K J K J A B
19 Sable Black K J K J K J K J B A
24 Antigua Blue C 2 J K J C Z K J C Z K J C Z K A C B
29 Diplomat Blue C Z J K J Z C K J Z C K J Z C K A C B
44 Jasper Green N J K N J K N J K N J K A B
49 Pinehurst Green N K J N J K S N J K S J N K A B S
54 Promenade Gold M K J M J K M J K M J K M A B
57 Apollo Yellow M J K M J K M J K M J K A M B
59 Canyon Amber QSXJ QSXJ QSXJ QSXJ Q S A
63 Conestoga Tan S X J K S J X K S J X K S J X SAB
69 Chesterfield Brown S J X S J X S J X S J X SAB
71 Andes Copper T J K T J K T J K T J K TAB
72 Dynasty Red J K J K J K J K A B
FIREMIST COLORS AT EXTRA CHARGE
92 Regal Blue J C K J C K J C K J C K A C B
94 Victorian Amber Q J X K Q J X K Q J X K Q J X K Q A B
95 Pharaoh Gold M J K M J K M J K M J K M A B
96 Persian Lime J K J K J K J K A B
98 Terra Cotta T J K T J K T J K T J K TAB
99 Cranberry J K J K J K J K • A B
VINYL ROOFS (ELK & CROSS GRAIN) CONVERTIBLE TOPS
C Dk. Blue Q Amber A White Q Amber J White S Sandalwood B Black S Sandalwood K Black T Terra Cotta C Dk. Blue T Terra Cotta M Gold X Brown M Gold N Green Z Med. Blue
8 ACCENT STRIPE RECOMMENDATIONS
ELDORADO and DEVILLE d'ELEGANCE
Code Exterior Color Accent Stripe Colors
11 Cotillion White All Except White
13 Georgian Silver Black Blue Red White
18 Deauville Gray White Red Orange Gold
19 Sable Black All Except Black & Terra Cotta
24 Antigua Blue Blue White Black Red
29 Diplomat Blue White Blue Red
44 Jasper Green Green White Black Gold
49 Pinehurst Green Green White Gold Orange
54 Promenade Gold Gold Black White Orange
57 Apollo Yellow Gold Black Orange White
59 Canyon Amber Orange Gold White
63 Conestoga Tan Black White Orange
69 Chesterfield Brown White Orange Gold
71 Andes Copper Terra Cotta White Black
72 Dynasty Red White Black Terra Cotta
FIR EM 1ST COLORS AT EXTRA CHARGE
92 Regal Blue White Blue Red Black
94 Victorian Amber Gold Orange White Black
95 Pharaoh Gold Gold White Black
96 Persian Lime Green White Black
98 Terra Cotta Terra Cotta White Black
99 Cranberry White Black
ACCENT STRI PE 1 Black 5 Green 2 White 6 Gold 3 Blue 7 Orange 4 Terra Cotta 8 Red
9 INTERIOR INFORMATION
INTERIOR TRIM LEATHER 226 trim options are available in 11 colors for White leather is available with Black, Blue, 1974. Scarlet, Lime, Jasper and Cranberry carpets on the New colors are introduced in shades of Med. Coupe DeVille and on the Eldorado series. On the Jasper, Med. Saddle, Med. Amber and Dk. Terra Sedan DeVille, Black, Blue, Scarlet and Jasper Cotta. Medium Gray Potomac cloth is available on carpets are available with White leather; and on the the Fleetwood "75" series only. Brougham, Black and Blue carpets. Medici cloth is now available on the Eldorado New leather colors for 1974 are Antique Med. Coupe, as well as the Fleetwood Brougham and the Jasper, Antique Med. Saddle, and Antique Dk. Terra "75" series for 1974. Cotta. Mardi Gras, a new, striped velour cloth is avail• When ordering Leather upholstery, it should be able on the DeVille series in Black, Dk. Blue, Med. noted that certain areas are trimmed with Vinyl Amber and Dk. Terra Cotta. material, which closely resembles genuine leather in texture and color. HEADLINING Headlining matches upholstery material color. Taffetta, an embossed perforated Vinyl material, is used on all Calais', DeVilles, Eldorados and all DUAL COMFORT SEATS leather trimmed Broughams. Dual Comfort Seats are standard on the Ashley, a pile fabric, is used on Cloth upholstered Brougham, and available as an option on the DeVille Broughams, all orders specifying the "Brougham series and the Fleetwood Eldorado series. d'Elegance" option, the "Fleetwood Talisman" Order Dual Comfort Seat by specifying Code "P" option, and all Fleetwood "75" series cars. on the New Car Order Form.
BROUGHAM d'ELEGANCE The Brougham buyer has the opportunity to make his automobile even more luxurious by the addition of an option which bears the nameplate "Brougham d'Elegance". This option is available with Medici cloth in Black (110), Dk. Blue (125), Med. Amber (146) and Dk. Terra Cotta (148). The "Brougham d'Elegance" interior consists of (1) plush, extra dense shag carpeting (2) vinyl backed deluxe front and rear floor mats covered in the same fine carpet material (3) elastic pockets made of Medici cloth on the back of the front seats (4) Medici cloth trimmed upper door pads (5) wide, brushed chrome moldings applied to top of carpet kick pads on doors (6) padded cloth trimmed front seat back panel (7) rear compartment retractable assist straps with Medici cloth inserts and (8) "Brougham d'Elegance" script on instrument panel. Exterior features include (1) full, thickly padded Elk Grain Vinyl Roof available in ten colors with a custom, rolled perimeter around the backlight, a rich,Frenc h seam, which accents the padded area around the backlight and bright chrome roof moldings, (2) stand-up wreath and crest hood ornament (3) Special Wheel Discs (4) and "Brougham d'Elegance" script on the sail panel. An ideal companion option is the Deluxe Robe and Pillow, which is available in matching colors. To order the "Brougham d'Elegance", enter one of the 100 series trim codes in the Interior Trim Section of the New Car Order Form. Then, select one of the padded Vinyl Roof codes and enter in the Top column.
DELUXE ROBE AND PILLOW OPTION The Deluxe Robe and Pillow Option consists of a lap robe and occasional pillow fashioned from the Medici crushed velour. The lap robe is finely detailed with multiple perimeter stitching and lined with the look of sheared mouton. The hand darted occasional pillow, also in matching crushed velour, along with the lap robe will provide a variety of comfort conveniences, in addition to further enhancing the visual aspects of the automobile's interior. This option is available on all styles in the following colors:
Dark Blue Code A1 Black Code A2 (Medium Amber Code A3 Dark Terra Cotta Code A4
10 NEW FOR 1974 FLEETWOOD TALISMAN Those looking for grandeur in an automobile will look to "Fleetwood Talisman". This new option, which is available on the Fleetwood Brougham, is offered in four Medici cloth trims: Black (510), Dk. Blue (525), Med. Amber (546) and Dk. Terra Cotta (548). Interior features included in this option are (1) Luxurious 40/40 Front and Rear seats trimmed in a deep, shirred pipe design. The seats are separated by (2) Medici cloth covered consoles in both the front and rear compartment. Each console contains two individually lighted compartments and the front console will have a personalized plaque engraved with the purchaser's name or initials. (3) Medici cloth trimmed upper door pads (4) padded cloth trimmed front seat back panel, sail panel, rear quarter panel and center pillar cover (5) rear compartment roof rail assist straps with Medici cloth inserts (6) wide, brushed chrome moldings applied to top of carpet kick pad and center pillar cover (7) plush, extra dense shag carpeting (8) vinyl backed deluxe front and rear floor mats covered in the same fine carpet material (9) elastic pockets made of Medici cloth on the back of the front seats (10) "Fleetwood Talisman" script on instrument panel (11) 6-Way Power Seat Adjuster, both driver and passenger side (12) reclining passenger seat (13) and Illuminated Vanity Mirror-Passenger.
Exterior features include (1) full, thickly padded Elk Grain Vinyl Roof available in ten colors with a custom, rolled perimeter around the backlight, a rich, French seam, which accents the padded area around the backlight and bright chrome roof moldings (2) stand-up wreath and crest hood ornament (3) Special Wheel Discs and (4) "Fleetwood Talisman" in script on the sail panel. The numerous features of the "Fleetwood Talisman" option combine to create one of the most luxurious automobiles ever offered. An ideal companion option is the Deluxe Robe and Pillow, available in matching colors. To order the "Fleetwood Talisman" option, enter one of the 500 series trim codes in the Interior Trim column on the order form. Then, select one of the padded Vinyl Roof codes and enter in the Top column on the New Car Order Form. DE VILLE d'ELEGANCE
In the 1974 Model, the DeVille series will feature a d'Elegance trim option. This option is available in four (4) Mardi Gras cloth trims: Black (811), Dk. Blue (825), Med. Amber (846) and Dk. Terra Cotta (848). Mardi Gras is a new, striped velour material, which is ideally suited for the d'Elegance treatment. The DeVille d'Elegance option consists of (1) plush, extra dense shag carpeting (2) vinyl backed deluxe front and rear floor mats covered in the same fine carpet material (3) elastic pockets made of Mardi Gras cloth on the back of the front seat (4) Mardi Gras cloth on the upper door pads (5) padded vinyl trimmed front seat back panel and on the Sedan DeVille, padded vinyl center pillar cover (6) rear compartment assist straps with Mardi Gras inserts (7) wide, brushed chrome moldings applied to top of carpet kick pad on doors and Coupe rear quarter (8) stand-up crest ornament on hood (9) crest and "d'Elegance" script on sail panel (10) body side moldings with padded roof color vinyl inserts and (11) hood, door, and deck lid accent stripes. Ideal companion options are the Deluxe Robe and Pillow, and on the Coupe DeVille the new DeVille Cabriolet.
To order the DeVille d'Elegance, specify one of the 800 series trim codes in the Interior Trim section of the New Car Order Form. Then, select one of the 8 available accent stripe colors and insert in the appropriate column.
When ordering the DeVille d'Elegance on the Sedan DeVille the front seat will be the notch back, coupe type seat. If the Dual Comfort Seat is desired on either Coupe OT Sedan, specify code "P" on the New Car Order Form.
d'Elegance treatment available on Fleetwood "75" Sedan and Limousine in Blue Medici cloth only at extra charge as special request. Refer to page 35 for ordering information.
11 DE VILLE CABRIOLET
In the 1974 Model, the DeVille Cabriolet (with or without Sunroof option) is being introduced. This option, available on the Coupe DeVille only, features a Cross Grain padded Vinyl Top crowning the rear portion of the roof. Other distinctive features are a stand-up crest hood ornament, bright chrome padded roof moldings and a French seam around the backlight. The DeVille Cabriolet option is available in 10 Vinyl Roof colors. Order the DeVille Cabriolet without Sunroof option by specifying Code "H". Order the DeVille Cabriolet with Sunroof option by specifying Code "Z".
ELDORADO CUSTOM CABRIOLET
The Eldorado Custom Cabriolet (with or without Sunroof option) is available on the Eldorado Coupe only. The - ultimate Eldorado - a custom option featuring a tailored padded, Elk Grain Vinyl Top crowning the rear portion of the roof. The exclusive appearance is further enhanced by handcrafted details such as a custom rolled perimeter around the backlight, a rich, French seam which accents the padded area around the backlight, a halo •surrounding the entire padded area consisting of a sheer chrome strap bordered by fine vinyl welts, distinctive brushed chrome door belt moldings and wreath and crest sail panel ornamentation. The Eldorado Cabriolet option is offered in 10 Elk Grain Vinyl colors, including 3 new colors — Amber, Terra Cotta, and Med. Blue. Order the Eldorado Custom Cabriolet without Sunroof Option by specifying Code "H". Order the Eldorado Custom Cabriolet Sunroof Option by specifying code "Z". Because these options require an "off-line" operation, allow 3 additional production days on the Cabriolet without Sunroof and 10 days for the Cabriolet with Sunroof Option.
SUNROOF
Sunroof Option — Code "S" - is now available on the Calais series, as well as the DeVille and Fleetwood series cars, when a Vinyl Roof is ordered. A switch on the instrument panel activates an electric motor that moves the Sunroof panel into a hollow under the roof and above the headlining. Sunroof is positioned above the front seat. In order to obtain maximum benefit from the Sunroof, it is suggested that a 6-Way Power Seat Adjuster be ordered. Because the Sunroof installation is an "off-line" procedure, cars must be scheduled for production on a first-in, first-out basis to maintain an orderly flow. Sunroof installation adds approximately 7 days to normal production time.
VINYL ROOFS (ELK & CROSS GRAIN)
C Dk. Blue Q Amber J White S Sandalwood K Black T Terra Cotta M Gold X Brown N Green Z Med. Blue
12 EXTERIOR ORNAMENTATION
BODY SIDE MOLDING HOOD AND REAR DECK Calais, DeVille and Fleetwood Seventy-Five series The "Fleetwood Talisman", "Brougham have a bright stainless steel body side molding. The d'Elegance" and Eldorado series cars have a stand- new "DeVille d'Elegance" includes a bright stainless up wreath and crest as hood ornamentation. The steel molding with a vinyl insert matching the roof "DeVille d'Elegance" and the "DeVille Cabriolet" color. If a Vinyl Roof is not ordered, the vinyl have a stand-up crest. The Calais and DeVille series insert will be Black. have a "V" and crest and the Fleetwood Brougham The Fleetwood Brougham has a bright stainless and Fleetwood "75" have a wreath and crest as steel molding with a vinyl insert matching the Vinyl hood ornamentation. Roof color. If delete Vinyl Roof option is specified, On the rear deck lid, the Fleetwood series has a the insert is Black. wreath and crest and the Calais and DeVille a "V" The Eldorado Coupe has a bright stainless steel and crest. molding with the recessed area painted to match the The lower right rear deck also bears the Vinyl Roof color. If no Vinyl Roof option is following: specified, the molding is not painted. Calais - Cadillac in script The Eldorado Convertible has the recessed area of DeVille - Cadillac in script the stainless steel molding painted to match the Brougham • Fleetwood in script convertible top color. "75" Fleetwood in script Eldorado Eldorado in script UPPER REAR QUARTER Fleetwood Brougham has a wreath and crest with Brougham script. When opera lamps are specified, the wreath and crest ornamentation is eliminated. Brougham d'Elegance or Fleetwood Talisman name- FRONT FENDERS plate will appear in script when these options are The Fleetwood Brougham and "75" series cars ordered. Calais, DeVille, Eldorado and Fleetwood have "Fleetwood" in script and the Eldorado has Seventy-Five series cars do not have ornamentation "Eldorado" in script on the lower front fender. in this area. "DeVille d'Elegance" will have a crest The Calais and the DeVille series cars do not have and d'Elegance" in script. any identification in this area.
INTERIOR ORNAMENTATION
CALAIS Upper door trim panels and pads are vinyl and match upholstery color. The door pull strap escutcheons have bright and brushed chrome scroll pattern inserts. DE VILLE Upper door trim panel and instrument panel inserts are distressed Pecan grain. Door trim pads are vinyl except with the "DeVille d'Elegance" option, in which case they are cloth trimmed. Escutcheon inserts are a bright, brushed chrome scroll pattern. A brushed chrome scroll pattern strip is inlayed in the instrument panel. FLEETWOOD ELDORADO Upper door trim panel is distressed Pecan grain with vinyl applied trim pad. Simulated carved wood appliques in an ornate design are used for the door pull strap escutcheons and applied on the distressed Pecan grain on the instrument panel. FLEETWOOD BROUGHAM AND "75". Upper door trim panel is distressed Pecan grain with vinyl applied trim pad. Distressed Pecan grain is used on the instrument panel insert with simulated carved wood leaf design. Simulated carved wood is also used as inserts for door pull strap escutcheons. With the "Fleetwood Talisman" and the "Brougham d'Elegance" trims, the door pads will be Medici cloth.
13 1974 EQUIPMENT OPTIONS
BASIC GROUPS Group 1
1 RADIO, AM-FM STEREO-TAPE PLAYER Pushbutton with Power Antenna (V4A) 1 Group 2 Y32 2 RADIO, AM-FM STEREO-SIGNAL SEEKING With Power Antenna (V4C) 2 Group 3 Y33 3 RADIO, AM-FM PUSHBUTTON With Power Antenna (V4G) 3 Group 4 Y34 4 RADIO, AM-FM STEREO-SIGNAL SEEKING Rear Control ("75" Only) 4 With Power Antenna (V4E) W TIRES, FIBERGLASS BIAS BELTED (QLH) WHITEWALL (5) (QLM) W W W W E GLASS-SOFT RAY (A01) E E E E 0 DOOR EDGE GUARDS (B93) D D D 0 K AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL (C61) K K K STD B LAMP MONITOR SYSTEM (YM8) B B B B Y SEAT ADJUSTER, POWER FRONT 6-Way Bench (A42) Y Y Y Y 6-Way Driver's Dual Comfort EQUIPMENT GROUPS Group 9 (Y38) Group 0 (Y39) M DOOR LOCKS, POWER (AU3/AU5) J TWILIGHT SENTINEL (T82) Q STEERING WHEEL, TILT & TELESCOPE (N37) N DEFOGGER, REAR WINDOW-ELECTRIC (C49) T TRUNK LOCK, REMOTE CONTROL (A90) C CRUISE CONTROL (K30) F FLOOR MATS, RUBBER (Y28) U HEADLAMP CONTROL, GUIDE-MATIC (T80) I TRUNK MAT (B36) ORDER INDIVIDUALLY s SUNROOF (CAD AE LICENSE FRAME-REAR (One) (V50) H ELDORADO CUSTOM CABRIOLET WITHOUT AF LICENSE FRAMES-FRONT & REAR (Two) (V51) SUNROOF OPTION (ELDORADO COUPE ONLY) (YP3) AG HORN-TRUMPET (UB8) H DE VILLE CABRIOLET WITHOUT AH TRACK MASTER (JL9) SUNROOF OPTION (COUPE DE VILLE ONLY) (CB4) Al CONVERTIBLE TOP BOOT-HARD (C02) Z ELDORADO CUSTOM CABRIOLET SUNROOF AJ 3.15to1 REAR AXLE RATIO (G90) OPTION (ELDORADO COUPE ONLY) (YN1) AK TRAILERING PACKAGE (YM7) Z DE VILLE CABRIOLET SUNROOF OPTION AL SHOULDER BELTS FRONT (CONVERTIBLE ONLY) (A85) (COUPE DE VILLE ONLY) (V4Y) AM THEFT DETERRENT SYSTEM (UA6) P DUAL COMFORT SEAT (AM 6) AN CALIFORNIA EMISSION EQUIPMENT ANDTESTING (VJ9) R TIRES-STEEL BELTED RADIAL WHITEWALL (5) (QFU) AO HIGH ENERGY IGNITION (KB5) V SEAT ADJUSTER-POWER FRONT AP CONTROLLED DIFFERENTIAL (G80) 6-Way Passenger Dual Comfort (AG2) AO. CONTROLLED CYCLE WIPER SYSTEM (CD4) Only When Code "Y" is Ordered AR AIR CUSHION RESTRAINT SYSTEM (AR3) X MOUNTING BRACKET-LICENSE PLATE FRONT (VK3) AS oPECIAL WHEEL DISCS (V4V) (V4W) 0 OPERA LAMPS (BROUGHAM & "75" ONLY) (C93) AT SPACE SAVER SPARE TIRE (N65) L LEVEL CONTROL/AUTOMATIC (G67) AU HIGH ALTITUDE PERFORMANCE PACKAGE (LT5) AB MIRROR-RIGHT SIDE REMOTE CONTROL (DF3) AV MIRROR-ILLUMINATED VANITY-DRIVER (D74) AC MIRROR-ILLUMINATED VANITY-PASSENGER (D64) AW HEAVY DUTY COOLING SYSTEM (V01) AD THERMOMETER-LH. OUTSIDE MIRROR (D65) AX 2.73 TO 1 AXLE RATIO (F90) A1-A4 DELUXE ROBE AND PILLOW (BHD 14 NEW FOR 1974 HIGH ENERGY IGNITION (CODE "AO") Available in 1974 is an optional High Energy Ignition system. The system is completely unitized and includes a magnetic pulse distributor, integrated circuit electronics and high-energy coil. Significant advantages of the system include: (1) No need for ignition tune up since points and condenser have been eliminated. (2) Better durability and greater reliability. (3) Improved cold weather starting. The High Energy Ignition system is available on all styles and may be ordered by specifying code "AO" in the appropriate column on the New Car Order Form. AIR CUSHION RESTRAINT SYSTEM (CODE "AR") Available in the 1974 Model is a new optional Air Cushion Restraint System. The driver cushion is located in the steering wheel pad. The cushion for the front seat passengers is located in the instrument panel in the area normally containing the glove compartment. On those cars specifying the Air Cushion Restraint System, a glove compartment will be attached to the underside of the instrument panel. The system is designed to inflate the cushions at an impact of 12 miles per hour or more. A light located on the instrument panel will inform the driver that the system is functioning properly. This option is not available on cars equipped with the Tilt & Telescope Steering Wheel or on cars that do not specify Automatic Climate Control. The standard Belt Restraint System with Starter Interlock will not be available with the Air Cushion Restraint System option. The Air Cushion Restraint System is available on all styles except the Eldorado Convertible and Fleetwood "75" series cars. Order by specifying code "AR" in the appropriate column on the New Car Order Form. Air cushion restraint system will not be available for installation until after Jan. 1, 1974. SPECIAL WHEEL DISCS (CODE "AS") In 1974, optional Special Wheel Discs will be offered. The design incorporates numerous vanes emitting from the center hub and running to the outer rim of the disc. On the Fleetwood Brougham and "75" series cars, the center hub will have an applied, three-dimensional wreath and crest for ornamentation. On the Calais and DeVille series, the center hub will have an applied, three-dimensional crest for ornamentation. Special Wheel Discs are included in the Fleetwood Talisman and the Brougham d'Elegance options, and are not available on the Fleetwood Eldorados. Order by specifying code "AS" in the appropriate column on the New Car Order Form. SPACE SAVER SPARE TIRE (CODE "AT") Available as an option in 1974, is a Space Saver Spare Tire. The "space saver" feature is that the tire is carried on the rimi n a deflated condition; and because of the construction of the tire when deflated, it takes up only slightly more room than the wheel it is mounted on. The result, of course, is more usable trunk space. The Space Saver Spare Tire is a blackwall Goodrich tire. A container of Freon 22, which is used to inflate the tire, is included. The Space Saver Spare Tire is for emergency use only and is not recommended for extended driving. Order by specifying code "AT" in the appropriate column on the New Car Order Form. 15 NEW FOR 1974 CONTROLLED CYCLE WIPER SYSTEM (CODE "AQ") In addition to the standard three speed windshield wiper system, a Controlled Cycle Wiper System is available as an option in the 1974 Model. This new system provides a range for delayed wiping from a minimum of normal low speed to a maximum 10 second delay. A sliding lever is used to select desired time delay. When set in a delayed wipe position, the wipers will make a sweep, delay for the time selected and then make another sweep. This pattern will continue until the system is reset or turned off. When the wash button is pressed while the system is in operation, the system will switch into normal low speed, the wash function will be performed, and then will return to original delayed setting. The system is ideally suited to prevent streaking caused by road splatter, or in light rain or snow. The Controlled Cycle Wiper System option is available on all styles and may be ordered by specifying code "AQ" in the appropriate column on the New Car Order Form. HIGH ALTITUDE PERFORMANCE PACKAGE (CODE "AU") This new option is designed to reduce emissions and improve performance when driving at an altitude of 4,000 feet or greater. Driving below 4,000 feet on extended trips lasting several days will require the use of premium fuel. Continuous operation below 4,000 feet will require that the engine be returned to its original calibration. This option is not available on cars specifying California Emission Equipment and Testing (Code "AN"). Order by specifying code "AU" in the appropriate column on the New Car Order Form. HEAVY DUTY COOLING SYSTEM (CODE "AW") In 1974, a Heavy Duty Cooling System is available at extra charge on a Special Request basis. This option will be of special benefit to those customers who drive in areas where extremely high temperatures prevail or who drive under certain conditions that could lead to possible engine overheating (Heavy Duty Cooling is part of the Trailering Package option and, therefore, should not be specified when Trailering Package is ordered). The Heavy Duty Cooling System consists of a special fan and a radiator with Heavy Duty Transmission Oil Cooler. Because of the possible high demand, this Special Request item may be ordered by specifying code "AW" on the order form. It will not be necessary to forward these orders to Central Office for special handling. Available on all styles except the Fleetwood "75" Sedan and Limousine. 2.73 TO 1 AXLE RATIO (CODE "AX") Available in the 1974 model is an optional 2.73 to 1 Axle Ratio. In the driving range of 30 to 60 miles per hour, this axle ratio will provide added fuel economy. This option is not available on those cars specifying Trailering Package or High Altitude Performance Package. Order by specifying code "AX" in the appropriate column on the New Car order form. This option is presently available on the Eldorado Coupe and Convertible only. Current plans include introduction later in the model year of a 2.73 axle on all models. You will be advised at that time. Refer to Page 19 for additional axle information. MIRROR ILLUMINATED VANITY-DRIVER (CODE "AV") In 1974, an Illuminated Vanity Mirror located on the driver sunshade is an available option. The mirror is enclosed in a vinyl case in color matching the headlining. A light on either side of the mirror is automatically turned on and off when the cover over the mirror is opened or closed. Light intensity may be adjusted by use of 'a switch located just below the mirror. Available on all styles except the Eldorado Convertible. Order by specifying code "AV". 16 GROUP ORDERING RADIOS All groups are available on all body styles except For 1974, there will be four (4) Radio options Basic Group 4 ("75" only) even though some items offered. The Radio options will include a power are standard. antenna. The power antenna, which is concealed in Group ordering is a convenient sales tool and the fender, will automatically rise to a height of 12 eliminates the possibility of omitting options inches (with the antenna switch in the center posi• desired by the customer. tion) when the Radio is turned on. It will automati• cally recede back into the fender when either the Radio or the ignition is turned off. It is also possible BASIC GROUPS to adjust the height of the antenna, if required, with In the 1974 Model, there are four (4) Basic a control located on the panel to the left of the Groups (Codes 1 through 4) available instead of the Radio. eight which were offered in the 1973 Model. Refer to Equipment information on Page 14 for Bumper Impact Strips are now standard equipment Radio codes and description. and are, therefore, not included in Basic Groups for 1974. As in past years, if all items offered in a Basic Group are desired, the Radio selected will determine the Basic Group code to be ordered. For example: DUAL COMFORT SEAT If all items in a Basic Group are desired and the The Dual Comfort Seat is available as an option Radio selected is the AM-FM Stereo Tape Player on the DeVille and the Eldorado series and is (Radio Code 1) the Basic Group to specify would be standard on the Brougham. The Dual Comfort Seat Basic Group 1. may be ordered by specifying code "P" in the Refer to Basic Group information on Page 14 for appropriate column of the New Car Order Form content and codes. not by trim codes as in previous years. EQUIPMENT GROUPS Equipment Groups "9" and "0" contain the same popular items offered in 1973, and may be ordered on all body styles. FRONT SEAT ADJUSTERS DUAL COMFORT SEAT tiEIMC H SEAT DRIVER PASSENGER (Left Side) (Right Side) BODY 2-Way 2-Way 6-Way 2-Way 6-Way 2-Way 6-Way STYLES Manual Power Power Power Power Manual Power CodeY CodeY Code V G-N STD N/A OPT N/A N/A N/A N/A J-B N/A STD OPT STD OPT STD OPT H-E N/A STD OPT STD OPT STD OPT P N/A SR SR STD OPT STD OPT R N/A STD OPT SR SR SR SR S N/A STD N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A STD - Standard N/A - Not Available OPT - Optional at Extra Charge SR - Special Request 17 THEFT DETERRENT SYSTEM (CODE "AM") The Theft Deterrent System option is designed to provide greater security for the vehicle, the vehicle contents, trunk and engine compartment. The system is controlled by the ignition switch and a selector located in the top panel inside the glove compartment. When the system is "armed", opening the hood, glove com• partment or trunk causes pulsating operation of the car's horn; and parking, tail, and side marker lights. Alarm activation also occurs if light switches or certain electrical accessories are turned on. Opening any car door (or switching on any courtesy light) activates the system after approximately 15 seconds delay. This delay period is sufficient for the driver to enter and disarm the system with the ignition key. Theft Deterrent System can be ordered on all styles by specifying code "AM". TRACK MASTER (CODE "AH") Track Master, a computer controlled rear wheel braking system, is available as an option on all styles. The primary purpose of this device is to sense any impending lockup of the rear wheels and automatically "pump" the brakes; thereby enabling the driver to maintain better vehicle control during sudden braking situations. The system partially releases the rear brakes as they approach the skid point and then automatically reapplies them. This process repeats with the brakes being alternately applied and released as long as the impending skid situation prevails. Order Track Master by specifying code "AH". TRAILERING PACKAGE (CODE "AK") A Trailering Package providing the following heavy duty equipment is an available option. Heavy Duty Generator and Regulator Radiator with Heavy Duty Transmission Oil Cooler 3.15 to 1 Axle Ratio (Not Available on Eldorado) The maximum loaded trailer weight which you can pull satisfactorily depends on what special equipment has been installed on your car. Cadillac does not recommend towing any trailer unless the car is properly equipped. Other equipment specific to a particular trailer, such as platform, wiring harness and brake controller should be purchased locally. Trailering Package is available on all styles except "75" Series. Order by specifying code "AK". Do not specify the individual items of the Trailering Package on the order form. Other optional equipment that might be considered useful in local application is: Automatic Level Control (Code L) Track Master (Code AH) Right Side Remote Control Mirror (Code AB) GENERATORS All Generators for 1974 have an integrated regulator. Amphere capacity of the available generators is as follows: 42 AMP - Non-Air Conditioned Cars (All Except "75" Series) 63 AMP - Air Conditioned Cars (All Except "75" Series) 80 AMP - "75" Sedan and Limousine Amphere capacity, as listed above, is sufficient to accommodate fully equipped cars. However, for cars that will be equipped with telephones or excessive electrically operated equipment, the 80 Amp Generator is available as a special order, except "75" Series. 18 TIRES Blackwall Bias Belted Tires, size L78-15, Load range B are standard on all cars except "75" Sedan and Limousine. On "75" series cars, the L78-15, Load range D tire is standard. Whitewall tires of the same size as the standard blackwalls are available in bias belted or steel belted radial construction, as an option STEEL BELTED RADIAL WHITEWALL FIBERGLASS BELTED WHITEWALL TIRES (CODE "R") TIRES (CODE "W") Steel Belted Radial Whitewall Tires are available Also available on all styles as an option is a bias as an option on all styles. A single white band belted Whitewall Tire (Code "W"). This tire has two accents the sidewall. white bands (one broad outside and one narrow In addition to greater strength to resist road inside) which accent the sidewall. hazards, the tire also provides substantially greater To order, specify Code "W" in the Radial/ mileage. Whitewall column of the order form or Basic Group To order, specify Code "R" in the Radial/ 1 through 4. Whitewall column of the order form. Basic Groups 1, 2,3 or 4 may still be ordered. ALL TIRE BRANDS NOT ALWAYS AVAILABLE Tires for Cadillac cars are supplied by five manufacturers - Uniroyal (U), Firestone (F), Goodrich (G), Goodyear (Y), and General (E) — in a variety of sizes, and black or white sidewalk. This complexity creates storage problems that make a continual inventory of all makes and types difficult to maintain. Also, availability problems are encountered since all tires must meet the standards of Cadillac's quality control program. It is realized that some customers designate a tire brand preference which dealers understandably wish to accommodate. However, as a relatively small percentage of such requests can be considered without risking a delay in car production, only in case of customer insistence should tire brands be specified on the car order. Notwithstanding these situations, Cadillac will endeavor to supply a tire brand option, provided such requests do not exceed 5% of a dealer's orders during a model year. Black sidewall tires are standard equipment on all cars. Because of the extremely small demand, it is not feasible to offer a blackwall tire brand option even on a limited basis. Space saver spare tire available as an option on all styles except "75" series. GLASS STANDARD OPTIONAL The windshield on all cars and the division glass Soft Ray Glass is tinted and the upper part of in the "75" Limousine are laminated safety plate the windshield is shaded. In addition to providing glass. All side glass and rear windows are clear solid relief from the sun's rays, Soft Ray Glass aids tempered safety plate glass. The Convertible rear Automatic Climate Control by screening infra-red window wfll be Soft Ray Glass in all cases. heat rays. Soft Ray Glass is recommended especially when Automatic Climate Control is ordered. GEAR RATIOS CODE AX CODE AJ BODY STYLE 2.73:1 2.93:1 3.07:1 3.15:1 CALAIS * OPT STD N/A OPT DEVILLE * OPT STD N/A OPT ELDORADO OPT N/A STD N/A BROUGHAM * OPT STD N/A OPT "75" N/A N/A N/A STD available on these styles later in the model year. Dealers will be advised at that time. 19 STATE OF CALIFORNIA 1974 EMISSION EQUIPMENT AND TESTING California laws and regulations applicable to new 1974 model year gasoline powered vehicles under 6,001 lbs. gross vehicle weight prohibit sale of such vehicles. a. by a manufacturer unless the vehicles comply with assembly line test regulations, and b. by a dealer unless a decal or the price label which is affixed to the vehicle shows required exhaust emissions data as determined by assembly line tests. Therefore, California Emission Equipment and Testing (Code "AN") must be specified on the New Car Order (CAD 5600A) so that the vehicle will be scheduled with the necessary equipment, and for testing, to establish compliance with these regulations. California emission law requirements apply to all new 1974 model Cadillac automobiles sold or offered for sale in California by manufacturers and dealers, including factory deliveries and those vehicles sold for registration out of state. *(See Exception Below.) Furthermore, the dealer's handbook compiled by the California Department of Motor Vehicles states that a Courtesy Delivery Vehicle (Vehicle delivered by a California dealer, sold by an out-of-state dealer) when presented for initial California registration will be recognized as a new vehicle. Such vehicles will, therefore, require the above options in order that they can be registered in California. * Exception Orders received for new 1974 model Cadillac automobiles from California dealers for courtesy delivery by out-of-state dealers to purchasers who certify that the courtesy delivered vehicles will be registered and used in a state other than the State of California, may be scheduled for production without California Emission Equipment and Testing specified on the new car order. In the event such an order is placed, an executed copy of the Certification — New Vehicle Intended Use must accompany the car order. These forms are available in your Zone Office and, upon request, will be provided for your use with the customer. Your sales organization should be advised of these 1974 California laws and regulations. Any specific inquiries in this connection should be directed to the Department of Motor Vehicles, State of California. IMPORTANT FRONT LICENSE PLATE MOUNTING BRACKET (CODE X) In those states where two (2) License Hates are required, it will be necessary to order the Front License Plate Mounting Bracket (at no charge) so that the Front License Plate may be affixed to the car. Order by specifying code "X" in the appropriate box on the New Car Order. 20 DEFOGGER—REAR WINDOW (CODE "N") In 1974, all Rear Window Defoggers will be the electric grid type, except on the Fleetwood "75" Series. The Seventy-Five rear window defogging system is integral with the rear Climate Control system, which is standard equipment. A law enacted by the State of New York requires a rear window defogger or defroster on all passenger-carrying type motor vehicles, except convertibles, station wagons or other motor vehicles having a roll-down rear window or a rear window or windows located in a movable closure (e.g., a hatchback coupe). This law applies to models manufactured or assembled after June 30,1973, and registered in the State of New York as a 1974 model or subsequent model. Cadillac Motor Car Division is offering to all Cadillac dealers a rear window defogger as optional equipment on all eligible 1974 Cadillac motor vehicles which meets the requirements specified in the law. Order by specifying Code N. GENERAL INFORMATION CUSTOMER ORDER DATE ORDER STATUS Customer Order Date is the date the order is Each new car order form (CAD 5600A) requires accepted by a Cadillac dealer. that a code be entered to indicate the status of the To determine the amount of time required for order. Cadillac to complete an order for shipment, the Codes to be Used: CUSTOMER ORDER DATE must be entered on every order form. (CAD 5600A). Sold S Rental & Leasing R Stock U Demo D DEALER ORDER DATE Sold orders will receive scheduling-preference, When an order is placed with a Cadillac zone when there is a choice between a sold and stock office, the DEALER ORDER DATE should be order. entered. Unless the order is mailed by the dealer to the zone office the same day it is written, the Customer Order Date and the Dealer Order Date will not PREFERENCE LIST coincide. Time lapse between these two dates will In addition to the above automatic priority, the indicate the number of days before a dealer sub• most effective method for expediting urgently mitted the order to the zone office. needed cars is by using a Preference List. Preference Lists should be made weekly to keep WORK SHEET them current and mailed on Friday to utilize the A new car order Work Sheet (CAD 5600W) is a weekend for transit. dealer aid available upon request from the zone List the orders in sequence of their importance. office. Every effort will be made to schedule orders accord• Listing the specifications of cars to be ordered ing to the Preference List. during an allotment will permit for an accurate Orders which have been scheduled into produc• evaluation of all orders. Any omission can be cor• tion should be eliminated from the Preference List. rected before transcribing to the order form (CAD A supply of Preference Lists (CAD 1652) is avail• 5600A). able upon request. 21 RUBBER FLOOR MATS TWIN ONE PIECE TWI N ONLY FRONT & REAR FRONT&REAR FRONT Eldorado "75"Sedan "75" Limo SALES Calais DeVille Brougham UCC COLOR H E R S CODE G N J B P 711 719 211 311 811 010 110 411 451 711 452 719 725 743 1 19F Black 251 351 352 510 011 051 052 325 825 025 125 425 426 725 453 466 2 27 F Blue 226 326 353 525 026 366 053 066 330 030 430 457 3 48F Jasper 230 357 070 370 470 244 344 044 444 Gold 4 54F 384 084 484 346 046 146 59F Amber 446 5 846 546 343 043 443 482 743 6 68F Saddle 283 382 082 383 083 483 347 348 047 048 447 448 7 71F Terra Cotta 848 387 148 548 087 487 456 8 43F Lime 356 454 488 9 75F Scarlet 354 388 088 459 0 78F Cranberry 359 Floor Mats are installed by trim selected according to the may be ordered by specifying Code 1. Eldorado Convertible above chart unless a specific coior mat is specified. and Fleetwood "75" Trunk Mat must be pierced to fit To order Floor Mats specify Group 9 or Code F. To order over the spare tire mount. A spare tire cover in fabric a specific color in place of the" standard combinations matching the trunk lining is standard on all cars. listed above, instead of Code F or in addition to Group 9, NOTE: Fleetwood Talisman, Brougham d'Elegance, and use one of the above sales codes. De Ville d'Elegance options include 2 front and 2 rear vinyl backed and carpet covered Deluxe Floor Mats. A one-piece Black Trunk Mat is included in Group 9 or 22 VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION ^LZV^£:^ttim Number wi"be the as that used in ,he 1973 Model The example below explains the various codes of the VIN. 1974 VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER EXAMPLE SIXTY SPECIAL BROUGHAM 6 B 69 R 4 Q 100001 r Make - Sequential Number Series J I - Plant Body Type • Model Year Engine (472 cu. in. V8) The first four digits of the VIN are listed below with the corresponding model designa• tors. The two engine codes and the plant codes are also shown. VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER 1974 MODEL YEAR MODEL NAME MODEL DESIGNATOR VIN MODEL NUMBER Calais Coupe 6CC47 6C47 Calais Sedan 6CC49 6C49 DeVille Coupe 6CD47 6D47 DeVille Sedan 6CD49 6D49 Sixty Special Brougham 6CB69 6B69 Seventy-Five Sedan 6DF23 6F23 Seventy-Five Limousine 6DF33 6F33 Eldorado Coupe 6EL47 6L47 Eldorado Convertible 6EL67 6L67 Commercial Chassis 6ZZ90 6Z90 ant uodes Engine Codes (---Detroit 472 cu, in. V8,-R '~L,nden 500 cu. in. V8,-S 23 5600A INSTRUCTIONS CADILLAC MOTOR CAR DIVISION GENERAL MOTORS CORPORATION 1974 NEW CAR ORDER smotiEl* MOO« BUSINESS'OBMS IMC . 16 MAIL ORIGINAL TO ZONE OFFICE GROUP 9 CONTAINS 1 AM/FM STEREO-TAPE PLAYER BASIC CROUPS CONTAIN CODE W I WHITE WALL TIRES) THRU CODE Y COOCS M THRU I. 2 AM/FM STEREO • SIGNAL SEEKING IS1X WAY POWER SEAT ADJUSTER • DRIVER) SAStC GROUP NUMBER GROUP O CONTAINS 3 AM/FM PUSHBUTTON DEPENDS ON RADIO SELECTED. REFER TO RADIO INFORMATION CODES J THRU U. 4 AM/FM STEREO - StG. SEEK.-REAR CONTROL FOR CODES. PLEASE REFER TO OPTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS BOOK FOR ADDITIONAL ORDERING INFORMATION op SPECIAL REQUEST — (DEVIATIONS FROM AVAILABLE J'|°"gL SPECIAL EXTERIOR COLOR/EQUIPMENT FOR CENTRAL OFFICE USE ONLY CODE S/RNO. GUIDE NO. DO NOT WRITE IN THIS AREA TRIM GUIDE NO. INSTRUMENT BODY STYLE PANEL STANDARD TRIM CARPETS SEAT TYPE INSERTS CARPETS FINANCE THROUGH UNDERSIGNED DEALER CERTIFIES THAT HE HAS CURRENT G.M.A.C. ARRANGEMENT WITH AN 0. D. C. FINANCER AND THAT SETTLE• CASH MENT SHOULD BE MADE THROUGH SUCH 0. D. C. FINANCER. 0. D. C. 1974 NEW CAR ORDER CADIUAC MOTOR CAR DIVISION GENERAL MOTORS CORPORATION FOR TOTAL CUSTOMER SATISFACTION ORDER COMPLETELY EQUIPPED CARS 24 5600A INSTRUCTIONS (?) Two dates are necessary: date customer places order and date order is sent to the zone. The allotment month name (not number) against which the order will apply must also be entered. (?) Ordering dealer's city and state: if there is more than one dealer in that city, insert an additional reference. (3) If Courtesy Delivery, indicate city and state of delivering dealer. (4) Exterior color code and vinyl top code to be entered here. Recommended combinations can be found on Page_8_of Optional Specifications Manual. (5) Enter code for Sunroof, Cabriolet or Cabriolet Sunroof. Order Sunroof only if vinyl top is specified. Cabriolet and Cabriolet Sunroof are available on Eldorado Coupe and Coupe DeVille only. (6) Specify code 1 through 8 for Accent Stripe - Eldorado and DeVille d'Elegance only. See Page_9 of Optional Specifications Manual for recommended exterior color/accent stripe combinations. (?) Enter trim code here. Be sure that trim code agrees with body style ordered. (5) New code for ordering Dual Comfort Seat: Leave blank on Brougham orders, as Dual Comfort Seat is standard equipment. (9) Basic Groups include "1" through "4" and Equipment Groups are "9" and "0". Group content and Radio options are explained on order form, and on Page 14_of Optional Specifications Manual. @) Itemize only if Basic Group "1" through "4" is not ordered, or if steel belted radial tires are desired. (jl) 6-Way Power Seat Adjuster for Passenger Dual Comfort Seat (Only if 6-Way Driver Adjuster, Code Y, is ordered.) 2) Itemize only if Equipment Groups "9" and/or "0" are not ordered or if specific color floor mats are wanted. @ Special features section. Refer to Page 27 for specific instruction. (14) If sold order, indicate purchaser's name. (^) Enter an order status code for each order. Sold order receives preference when scheduling. @ Enter five digit code of selling dealer. ® Order number is composed of body style alpha code, followed by sequential numbeT of dealer's orders from l.e.g. Jl,B2,etc. @) Numeric code of delivering dealer if other than selling dealer. Enter CWC if Factory delivery. @ Five digit body style code must be entered here. See Page 23 in Optional Specifications Manual for complete listing. @ Enter CWC if delivery is to be at the factory in Detroit and the Customer Will Call date as confirmed by the Zone office. @) Items to be ordered individually. Note: two character codes for some options. (||) Specify, if other than established methods. (||) Authorized signature. 25 SPECIAL FEATURES Some features not offered in standard production are available on a special request basis. This special service is provided to satisfy the discriminating Cadillac customer and to assist in conquest sales. Orders requesting special features should not be used for promotional or speculative purposes. Every effort will be made to accommodate requests for Special Features. However, because of certain component restrictions, some changes from standard production options cannot be made. MAIL IMMEDIATELY As soon as specifications on a special order are finalized, the order should be submitted against a future allotment. Production of the parts necessary to complete the special order can be initiated, thus reducing the lead time. TIME REQUIRED Because special feature orders require procurement of non-standard parts, writing detailed production instructions and individual assembly, additional time is necessary to complete these operations. Also, only a limited number of special requests can be scheduled for production daily. As a general rule, from the time the order is received at Central Office: 1. Special trim orders are completed in five to eight weeks, depending upon the type of interior requested. 2. Special acrylic lacquers require six to eight weeks to produce the completed car. 3. Special equipment orders are built within three weeks. THE TIME ELEMENT MUST BE CLEARLY UNDERSTOOD BEFORE A SPECIAL REQUEST ORDER IS SUBMITTED. TO AVOID ANY MISUNDERSTANDING, THE CUSTOMER SHOULD NOT BE PROMISED A SPECIFIC DELIVERY DATE, AS MANY FACTORS INFLUENCE THE TIME REQUIRED TO BUILD AND SHIP SPECIAL FEATURE ORDERS. ACKNOWLEDGMENT Based upon the information available, each special trim order is acknowledged with an estimated produc• tion date. A Xerox copy of the special trim order (CAD 5600A) with the estimated production date is sent to the Zone Office for forwarding to dealer. If this acknowledgment is not received within two weeks, an inquiry should be made, as this might indicate that the order has been misdirected. ILLUSTRATIONS Pages 27 through 37 contain illustrations and descriptions of the most frequently ordered special features. The bottom half of the Wholesale Order Form (Cad. 5600A) is designed to accommodate special order requests. Detailed instructions for completing this,portion of the form are on page 27. Following the example illustrated will prove most helpful. If the desired trim combination is not illustrated, or any questions arise, the Zone Office will provide assistance. If there is a possibility that a request written on an order form could be misinterpreted, a letter explaining the special features desired should be sent with the order. TRIM STYLE NOT INTERCHANGEABLE Each series, has an exclusive trim style which cannot be substituted in other series: BUTTONS - LACES These items cannot be eliminated because, in addition to being decorative, buttons, laces and pleats serve to tie down and retain the original shape of the upholstery. PAST MODEL UPHOLSTERY Only interiors in colors and fabrics currently in production can be furnished. Past model fabrics or materials supplied by a customer cannot be used. LEATHER IN CALAIS Leather upholstery is not available in the Calais series. DOUBLE CHECK Because special feature orders are sold cars and involve additional time and an extra charge, specifications should be double-checked to avoid errors. 26 SPECIAL FEATURES 5600A COLOR TOP S H Z TRIM p 1-4 9 0 R/W 1 -4 E D K B Y V M Q T F I J N C u X ) —*~ X CABRIOLET OPTION BASIC CROUPS 1-4 EQUIPMENT GROUPS 9-0 BASIC GROUPS CONTAIN CODE W [WHITEWALL TIRES! THRU COOE Y GROUP 9 CONTAINS 1 AM/FM STEREO • TAPE PLAYER ISIX WAY* POWER SEAT ADJUSTER • DRIVER' BASIC CROUP NUMBER CODES M THRU I. 2 AM/FM STEREO - SIGNAL SEEKING DEPENDS ON RADIO SELECTED. REFER TO RADIO INFORMATION GROUP O CONTAINS 3 AM/FM PUSHBUTTON FOR CODES. CODES JTHRU U 4 AM/FM STEREO - SIG. SEEK.-REAR CONTROL O L A8 AC AD AE AF AG AH AI AJ AK AL AM AN AO AP AO AR AS AT AU AV AW AX AY M/A4 PLEASE REFER TO OPTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS BOOK FOR ADDITIONAL ORDERING INFORMATION SPECIAL. REQUEST — [DEVIATIONS FROM AVAILABLE OPTIONS) CODE S/RNO. GUIDE NO. SPECIAL EXTERIOR COLOR/EQUIPMENT FOR CENTRAL OFFICE USE ONLY •-TRIM DO NOT WRITE IN THIS AREA INSTRUMENT GUIDE NO. PANEL ^STEERING BODY STYLE WMEEI 0 STANDARD TRIM •-CARPETS SEAT TYPE •-INSERTS CARPETS •-BOLSTERS LACES •-HEAOLINING BUTTONS •-LACES •-SEATS ONLY (T) For special trim enter X only to the right (f) SEATS ONLY - one color for the Seats of TRIM box. Leave trim code blank. Only with remainder of interior in a (5) Enter trim code desired. This code contrasting color may be specified. determines the color and material of all Trim code in Item 2 will determine the interior components except those color of the Instrument Panel, Steering specified individually. Wheel, Carpet, Doors and Headlining. (5) INSTRUMENT PANEL, STEERING (7) The S.R. NO. is the invoicing code used WHEEL and CARPET will be the same for Special Request items. Leave Blank. color as trim code unless otherwise (5) The GUIDE NO. is a control number specified. assigned by Central Office for Special (4) INSERTS are the basic seat areas of the Request items. Leave Blank. cushion and back rest. (9) Identify special exterior color by name BOLSTERS are the center section of the and model year, i.e., 1968 Kashmir Ivory. seat and also include seat skirt facings. See page 34_ for order example. @ Special Equipment or Special Enter codes here if these items are to be Instructions—only information not different from the basic trim, Item 2. covered in the above sections can be (D HEADLINING matches basic trim color entered here. and LACES will match the bolster color (R) PRODUCTION DATE (estimate) unless otherwise specified. furnished by Central Office. 27 VINYL UPHOLSTERY DEALER CODE ORDERNO. Special Request 00000 G74 SHIP TO CODE BODY STYLE 6CC47 CUSTOMER WILL CALL COLOR TOP s H 2 TRIM p 1-4 9 0 R/W 1-4 E 0 K 8 Y V M Q T F I J N C' U X 24 C S X 1 9 0 rj o CABRIOLET OPTION BASIC GROUPS 1*4 EQUIPMENT CROUPS 9-0 BASIC GROUPS CONTAIN CODE W (WHITEWALL TIRES) THRU CODE Y CROUP 9 CONTAINS 1 AM/FM STEREO - TAPE PLAYER (SIX WAV POWER SEAT ADJUSTER - DRIVER) BASIC GROUP NUMBER COOES M THRU X. 2 AM/FM STEREO - SIGNAL SEEKING DEPENDS ON RADIO SELECTED, REFER TO RADIO INFORMATION GROUP O CONTAINS 3 AM/FM PUSHBUTTON FOR CODES. CODES J THRU U. 4 AM/FM STEREO - SIG. SEEK.-REAR CONTROL 0 1. AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AI AJ AK AL AM AN AO AP AO AR AS AT AU AV AW AX AY M/A4 PLEASE REFER TO OPTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS BOOK FOR ADDITIONAL ORDERING INFORMATION CODE S/RNO. GUIDE NO. SPECIAL EXTERIOR COLOR/EQUIPMENT TRIM 266 INSTRUMENT PANEL STEERING BODY STYLE WHEEL STANDARD TRIM CARPETS VINYL UPHOLSTERY SEAT TYPE INSERTS CARPETS BOLSTERS LACES HEADLINING BUTTONS LACES SEATS ONLY FOR CALAIS SERIES WHITE VINYL With White Vinyl (Code 252) the following VINYL COLORS CODES will be Black: White .252 1. Instrument Panel and Rear Shelf Ant. Dk. Blue 266 2. Carpets Ant. Med. Jasper 270 3. Steering Wheel Med. Gold .284 4. Seat Belts These special request colors are in addition to 5. Door Upper Trim Panel Black - 251, and Ant. Med. Saddle - 283, which 6. Back of Front Seat Back Panel (Coupe G will are standard vinyl options at nominal extra charge. be White) 7. Rear Quarter Trim Panel All special orders are at extra charge and require additional time to produce. 28 CARPETS DEALER CODE ODDER NO. Special Request 00000 8 1 SHIP TO COOE BODY STYLE 6CD49 CUSTOMER DATE WILL CALL s TRIM COLOR TOP H Z p 1-4 9 0 R/W 1-4 E 0 K B Y V M 0 T F I J N C u X 98 J X p 1 9 0 CABRtOLET OPTION BASIC GROUPS 1-4 EQUIPMENT CROUPS 9-0 BASIC CROUPS CONTAIN CODE W CWHITEWAU TtRESI THRU CODE Y GROUP 9 CONTAINS 1 AM/FM STEREO - TAPE PLAYER (SIX WAY POWER SEAT ADJUSTER • DRIVERl BASIC CROUP NUMBER COOES M THRU X. - 2 AM/FM STEREO - SIGNAL SEEKING DEPENDS ON RADIO SELECTED, REFER TO RMHQ INFORMATION GROUP O CONTAINS 3 AM/FM PUSHBUTTON FOR CODES. COOES J THRU U. 4 AM/FM STEREO - SIC. SE E K.-REAR CONTROL PLEASE REFER TO OPTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS BOOK FOR ADDITIONAL ORDERING INFORMATION CODE S/RNO. SUIDENO. SPECIAL EXTERIOR COLOR/EQUIPMENT FOR CENTRAL OFFICE USE ONLY TRIM 352 DO NOT WRITE IN THIS AREA INSTRUMENT GUIDE NO, PANEL 387 STEEMHC BOOY STYLE WMECl 387 STANDARD TRIM CARPETS 387 INSERTS SEAT TYPE CARPETS BOLSTERS LACES HEADLINING LACES BUTTONS SEATS ONLY •••MRIfVBIBIIIB CARPET CHANGES WHITE LEATHER A variety of trim combinations can be achieved Carpets, Instrument Panels and Steering Wheels in by changing the carpets, instrument panel and steer• any standard production color may be ordered with ing wheel color. The instrument panel and steering White Leather. The order illustrates a White and wheel color will match the carpets unless otherwise Terra Cotta combination. stated. The instrument panel color is an important consideration, because it appears as an extension of the hood. It should match or complement the exterior and carpet color. All special orders are at extra charge and require additional time to produce. 29 SEATS ONLY WHITE LEATHER DEALER CODE ORDER NO 00000 H 2 SHIP TO CODE BODY STYLE Special Request 6EL47 BASIC GROUPS CONTAIN :ODE W I WHITE WALL TIRES) THRU CODE Y GROUP * CONTAINS 1 AM/FM STEREO - TAPE PLAYER (SIX WAY POWER SEAT At JUSTER . DRIVERl BASIC GROUP NUMBER CODES MTKRUZ. 2 AM/FM STEREO - SIGNAL SEEKING DEPENDS ON RADIO SELECTED, REFER TO RADIO INFORMATION GROUP 0 CONTAINS 1 AM/FM PUSHBUTTON FOR COOES. CODES J THRU U. 4 AM/FM STEREO - SIG. SEEK.-REAR CONTROL PLEASE REFER TO OPTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS BOOK FOR ADDITIONAL ORDERING INFORMATION SPECIAL REQUEST — (DEVIATIONS FROM AVAILABLE OPTIONS) S/K NO. | GUIDE NO. | SPECIAL EXTERIOR COLOR/EQUIPMENT -OR CENTRAL OFFICE USE ONLY 466 DO NOT WRITE IN THIS AREA GUIDE NO. BODY STYLE STANDARD TRIM SEAT TYPE CARPETS LACES BUTTONS SEATS ONLY TWO-TONE CONVERTIBLE The seats only in White leather with balance of An attractive Convertible combination is one in interior in Blue (as illustrated above) may be which the interior components match the exterior ordered. Other colors may be specified for the with contrasting White seats and White Hard Top doors, headlining, carpets and instrument panel Boot. when White leather is ordered. LACES HEADLINING Another option for consideration are the laces. In closed cars, special consideration should be Thes'e may be ordered in a dark tone for contrast on given to the headlining color, as White may be the seats. preferred. If so, specify 452 under Headlining. Otherwise, headlining will correspond to the basic trim color. All special orders are at extra charge and require additional time to produce. 30 TWO-TONE COMBINATIONS PLEASE REFER TO OPTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS BOOK FOR ADDITIONAL ORDERING INFORMATION COOE S/R SPECIANO. GUIDLE NOREQUES. SPECIAT —L EXT(DEVIATIONE RIO P. COLOR/EQUIPMENS FROMT AVAILABLE OPTIONS) TRIM 351 INSTRUMENT PANEL STCImNG STANDARD TRIM CARPETS INSERTS BOLSTERS 352 HEADLINING LACES SEATS ONLY BLACK AND WHITE MORE CONTRAST A two-tone interior may be created by specifying However, if more contrast should be wanted, the a contrasting bolster color. This provides a change back of front seat back panel and seat wings may be from the one color effect of a standard interior. ordered in the bolster color. Order should be On such combinations, the leather or vinyl marked "Front Seat Back Panel Same as Bolster." "bolster area" of the seats, cushion skirt and facings of back rests will be in the color specified under OTHER COMBINATIONS bolster. In addition to White and Black, other attractive The doors, headlining, inserts, instrument panels arrangements may be created by combining other and front seat back panel will be in the basic trim compatible colors. color. In the example shown, they would be in Black. All special orders are at extra charge and require additional time to produce. 31 DEALER CODE OftOER NO. MAXIMUM LEATHER 00000 B4 SHIP TO CODE BODY STYLE 6CD49 CUSTOMER DATE Special Request WILL CALL V M 0 T I J N C u X COLOR TOP 5 H Z TRIM p 1-4 9 0 R/W 1-4 E 0 K B Y 49 J X p 1 9 0 V 1 1 1 1 4 CABRIOLET OPTION EQUIPMENT GROUPS 9-0 GROUP 9 CONTAINS 1 AM/FM STEREO-TAPE PLAYER BASIC CROUPS CONTAIN CODE W (WHITEWALL TIRES) THRU CODE Y 2 AM/FM STEREO - SIGNAL SEEKING IStX WAY POWER SEAT ADJUSTER - ORIVER) BASIC GROUP NUMBER CODES M THRU I. GROUP O CONTAINS 3 AM/FM PUSHBUTTON DEPENDS ON RA0IO SELECTED REFER TO RADtO INFORMATION 4 AM/FM STEREO - SIG. SEEK.-REAR CONTROL FOR CODES. COOES J THRU U. PLEASE REFER TO OPTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS BOOK FOR ADDITIONAL ORDERING INFORMATION SPECIAL REQUEST — (DEVIATIONS FROM AVAILABLE OPTIONS)" SPECIAL EXTERIOR COLOR/EOUIPMENT FOR CENTRAL OFFICE USE ONLY DO NOT WRITE IN THIS AREA 370 GUIDE NO. INSTRUMENT PANEL MAXIMUM LEATHER BODY STYLE STANDARO TRIM CARPETS SEAT TYPE INSERTS CARPETS BOLSTERS LACES HEADLINING BUTTONS LACES PRODUCTION DATE [ MAXIMUM LEATHER SPECIAL LEATHER COLORS Leather trim implies the use of expanded vinyl The order illustration shows Antique Medium for certain areas. However, "Maximum Leather" Jasper Leather on a Sedan DeVille. Leather colors may be ordered to insure that every possible not offered as a standard production option such as component will be in leather. Antique Medium Amber can be special ordered. When "Maximum Leather" is ordered, certain areas normally made of vinyl such as the COUPE TYPE FRONT SEAT seat skirt, seat facings, sides of center arm rest and front seat back panels will be done in leather. All leather trimmed DeVille cars will have a notch back, Coupe type front seat. In a Sedan, the individual backrests will be anchored so they do not fold forward. All special orders are at extra charge and require additional time to produce. 32 ALL CLOTH DEALER CODE OTOE UNO. Special Request 00000 P 100 BOOV STYLE 6C869 COLOR TOP s H Z TRIM p 1-4 9 0 R/W 1-4 E D K B Y V M O T F I J N C U X 49 K X 1 9 0 » t • k 4 ••- i r-* CABRIOLET OPTION BASIC GROUPS 1 -4 EQUIPMENT GROUPS 9-0 BASIC GROUPS CONTAIN CODE W (WHITEWALL TIRES! THRU CODE Y GROUPS CONTAINS 1 AM/FM STEREO - TAPE PLATER (SIX WAY POWER SEAT ADJUSTER - DRIVER) BASIC GROUP NUMBER CODES M THRU I. Z AM/FM STEREO - SIGNAL SEEKING DEPENDS ON RADIO SELECTED. REFER TO RADIO INFORMATION GROUP 0 CONTAINS S AM/FM PUSHBUTTON FOR CODES. CODES J THRU U. • AM/FM STEREO • SIG. SEEK.-REAR CONTROL O L A8 AC AD AE AF AG AH AI AJ AK AL AM AN AO AP AO AR AS AT AU AV AW AX AT KVA4 PLEASE REFER TO OPTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS BOOK FOR ADDITIONAL ORDERING INFORMATION SPECIAL REQUEST — (DEVIATIONS FROM AVAILABLE OPTIONS) CODE S/R NO, GUIDE NO. SPECIAL EXTERIOR COLOR/EQUIPMENT TRIM 030 DO NOT WRITE tN THIS AREA INSTRUMENT GUIDE NO. PANEL STEERING BODY STYLE STANDARD TRIM CARPETS ALL CLOTH INSERTS SEAT TYPE CARPETS BOLSTERS LACES HEADLINING LACES BUTTONS SEATS ONLY PRODUCT ION DATE ALL CLOTH TRIM STYLE Certain areas that are normally in leather Trim styles are not interchangeable be• or vinyl can be specified in "all-cloth" by tween body styles. If an "All-Cloth" trim is completing the order as illustrated above. requested, the trim style of body style or• dered will be used. PATTERN DISCREPANCY PIQUE STITCHING When "All-Cloth" trim is requested, a dis• The Pique stitching on the lower pillow of crepancy of pattern may occur because each the back rest is available only with all cloth, piece is cut individually, by hand. Medici or Potomac trim. All special orders are at extra charge and require additional time to produce. 33 SPECIAL EXTERIOR COLORS DEALERCODE ORDER NO. Special Request 00000 J74 SHIP TO CODE BODY STYLE 6CD47 CUSTOMER DATE WILL CALL COLOR TOP s H z TRIM p 1 -4 9 0 R/W 1-4 E 0 K B Y V M O T F I J N C U X 00 J 352 P 1 9 0 XJ TIE CABRIOLET OPTION BASIC CROUPS 1 EQUIPMENT CROUPS 9-0 BASIC GROUPS CONTAIN CODE W (WHITEWALL TIRES) THRU CODE Y GROUP 9 CONTAINS t AM/FM STEREO - TAPE PLAYER (SIX WAY POWER SEAT ADJUSTER • DRIVERI BASIC GROUP NUMBER COOES M THRU I. 2 AM/FM STEREO - SIGNAL SEEKING DEPENDS ON RADIO SELECTED REFER TO RADIO INFORMATION GROUP O CONTAINS 3 AM/FM PUSHBUTTON FOR COOES. CODES J THRU U. « AM/FM STEREO - SlG. SEEK.-REAR CONTROL 0 L A8 AC AO AE AF AG AH AI AJ AK AL AM AN AO AP AQ AR AS AT j AU AV AW AX AY A1/A4 PLEASE REFER TO OPTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS BOOK FOR ADDITIONAL ORDERING INFORMATION SPECIAL REQUEST — (DEVIATIONS FROM AVAILABLE OPTIONS) FOR CENTRAL OFFICE USE ONLY S/RNO. j GUIDE NO I SPECIAL E XT ER.oVcO LOR/EQUIPMENT DO NOT WRITE IN THIS AREA GUIDE NO. BODY STYLE STANDARD TRIM 1956 MOUNTAIN LAUREL SEAT TYPE CARPETS LACES BUTTONS SEATS ONLY' NON-STANDARD COLORS HIGH GLOSS ACRYLIC MATERIALS Any past model or non-standard exterior color A previous model year exterior color may have can be supplied on special order at extra charge. been formulated with now obsolete pigments. The To order, type 00 in COLOR space which newer chemicals have improved color retention and denotes that color is not a standard option. durability. However, they could produce a variance in appearance between the new and old finishes. In space captioned SPECIAL EXTERIOR COLOR, describe color by name and model year. This is a matter of information that may be of special interest to fleet owners who add new cars in Allow an additional six to eight weeks for ship• the original fleet colors and have noticed a dif• ment of any special color. ference in their older and newer vehicles. All special orders are at extra charge and require additional time to produce. 34 "75" SERIES d'ELEGANCE Special Request DEALER CODE ORDER NO. 00000 S 100 SHIP TO CODE BODY STYLE 6DF33 CUSTOMER DATE WILL CALL /B36 / T82/C49 / K30 /T80 I j AO I /893 /C6I /YM8/A42/ COLOR TOP s H Z TRIM p 1-4 E 9 O R/W 1-4 O K B f Y V M Q T F I J N C u X 24 C X i i * .- 1 1 T , 1 CABRIOLET OPTION BASIC CROUPS 1 -4 EQUIPMENT CROUPS 9-0 BASIC CROUPS CONTAIN CODE W (WHITEWALL TIRES) THRU CODE Y CROUP 9 CONTAINS 1 AM/FM STEREO-TAPE PLAYER (SIX WAY POWER SEAT ADJUSTER - DRIVER) BASIC CROUP NUMBER CODES MTHRUZ. 2 AM/FM STEREO - SIGNAL SEEKING DEPENDS ON RADIO SELECTED. REFER TO RADIO INFORMATION GROUP O CONTAINS 3 AM/FM PUSHBUTTON FOR CODES. COOES J THRU U. 4 AM/FM STEREO - SIG. SEEK.-REAR CONTROL 0 L AB AC AO AE AF AG AH AI AJ AK AL AM AN AO AP AO AB• AS AT AU AV AW AX AY A1/A4 PLEASE REFER TO OPTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS BOOK FOR ADDITIONAL ORDERING INFORMATION SPECIAL EXTERIOR COLOR/EQUIPMENT FOR CENTRAL OFFICE USE ONLY DO NOT WRITE IN THIS AREA GUIDE NO. BODY STYLE 125 — d'Elegance Option STANDARD TRIM SEAT TYPE CARPETS LACES HEADLINING BUTTONS "75" SERIES d'ELEGANCE The d'Elegance treatment, that was so well received on the Fleetwood Brougham, is available at extra charge as a Special Request in Blue Medici cloth only on the Fleetwood "75" Sedan and Limousine. On the Fleetwood "75" Sedan, both the front and rear compartment will receive d'Elegance treatment. On the Fleetwood "75" Lirnousine, the front compartment will be in Black leather. The d'Elegance treat• ment will be applied in the rear compartment only. Major differences between the Brougham d'Elegance and the "75" d'Elegance are as follows: a. Vinyl Top is not included in the "75" d'Elegance. If a Vinyl Top is desired, it must be specified as a separate option. b. Special Wheel Discs are not included in the "75" d'Elegance. c. "75" d'Elegance will not have storage pockets, due to the position of the auxiliary seats. 35 CABRIOLET OPTION BASIC GROUPS i -4 EQUIPMENT GROUPS 9-0 GROUP 9 CONTAINS 1 AM/FM STEREO-TAPE PLAYER I BASIC GROUPS CONTAIN CODE W (WHITEWALL TIRESI THRU COOE V 2 AM/FM STEREO-SIGNAL SEEKING WAY POWER SEAT ADJUSTER • ORIVERI BASIC GROUP NUMBER j COOES M THRU I. GROUP O CONTAINS 3 AM/FM PUSHBUTTON I DEPENDS ON RADIO SELECTED. REFER TO RAOIO INFORMATION | 4 AM/FM STEREO - SIG. SEEK.-REAR CONTROL FOR CODES. COOES J THRU U. PLEASE REFER TO OPTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS BOOK FOR ADDITIONAL ORDERING INFORMATION SPECIAL REQUEST — (DEVIATIONS FROM AVAILABLE OPTIONS) SPECIAL EXTERIOR COLOR/EQUIPMENT FOR CENTRAL OFFICE USE ONLY DO NOT WRITE IN THIS AREA 725 GUIDE NO. INSTRUMENT PANEL BODY STYLE SI ES KING CLOTH FRONT AND REAR WM££U STANDARD TRIM CARPETS SEAT TYPE INSERTS CARPETS BOLSTERS LACES HEADLINING BUTTONS LACES SEATS ONLV PRODUCTION DATE [ CLOTH FRONT AND REAR FRONT COMPARTMENT Cloth upholstery, as used in the rear All components of the front compartment compartment of the Limousine, may be substituted including doors, seats, instrument panel, steering for the Black Leather front seat. wheel and carpets will be in color to match the rear compartment. TRIM STYLE Two inch pleated trim style similar to that of the standard leather front seat will be used. All special orders are at extra charge and require additional time to produce. 36 LANDAU ROOF OtH.tR COOt ORDER KO. 00000 S 75 Special Request SHIP TO CODE BODY STYLE 6DF33 CUSTOMER DATE WILL CALL SOSJOR TOP s H Z TRIM 9 1-4 9 0 1-4 £ 0 K Y V M 0 T F I J N c u X 29 0 725 4 9 0 PLEASE REFER TO OPTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS BOOK FOR ADDITIONAL ORDERING INFORMATION SPECIAL REQUEST — (DEVIATIONS FROM AVAILABLE OPTIONS! CODE S/R NO. GUIDE NO. SPECIAL EXTERIOR COLOR/EQUIPMENT FOR CENTRAL C FFICE USE ONLY TRIM DO NOT WRITE IN THIS AREA GUIDE NO. INSTRUMENT LANDAU ROOF - C smawb BODY STYLE STANDARD TRIM CARPETS INSERTS SEAT TYPE CARPETS BOLSTERS LACES HEADLINING BUTTONS LACES SEATS ONLY LANDAU ROOF OPTIONS An elegant, formal touch can be added to the Landau Roof features may be altered by Fleetwood "75" Sedan and Limousine by ordering a specifying: Landau Roof option. This treatment includes a 1. Omit Landau Bows or padded vinyl roof, blocked in rear quarter windows, 2. Retain regular rear window size. a reduced rear window and Landau Bows on the rear quarters. HEADLINING TO ORDER Ashley Cloth headlining will be used on "75" Sedans and Limousines whenever Landau Roof is "O" for top code in the standard option area. specified. Taffeta vinyl headlining is available in Specify "Landau Roof-C". The code letter that Black, Dk. Blue or Med. Saddle on request. follows is the color of the Landau roof desired. Color codes are the same as those for vinyl roofs. EXTERIOR ORNAMENTATION SMALL REAR WINDOW Opera Lamps, available at extra charge provide an added decorative touch in the rear quarter areas. Small trapezoid rear window size is approximately: Width at top 20" Width at bottom 22" Height 8-3/4" 37 NEW CAR DELIVERY INFORMATION DELIVERY RECORDS Your cooperation in promptly submitting complete and correct information will result Complete and correct reporting of new in better service to Cadillac dealers and car delivery information is essential for customers. many important reasons. The New Car Delivery Report Card is the only document RECEIPT OF CARD used to credit the dealer for delivering a car. A yellow-striped New Car Delivery It is also used to obtain information required Report Card is mailed to the CHARGE TO by the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle dealer after the car is shipped. Preprinted on Safety Act, to verify service documents, to this card, as illustrated below, are the provide an accurate listing for direct mail Vehicle Identification Number, Body Style, and sales prospect programs and to furnish Order Number, Shipment Date and Outlet data for many sales and service reports. Code. S VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBT OATE SHIPPED B 6D49R4Q 104321 B0001 I09j06 173 12345 IF CUSTOMER CLASSIFICATION IS L VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER auKEntnifT COMPLETE THE FOLLOWM FOR INDIVIDUAL US«W VEHICLE s ma MMCt | DATE SHIPPED ® PURC PHASER DELIVERING OUTLET CODE • CHECK IF DEALER OWHEO 138. Ctt MR MS MBS MS. STREET ADDRESS (5) CUSTOMER CLASSIFICATION I DATE QE.DELIVERY I• A ATTORNEY Ql^ p §>1Q P DOCTOR/-^Pl C COMPANY •,™¾¾' [~1 B MERCHANT PJ 0 0THER DELIVERED BY NEW CAR DELIVERY AMERICAN MTRS. REPORT CARD arr STATE NEW YORKER I MAILING S£RVK^-PAiVraPAHNG btMSte ONLV " FOREIGN OTHER CADILLAC MOTOR CAR DIVISION " I—1 MO THANK YOU MISCELLANEOUS! 1 1 CALENDAR P~~ GENERAL. MOTORS CORPORATION M>SE,nnc£ ® THUNDERB4RD si tituCZ] SICII i i » urn uuu*uuiiaiiaanaaaaa»iia3nia*ii»ia« REPORTING RETAIL DELIVERY After a new Cadillac is delivered at retail, type in required information as follows and forward to Zone Office. (Letter codes refer to illustration.) (A) Delivery outlet code. It is important that the (6) Salesman's Code — Provision has been made for correct five-digit numerical code is used to those dealers enrolled in the "Direct Mail File" assure that the proper dealer receives credit for program to identify each Cadillac owner with that delivery. his salesman. To report the salesman indicate with a CAPITAL letter the salesman's identifi• cation code which you have assigned. All House sales should be coded "A". (§) Purchaser's name, address and zip code. The purchaser's name, whether an individual or a (D) Date of delivery must be the date the retail company, should be limited to twenty-five purchaser actually accepts delivery of the characters and spaces. Incomplete or incorrect vehicle by taking physical possession of it purchaser data often causes mail to be undeliv- personally or through a third party. Thus, the erable. Purchaser should be the owner of the date of delivery may vary from the dealer car. invoice date or actual payment date. 38 NEW CAR DELIVERY INFORMATION (E) Mileage at time of delivery. Enter last four mile (T) Customer classification. Check only one box. If digits appearing on odometer. purchaser is a rental or leasing company, only the LEASING box should be checked. If the individual purchaser is not an attorney, a (F) Demonstrator date. If car had been in demon• doctor, a dentist or a merchant, check other strator service at any time, enter the date that it individual. was placed in service in addition to the retail delivery date. (T) Trade-in data. Identify trade-in by typing last ^G) Delivering dealer's name and address assists in two digits of model year next to the proper the identification and handling of the cards. make or X for "no-trade". The "Chrysler Other" and "Ford Other" designations can be used for all cars of these manufacturers, except |l) Mailing services. Dealers participating in the those shown separately. No other identification "Thank You Calendar program and/or the is necessary. Service Reminder program" may exclude the purchaser from either or both programs by placing an X in the appropriate space. This feature provides a convenient means of infor• (^) If code "L" is checked in "Customer Classifica• ming Cadillac that the particular purchaser is tion" and vehicle is sold to dealer's own leasing not to be enrolled. If the purchaser has traded a company, check this box. Cadillac, entering the Vehicle Identification Number of the used car will discontinue mailing services, thus avoiding duplicate mailings and L) Furnish name and address of individual driving unnecessary dealer expense. car if other than purchaser. RED-STRIPED DELIVERY REPORT CARDS If the original yellow-striped card is incorrect or unavailable due to any cause such as: being mislaid, submitted in error, spoiled in preparation, etc., a red-striped card should be substituted and the same information filled in as previously illustrated. The red-striped card will not be preprinted, so this information must also be filled in. These cards should be used to submit address corrections for original owners only. A supply of the red-striped cards is available upon request from the Zone Office. GREEN-STRIPED DELIVERY REPORT CARDS A green-striped Delivery Report Card is mailed to dealers for cars delivered to General Motors Employes under the Employe Purchase Plan and for cars delivered to Cadillac and other General Motors Divisions. These cards should contain the information previously illustrated except (?) and (H). Name and address should be that of the employe if he is the purchaser or the General Motors Division and their address. For cars placed in service by Cadillac, the purchaser should be shown as Cadillac Motor Car Division with the address of the local Zone Office, training center, or Central Office according to the location of the individual to whom the car is assigned. 39 FIELD TRANSFER AND DEMONSTRATOR © DATE 0 ORDER NUMBER VI. NUMBER IMPORTANT: THE SELLING DEALER, ONLY, SHOULD REPORT A FIELD TRANSFER. FIELD TRANSFER INSTRUCTIONS CHECK ONE OR 1. IF ITEM 3 IS CHECKED. FILL IN ALL ITEMS DEMONSTRATOR REPORT ©• FIELD TRANSFER 2. IF ITEM 4 IS CHECKED, DO NOT FILL IN ITEMS 7 OR 8 CADILLAC MOTOR CAR DIVISION 0| j DEMONSTRATOR GENERAL MOTORS CORPORATION 3. PLEASE TYPE ALL INFORMATION WITHIN ALLOTTED SPACES (J) REPORTING OUTLET (7) RECEIVING OUTLET NUMERICAL CODE © REPORTING OUTLET NUMERICAL CODE ® RECEIVING OUTLET CIDM M AM P FIRM NAME ADDRESS ,. ADDRESS STATE CITY STATE ZIP CODE CITY •nLh u it ic ifl ta tn Li RECEIVING CITY ^•wtic*i tm DEMONSTRATOR FIELD TRANSFER Whenever a car is placed in demonstrator A field transfer occurs when a new service, an orange card must be submitted Cadillac is sold by one Cadillac dealer to to the Zone Office. The card should con• another. Only the SELLING DEALER tain information designated (j) (D (D GENERAL INFORMATION—IMPORTANT A new Car Delivery Report Card must be received at the Zone Office for each car delivered. Credit can be given for the delivery only when the card is received at the Zone Office. Prepare cards promptly after physical delivery and mail them daily to the Zone Office. This will result in prompt credit. A Demonstrator Report Card must be received at the Zone Office for each car placed into demonstrator service. Yellow- or red-striped cards should not be used to report demonstrators. Do not wait until a car is delivered at retail to indicate that it was in demonstrator service. If a card is submitted for a purchaser who did not take delivery of a car, advise the Zone Office immediately. Incomplete and incorrect cards will be returned to the dealer with the reason checked on the back of the card. It would be appreciated if all cards are typewritten. This assures clarity, avoids incorrect interpretation and unnecessary delays in processing the cards. 40 REPLACEMENT ORDERS CUSTOMER DEALER MONTH OROEROATE _ _ DEALER CODE ORDER NO. 6 20 73 ORDER DATE g.g^g SOLD S RENTAL OR p LEASING H 00000 H 125 CHARGE TO DEALER AT STATE SHIP TO CODE BODY STYLE CITY STOCK U DEMO D (A' 00000 6EL47 SHIP TO (LEAVE BLANK IF SAME) PURCHASER CUSTOMER DATE (B) M. Clark WILL CALL POLICY ACKNOWLEDGMENT It is a basic policy to accommodate any reason• Provided the car has not been released for able customer request for a change in new car order production, the replacement order will supplant the specifications including body style. original or previous copy on file which will then be If a need for a body style change occurs, commu• returned to the dealer as an acknowledgment. If the nicate the request to your Zone Office who will replacement order is received after the car has been make the change if at all possible. started, it will be returned marked T L(TooLate). Confirmation will also be received via Dealer Order PROCEDURE Status Report. To change an order, type a complete new order AVOID VERBAL INSTRUCTIONS with a new date and mark it REPLACEMENT as shown above. A new Dealer Order date is important, A telephone call to stop production of an order as repeating the original one could be confusing in that is to be replaced is highly recommended as determining the valid order. Customer order date previously explained. But due to the risk of error, will remain the same. only in extra-ordinary circumstances should verbal requests be made to change orders. Correctly typing a replacement order at the REPLACEMENT OF SPECIAL ORDER dealer's office insures the quickest handling. The Whenever a Special Order is to be replaced, con• new order flows through an established procedure firmation that the change can be made must be and avoids any verbal misunderstanding. It permits a received from the Zone Office prior to mailing. final check for accuracy and provides a formal The Zone Office will forward a copy of the acknowledgment which would not be available Replacement Order to Central Office for processing. otherwise. SUMMARY IMMEDIATE REQUEST 1. Telephone to hold order. A telephone request to hold up an order that is to 2. Type a replacement. be replaced may prevent it from being released for 3. Double check for accuracy. production in the original specifications while the 4. Mail. replacement is in the mail. 41 CUSTOMER WILL CALL (in the envelope provided) as soon as possible. cwc Customer is to present pink copy at time of A Cadillac dealer can make arrangements for a delivery. White copy to be retained by dealer. retail customer to take delivery of a car at the factory. Such a delivery is designated as a Customer The customer will be required to countersign the Will Call - CWC. blue copy at time of delivery. Factory delivery is available at Detroit only. Delivery will be made Monday thru Friday TO ASSIST DEALERS IN COMPLIANCE (except Holidays) between 9:00 a.m. & 4:00 p.m. WITH FEDERAL ODOMETER DIS• E.S.T. CLOSURE REQUIREMENTS DELIVERY DATE The Odometer Statement should be prepared and signed by the dealer with the mileage and date Reservations for a delivery date should be made, spaces left blank, and mailed with the blue copy of well in advance, with the Zone Office. Zone Office the Customer New Car Delivery Release (Cadillac will confirm this date to the dealer. Form 3868) to Cadillac's new car delivery depart• ment. At the time of delivery, the new car delivery PROCEDURE department will complete the Odometer Mileage When the confirmed "CWC" date is received, a Statement by inserting the date and odometer copy of the order form (CAD 5600A) should be reading. The customer will receive the original sent to the Zone Office. The confirmed delivery Odometer Statement and the copy will be returned date should be entered and the CUSTOMER'S to the selling dealer along with one copy of NAME AND ADDRESS shown. "CWC" must Acknowledgment of Request for Factory Delivery appear at the top of the form and in the "SHIP TO" (Cadillac Form 3864). space. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT FORM THIRD PARTY (CAD 3864) If a third party is to take delivery, the reverse side An acknowledgment of the request for "CWC" of the release must be completed by the purchaser delivery is mailed shortly after the order is received and signed by individual accepting delivery. This at Central Office. release must be presented by third party in order to The acknowledgment form (CAD 3864) will secure delivery of car. show the complete specifications of the order, customer's name and address and the confirmed date of delivery. LICENSE PLATES This form should be carefully checked and any License plates should be Air Mailed-Special discrepancies reported to your Zone Office. Delivery, using the label provided so that they arrive prior to "CWC" date. RELEASE FORMS (CAD 3868) If customer will bring license plates, this should Enclosed with the Acknowledgment form will be be indicated on the blue release form. a set of Release forms that contain the specifica• tions and customer's name. Instructions for completing the necessary release VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION forms are on the acknowledgment form (CAD NUMBER 3864). A telegram containing the Vehicle Identification The blue copy of the release form is to be signed number will be sent to the dealer as soon as it is by the customer in the dealer's presence and mailed available. 42 COURTESY DELIVERIES CONSENT d) Service Instructions'. List of any extra equip• Prior to requesting shipment of a new car to ment to be installed or special services per• another Cadillac dealer in the United States for formed prior to delivery. "Courtesy Delivery," consent in writing must be obtained by the selling dealer, from the delivering e) Financial: All financial transactions are to dealer. Specific consent is to be obtained for each be directly between the participating dealers car involved. An agreement for one or the first car and not through third parties. It shall be the will not constitute blanket courtesy delivery selling dealer's responsibility to remit to the approval. delivering dealer the suggested delivery and handling charges, plus any other expenses After such permission is granted, complete which may be incurred in the process of arrangements should be made with the zone office making the courtesy delivery. and instructions furnished to the delivering dealer f) Collections: Any money to be received from including the following: the customer is to be for the account of the TO ZONE OFFICE selling dealer or delivering dealer and not 1. On New Car Order form 5600A state that any other parties. approval of dealer to whom shipment is to be g) Registration: Advise if license plates will be made has been secured. Furnish name of indi• . furnished or are they to be secured by de• vidual giving such approval. livering dealer. Such arrangements to be 2. In spaces captioned (B) SHIP TO CODE insert made in advance whenever possible to pre• correct dealer code number, dealer name and vent delay when the car is ready. city. Obtain correct code from delivering dealer h) Sales Tax: Clarify the sales tax responsibili• or zone office. ties according to the various state laws that may be involved. Establish a clear under• TO DELIVERING DEALER standing as to who will make such payment. Furnish in writing to the dealer who is to make i) Insurance: Customer should be reminded of the courtesy delivery the following minimum insurance coverage. information: j) Storage Charges: In case unexpected delays a) Car Specifications: A copy of the 5600A are encountered in delivery, storage charges Order Form or complete specifications. may be incurred that will be the obligation b) Customer Contact: Customer name and of the selling dealer. address - both home and business — also telephone number if available. If this is not Acceptance of a car for delivery on a courtesy available, advise where customer can be basis is an accommodation that entails responsibili• reached. ties which the selling dealer should faithfully dis• c) Delivery Date: Estimate of customer arrival charge in order to facilitate and expedite the regis• or delivery date. tration, handling and "courtesy" delivery of the car. CALIFORNIA COURTESY DELIVERIES The California Department of Motor Vehicles states that a Courtesy Delivery Vehicle (Vehicle delivered by a California dealer, sold by an out of state dealer) when presented for initial California registration will require the California Emission Equipment and Testing. Therefore, all orders for such vehicles must specify (Code AN) California Emission Equipment and Testing. Additional information on Page 20. Courtesy delivery of an automobile by any California dealer for the accommodation of another dealer is subject to a tax under Section 6007 of the California Sales and Use Tax Law. ATTENTION CALIFORNIA DEALERS A procedure approved by the California State Board of Equalization for the reporting of such tax liability by California auto dealers follows: "The tax should be computed, collected and rernittedm precisely the same manner that governs the California dealers' own local" sales and deliveries. The tax base is the actual selling price as reported to the delivering dealer by the selling dealer or as revealed in an invoice submitted by the customer (plus the selling price of any accessories added by the delivering dealer). If the actual selling price is unavailable, it should be assumed to be the list price. The California State Board of Equalization auditors, when examining dealers sales and use tax returns, will look for the inclusion of courtesy deliveries on the above basis." CALIFORNIA TAXES Cars shipped to the State of California by Cadillac Motor Car Division for delivery in California, as a courtesy to dealers elsewhere, are subject to California Sales Tax and in certain localities additional local taxes. This should be carefully explained to the customer, as it will apply in addition to any other taxes that may have been paid to another state or local government agency. The fact that the car will be licensed in another state or that other state and local taxes are levied will not exempt the payment of California taxes. CUSTOMER NAME AND ADDRESS When Cadillac Motor Car Division is requested to make-such courtesy shipment, the ordering outlet must furnish with the New Car Order the retail purchaser's name and address, as the Manufacturer is required to report such information to the California Bureau of Motor Vehicles. 43 OPTIONS 1974 EQUIPMENT LEGEND Extra Charge Option N/C No Charge N/A Not Available Special Order - Extra Charge STD Standard - No Charge 44 OPTIONS 1974 EQUIPMENT FLEETWOOD Eldorado Eldorado •75" "75" Coupe Convertible Brougham Sedan Limousine H E P R S FIREMtST COLOR - Exterior $ $ S $ S VINYL ROOF C09 N/A STD S SUNROOF CA1 N/A H ELDORADO CUSTOM CABRIOLET without Sunroof Option YP3 N/A N/A N/A N/A H DE VILLE CAB RIO LET without Sunroof Option CB4 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Z ELDORADO CUSTOM CABRIOLET SUNROOF OPTION YN1 N/A N/A N/A N/A Z DE VILLE CABRIOLET SUNROOF OPTION V4Y N/A . N/A N/A N/A N/A FLEETWOOD TALISMAN V4U N/A' N/A N/A N/A BROUGHAM d'ELEGANCE V4S N/A N/A N/A N/A DE VILLE d'ELEGANCE V4T N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A EXPANDED VINYL UPHOLSTERY - Standard Options LEATHER UPHOLSTERY - Standard Options STD , * * P DUAL COMFORT SEAT AM6 STD N/A R TIRES - Steel Belted Radial Whitewall (5) QFU Q8K W TIRES — Fiberqlass Belted Bias Whitewall (5) QLH QLM 1 RADIO - AM-FM Stereo with Tape Player - Power Antenna V4A 2 RADIO - AM-FM Stereo Signal Seeking - Power Antenna V4C 3 RADIO - AM-FM Push Button - Power Antenna V4G 4 RADIO - AM-FM Stereo Rear Control - Power Antenna V4E N/A N/A N/A E GLASS - SOFT RAY A01 D DOOR EDGE GUARDS B93 K CLIMATE CONTROL - Automatic C61 STD STD B LAMP MONITORS 1 ncludes Washer Level Monitor YM8 Y SEAT ADJUSTER - 6-Way Front - Bench A42 N/A 6-Way Driver - Dual Comfort AG 1 N/A V SEAT ADJUSTER - 6-Way Passenger - Dual Comfort AG2 N/A M DOOR LOCKS - Power AU3 AU5 * • "Includes Electric Backrest Release Q STEERING WHEEL - Tilt and Telescope N37 T TRUNK LOCK - Remote Control A90 F FLOOR MATS - Rubber Y28 Y36 BG2 I TRUNK MAT - Rubber B36 J TWILIGHT SENTINEL.T82 N DEFOGGER - Rear Window C49 STD STD C CRUISE CONTROL K30 U HEADLAMP CONTROL - GuidematicT80 X MOUNTING BRACKET - License Plate Front VK3 N/C N/C N/C N/C N/C 0 OPERA LAMPS C93 N/A N/A L LEVEL CONTROL -Automatic G67 STD STD STD STD STD AB MIRROR - Remote Control, Right Side DF3 STD STD AC MIRROR - Illuminated Vanity - Passenger D64 AD THERMOMETER - Left Hand Outside Mirroc D65 AE LICENSE FRAME-One VSO AF LICENSE FRAMES - Two V51 AG HORN - Trumpet UB8 AH TRACK MASTER JL9 AI CONVERTIBLE TOP BOOT - Hard C02 N/A N/A N/A N/A AJ 3.15 to 1 AXLE RATIO G90 N/A N/A N/C STD STD AK N/A N/A TRAILERING PACKAGE YM7 AL SHOULDER BELTS-FRONT A85 'Belt Restraint System with Starter Interlock is standard. • • . . AM THEFT DETERRENT SYSTEM UA6 AN CALIFORNIA EMISSION EQUIPMENT AND TESTING VJ9 AO HIGH ENERGY IGNITION K65 AP CONTROLLED DIFFERENTIALG80 N/A N/A AQ CONTROLLED CYCLE WIPER SYSTEM CD4 AR AIR CUSHION RESTRAINT SYSTEM AR3 N/A N/A N/A AS SPECIAL WHEEL DISCS V4V V4W N/A N/A AT SPACE SAVER SPARE TIRE N65 N/A N/A AL) HIGH ALTITUDE PERFORMANCE PACKAGE LT5 AV MIRROR - ILLUMINATED VANITY DRIVER D74 N/A AW HEAVY-DUTY COOLING SYSTEM V01 • - N/A N/A AX Z73 TO 1 AXLE RATIO F90 GU2 N/C N/C N/C N/A N/A A1-A4 DELUXE ROBE AND PILLOW BH1 LEGEND N/C No Charge Extra Charge Option N/A Not Available Special Order - Extra Charge STD Standard - No Charge 45 INDEX Defogger, Rear Window 14, 21, 44, 45 Accent Stripe Recommendations 9 Delivery, California 43 Accent Stripes 3, 9 Delivery, Courtesy 43 Acknowledgement of CWC 42 Acknowledgement of Special Order 26 Delivery Report Card 38, 39 Deluxe Robe and Pillow 10, 14, 44, 45 Air Cushion Restraint System 14, 15, 44, 45 Demonstrator 40 All Cloth 33 DeVille Cabriolet 3, 12, 14, 44, 45 Antennas .17 Automatic Climate Control 14, 44, 45 DeVille d'Elegance 4, 11, 44, 45 Axle Ratio 14,16,19,44,45 Door Edge Guards 14, 44, 45 Door Locks, Power 14, 44, 45 Dual Comfort Seat . .4, 5, 10, 14, 17, 44, 45 B E Basic Groups • -14, 17 Blackwall Tires 19 Eldorado Custom Cabriolet . .12,14, 44, 45 13 Body Side Moldings Elk Grain Vinyl Roof 3, 8, 11, 12 23 Body Style Codes 1. Equipment Groups 14, 17 Brougham d'Elegance 4, 10, 44, 45 Exterior Colors 2, 3 Exterior Ornamentation 13 F California Courtesy Delivery 43 California Emission Equipment Factory Delivery (CWC) 42 and Testing 14,20,44,45 Field Transfer 40 Carpets — Special 29 5600A Order Instructions 24, 25 Cloth Front, Limousine 36 Firemist Colors 2, 3 Cloth Upholstery 4 Fleetwood Talisman 4, 11, 44, 45 Color Codes 2 Floor Mats 14, 22, 44, 45 Color-Top Recommendations 8 40-40 Seats •. 11 Color-Trim Recommendations 6, 7 Color Usage 2 Consoles 11 G Controlled Cycle Wiper Gear Ratios 19,44,45 System 14, 16, 44, 45 Controlled Differential 14, 44, 45 Generators 18 Glass 14,19,44, 45 Convertible Top 3, 8 Convertible Top Boot-Hard .. .3,14, 44,45 Groups, Courtesy Delivery 43 Basic 14,17 Cross Grain Vinyl Roof 3, 8,12 Equipment 14,17 Cruise Control 14,44,45 Ordering 17 Guide-Matic Headlamp Control . .14,44,45 Customer Will Call 42 46 H O-P Headlamp Control, Guide-Matic ..14, 44, 45 Opera Lamps 14f 44^ 45 Headlining 10 Order Status 21 Heavy Duty Cooling System . .14, 16, 44, 45 Ornamentation 13 High Altitude Performance Overall Length 1 Package 14, 16, 44, 45 Preference List 21 High Energy Ignition System .14, 15, 44, 45 Hood Ornament 13 Horn-Trumpet 14, 44, 45 Radio 14, 17, 44,45 Reclining Passenger Seat 11 Illuminated Mirror Vanity - Replacement Order 41 Driver 14, 16,44,45 Roof Passenger 14,44,45 Convertible 3, 8 Interior Ornamentation 13 Cross Grain 3, 8, 12 Interior Trim 4, 5, 10 Elk Grain 3,8, 11, 12 Landau 37 Laces 30 Lamp Monitors 14, 44, 45 Landau Roof "75" Series 37 Seat Adjusters 14, 17, 44, 45 Leather Upholstery 5, 10 Seats Only 30 Length, Overall 1 Seventy-Five Series d'Elegance 11, 35 Level Control, Automatic 14,44, 45 Shoulder Belts-Frt. License Frames 14, 44, 45 Convertible 14, 44, 45 License Plate Mounting Space Saver Spare Tire 14,15, 44, 45 Bracket, Fit 14,20,44,45 Special Carpets 29 Limousine, Front Compartment ..4 Special Exterior Colors 34 Special Leather 32 Special Order Information 26 Special Order Instructions 27-37 Special Vinyl Upholstery 28 Special Wheel Discs 14, 15, 44, 45 Manufacturer's Color I.D. Numbers 2 Steel Belted Radial Tires 14,19,44,45 Maximum Leather 32 Steering Wheel, T. & T 14, 44, 45 Mirrors 14, 16,44,45 Stereo Tape Player 14, 44, 45 Model Designator 23 Style Numbers 1 New Car Delivery 38, 39 Sunroof 12, 14,44,45 47 u-v Tape Player - Stereo 14, 44, 45 Upholstery 4, 5, 10, 11 Theft Deterrent System 14, 18, 44, 45 V.I.N 23 Thermometer - L.H. Outside Vanity Mirror, Illuminated .. .14, 16, 44, 45 Mirror 14,44,45 Vinyl Roofs 3, 8, 12,44,45 Tire Brands 19 Vinyl Upholstery 4, 28, 44, 45 Tires 19, 44, 45 Top-Color Recommendations 8 Track Master 14, 18, 44, 45 W Trailering Package 14, 18, 44, 45 Trim Codes 4, 5 Wheelbase 1 Trim Options 4, 5, 10, 11 Whitewall Tires 14, 19, 44, 45 Trim Style 27, 33 Work Sheet 21 Trunk Lock, Remote Control . . . .14, 44, 45 Trunk Mat 14,22,44,45 Twilight Sentinel 14, 44, 45 Two-Tone Interior 31 48 NOTICE This book provides facts and information concerning 1974 Cadillac car colors, upholstery, and equipment options — both regu• lar production and special request. It is understood that any reference to option or optional items or equipment is at extra charge. All special orders or special requests involve an extra charge and additional time to produce. All specifications contained in this book are based on the latest product information available at time of publication. Cadillac Motor Car Division, General Motors Corporation, re• serves the right to make changes at any time, without notice, in colors, materials, options, special equipment, specifications and body types and also to discontinue or add body types. SALES DISTRIBUTION DEPARTMENT Cadillac Motor Car Division — General Motors Corporation Detroit, Michigan 48232 October, 1973 Whe n i an d a n T o as s chann e g c5 Ef o CD ro s ro to 2 3 ZJ~ •<. • =:. o g ro — CD —*• £ 2: =i aO . o o a. -+. b Er s* 3" 5" ro a o Er cu CD CD ro CD -< 5' £ o ts> CD 0-" O CJ n ¥2- tz D CD !~- CD ST CV" o rS O S3{ CD n C7 a "5 *< CD =1 o ndlin c -< CO =T- — CD CO CO CP o CL tr CD CD G T3 < fD cL o -a -e: o Q. C _g o ^ a; co ° ° d 3 sT 3 D> r c ~ - IT o 2 •< —, CO CD CD e.| 3 9 ^ —- sa < CD — • S 3 3 cr CD — Z3 SECTION TABLE DF CONTENTS 1 BEFORE DRIVING YOUR CADILLAC 1974 CAOfLUG OWNER'S MANUAL 2 STARTING AMD OPERATING All information, illustrations and specifications con• tained in this manual are based on the latest product information available at the time of publication. The • STEERING COLUMN CONTROLS right is reserved to make changes at any time without notice. • I I 00 H CON I KOLS AppiicabTeTo C A L iToRNIASaleTc^ This vehicle as delivered by GM Cadillac Motor Car Division ,s equipped with an energy absorption • irosrRurvir-'Ni PANLL system meeting California S.B. 42 (1971) as~t forth in Sec. 34715 Vehicle Code ' ** • OTHER CON 1 HOLS AND P t ATtJHLS General Motors of Canada Limited, whereve? the 3 IN CASE OF EMERGENCY =aCadmac Motor Car Division appeLTn ^ 4 APPEARANCE CARE SERVICE DEPARTMENT CADILLAC MOTOR CAR DIVISION - n«.uii uoipuraiion 5 SERVICE A AID. JUi Aiftl T-E W A l\l C fc Detroit, Michigan 48232 ©General Motors Corporation 1973 \ SPECIFICATIONS, OWNER ASSISTAWPF INDEX, GAS STATION INFORMATION ili/irQRikHT FAClS YOU SHOULD KNOW ABOUT GASOLINE MILEAGE AMD HOW TO IMPROVE IT How you drive, where you drive, and when you drive all have an effect "Jackrabbit" Starts on how many miles you can get from a gallon of gasoline. The careful Gasoline can be conserved (and engine and tire life prolonged) by attention you give your car as fat as maintenance and repairs are avoiding unnecessarily rapid acceleration away from lights and stop concerned will also contribute importantly to fuel economy. signs. Fuel Selection Stop-And-Start Driving Your vehicle is designed to operate on unleaded or iow-lead fuels of at Frequent stops and starts during a trip really cut down on your miles least 91 Research Octane. These fuels minimize spark plug fouling and per gallon. Plan even your short shopping trips to take advantage of emission system deterioration. Your engine does not require premium through streets to avoid traffic lights. Pace your driving like the fuel. Therefore, its use would he an unnecessary additions'. e;:per.sc. If professional drivers to avoid unnecessary stops. the service station gas pump has a symbol similar to the following, use Speed Versus Mileage unleaded or low-lead gasoline with a symbol of 2. A higher number is satisfactory but not required. Excessive speed on the highway raises your gas consumption drastically. Statistics prove that you might save as much as 19% on your fuel bill by driving 50 MPH instead of 70 MPH. Excessive Idling An idling engine uses gasoline, too (especially after a cold engine start). If you're faced with more than a few minutes wait, you're better off to "ttirr*: off" and start again later. iMP0Rm T FACTS y ' M SHOULD KNOW ABOUT GASOLINE MILEAGE AMD HOW rO IMPROVE fT Sudden Stops Excess Weight Sudden stops themselves don't waste gasoline, but energy is wasted as heat in braking. Energy in the form of gasoline is also needed to Fuel economy is related to the work the engine must do. The heavier accelerate back to driving speed. the load, the more power it takes. Keep excess weight to a minimum by Lubricants removing any persons! e'fecU ot luyyaye from the car or trunk when they are not needed. A properly lubricated vehicle means less friction between moving parts. Tire inflation Consult this manual and the maintenance schedule for the proper Under inflation not only causes needless wear oi the tires, but can also lubricants to use and the lubrication intervals. waste gasoline, it's a good idea to check tire pressures regularly. Automatic Choke Wheel Alignment Your automatic choke should be checked periodically a: it regulate; the Incorrect "toe in" or "toe oui" ima i'ne t'iieci ui aragging your front gasoline/air mixture used in starting and warming the engine. tires sideways and causes premature tire wear. It takes power to carry Property Tuned Engine this extra load and that takes gas from your tank. Overall tuning (a check on timing, distributor points, spark plugs, emission control devices, etc.) can improve your car's gas mileage, You just can't expect an "out-of-tune" engine to give you good gas mileage and cleaner air. • KEY WITH OVAL HEAD (STAMPED "K") - for door locks, glove compartment and trunk locks. * KEY WITH NOTCHED OVAL HEAP (STAMPED "K") - for console locks on Talisman models; or right rear door lock on Fleetwood Seventy-Five Limousines. The code number of each key is stamped on the instructions and suggestions on proper opera• "knock out" plug in the key head. Your Cadillac BEFORE DRIVING OFF tion and care are contained in this Owner's Dealer removed these plugs and placed them with Manual. Please refer to it as frequently as needed 1. Lock all doors. the spare set of keys in the special key envelope t& help maintain the performance of your Cadillac. 2. Position seat and adjust head restraints. that was given to you at time of delivery. 3. Adjust inside and outside mirrors. For convenient Owner's Manual storage, use the 4. Fasten seat belts. special pocket in the left hand side of the glove 5. Check that "GENERATOR" and "STOP compartment door. The vinyl case is a convenient ENGINE OIL PRESSURE" warning bulbs container for the other booklets, folders, and light when kev is turned to start position. papers that pertain tc your Cadillac. 6. Be sure you understand your car and how to operate it safely. Driver Checklist Keys BEFORE ENTERING CAR 1. See that windows, mirrors and lights are Two or more separate keys are provided for clean. your car. Each key has a different cross section so 2. Visually note inflation condition of tires. that it can be inserted only in certain locks. 3. Check that area to rear is clear if about to * KEY WITH SQUARE HEAD (STAMPED back up. "J") - for ignition switch only. 19/4 CADILLAC KEYS For Your protection: Front and Rear Consoie • Record the numbers on the key envelope # When the door is locked, movement of the and discard the key plugs. Talisman models are equipped with individual inside door handle does not unlock or open consoles for the front and rear seat passengers. The the door. Door must be unlocked before it * Keep the key enycicps in. s safe place such consols locks are operated by the uuldied oval fiiay be openeu. Avoio pushing on door as your wallet, NOT IN THE CAR. head key. glass when opening or dosing doors. In the event the original keys are lost, dupli• cates can be made by your dealer or a locksmith REMINDER: Always lock the doors when driv• using the key code information. ing for greater security in the event of m acci• dent, to help keep children from opening door, and for greater security against entry by unwel• Glove Compartment come persons while momentarily stopped. BE SURE TO LOCK THE GLOVE COMPART• On ELDORADO styles, an interior door handle MENT OR CONSOLE COMPARTMENTS AND is provided near the rear of the right door armrest REMOVE THE KEY FROM THE CAR WHEN• for the convenience of rear seat passengers. EVER IT IS NECESSARY TO LEAVE THE CONSOLE LOCK On the FLEETWOOD SEVENTY-FIVE IGNITION KEY WITH AN ATTENDANT. LIMOUSINE style, s separate oval head key is Door locks provided for the lock on the right hand rear door. * To unlock: insert ovai head key and rotate This key is coded specifically for that door and the one-quarter turn clockwise to the unlocked To lock any car door from the outside, depress head is notched for identification. position. An additional quarter turn opens the interior door lock button and dose door. The the door. outside doorlhandle button does not need to be depressed to lock the door. » To lock: insert key and rotate fully Power Door Locks counter-clockwise. The front doors may be locked and unlocked with the oval head key. Lock doors from inside by • Key may be removed in either locked or A power door lock control (on cars so equip• depressing the interior door lock button. Unlock unlocked position. by raising the button. ped) is located on each front door armrest switch panel. To lock or unlock all doors simultaneous press switch lever toward or away from the word glove compartment. A label inside the glove "LOCK". 3. Trunk may be opened after turning igni• compartment door indicates the "ARM ENABLE" tion OH si to ACCESSORY. and "ARWi PREVENT" selector positions. When the system is "armed", opening the hood, IMPORTANT: To Shut Off Alarm If Activated: uiuve compartment or trunk causes pulsating Turn ignition On. operation of the car's horn and parking, tail, and side marker lights. Also, alarm activation occurs if Selecting "ARM PREVENT" does not shut off light switches or certain electrical accessories are the alarm once it has been activated. turned nn. Opening any car door (or switching on any TO PREVENT SYSTEM OPERATION FOR ONE courtesy light) activates the system after approxi• PARKING INTERVAL (WHILE IGNITION |UNlOCK| mately 20 seconds delay. This delay period is REMAINS OFF): sufficient for the driver to enter and disarm the Turn key to ACCESSORY position for 5 seconds before locking ignition. POWER DOOR LOCK CONTROL system with the ignition key. TO PREVENT SYSTEM On FLEETWOOD SEVENTY-FIVE LIMOU• TO ARM THE SYSTEM: OPERATION FOR LONGER INTERVAL: SINES a door lock switch on the right rear door 1. Set selector switch in glove compartment locks and unlocks all doors. to "ARM ENABLE" position. 2. Turn off ignition and remove key. SELECTOR 3. Open door within one minute. System Cadillac Theft Deterrent "arms" after all doors are closed. ARM warnem ARM System PREVENT TO RE-EfeTER CAR {OR OPEN TRUNK): The Theft Deterrent systemfon cars so equip• 1. Open car door and: ped) is controlled by the ignition switch and a 2. Within 20 seconds, turn ignition on (or selector switch located in the top panel of the start engine). THEFT DETERRENT SELECTOR Set selector switch tc "ARM PREVENT" with balanced for easy opening and has a key-lock ignition ON or within one minute after turning release. ignition OFF. To open the lid: WHEN SERVICE IS NEEDED: » Rotate the Cadillac crest covering the lock To open hood or replace a fuse: Use ACCES• cylinder counterclockwise until it latches. SORY position to prevent activation. • Insert the oval head key. To leave car for service: Set selector switch to • Turn the key in a clockwise direction to "ARM PREVENT" position. release the iid. An interior light illuminates the luggage REMOTE CONTROL TRUNK RELEASE NOTE: interruption of battery power for 10 compartment when the lid is raised. To close and minutes or longer will cause alarm to sound regard• lock the trunk lid: less of when OPEN" warning light on the upper instru• selector switch position battery or • Remove the key which allows the crest to ment panei glows with the trunk open and jumper cables are connected; shut off by turning spring back to its normal, closed position. ignition to 0!¾ ot ACCESSORY. ignition in RUN position. The trunk lid also • Pull the lid down to a position six or eight unlocks in the conventional manner using WHEN ALARM HAS BEEN ACTIVATED: inches from closing. the oval head key. Pulsating horn and flashing lights continue for 3 • Push the lid down firmly. • To close trunk, lower lid and push it down to 5 minutes, then shut down to conserve battery. until latched - DO NOT SLAM. The pull• Alarm then sounds immediately when any door is Remote Con fro/ Trunk Lock down and latch mechanism pulls the lid opened (without 20 second delay), to inform fully down. driver of prior activation. The remtfte control trunk lock (on cars so equipped) permits unlocking and raising the trunk * Keep glove compartment locked when lid from inside the car. leavino car unattended to prevent unwanted luggage Compartment entry into the trunk. • To open trunk, press and momentarily An automatic trunk lid release without the hold the release button located inside glove The lid on the luggage compartment is counter• pu!i-down feature and warning light, is available as box door opening at left. A "TRUNK a dealer-installed accessory. Folding Seat Back Latches CAUTION: Do not adjust a manually operated Two Door Styles driver's seat while the car is moving-the seat could Front seat backs on two-door styles are equip• move uni>rnr>rtp{fiyt rs"s:nc 'as; a'. •^.•.•.•.•.',::y. .-' ?>..:. ped with a self-locking mechanism to keep the seat vehicle. back locked in place while in the up position. The lock release lever on cars not equipped with power door locks is located on the upper outboard por• tion of the seat back. ELECTRICALLY OPERATED SEATS To tilt the seat back forward, rotate the lever TWO-WAY CONTROL rearward and tilt the seat back forward. When the seat back is returned to the up position, the seat • Move the switch lever (located on the back will automatically lock. SEAT-BACK LATCH RELEASE driver's seat side cushion panel) in the direction of desired travel. Dual Comfort NOTE: Keep seat belts and buckles clear of Front Seat Adjustment seats have a two-way electric control for mechanism when tilting folding seats forward or the driver's seat and a manual control for backwards to prevent damage to these belt MANUALLY OPERATED SEATS the passenger's seat unless ordered with restraints. available six-wey controls. • Move the lever (located on the driver's seat When either door is opened, on two-door styles side cushion pane!) forward to release the SIX-WAY CONTROL equipped with power door and seat b3ck locks, the adjuster. seat back lock on the side next to the open door • Adjust seat to the most comfortable driving The six-way control is located on the side automatically unlocks to provide easy entrance or position. cushion panel of seats so equipped. access into the rear seat area. • Release the lever to lock the seat in this The seat can be operated as follows: Either seat back can be unlocked manually by position. • The front control provides up and down lifting the lock button located at rear of the seat The seat back also tilts forward or rearward movement of the front of the seat. back. slightly when the seat is moved. • The center control provides forward and REMINDER: Avoid hanging objects on the right hand coat hook in such a way that you block the driver's vision to the right rear quarter. Power Windows Power windows can be operated only when the ignition switch is in the RUN position. SEAT-BACK RECLINER CONTROL REMINDER: Remove the ignition key when the vehicle is not attended by a responsible person. SIX-WAY SEAT CONTROL Rear Seat Filler Panel backward movement, and up and down movement of the entire front seat. CAUTION: The filler panel between the rear seat • The rear control provides up and down and the rear window should not be used for movement of the rear of the seat. storage-even of light weight, small articles. They might become dangerous projectiles during an RECLINING PASSENGER FRONT SEAT-BACK accident. Large items may alse reduce vision ts the rear. The passenger's reclining seat-back, on models so equipped, can be reclined rearward approxi• mately 20 deurees from normal position by lifting the control lever at the outboard side of the POWER WINDOW MASTER CONTROL passengers seat cushion and exerting rearward All Cadillacs, except convertible and Seventy- pressure. Lifting the lever with no pressure on the The power window master control is located on Five styles, are equipped with two coat hooks, one seat-back allows the seat-back to return forward. the left front door armrest. The control switches on each inside roof rail. are positioned to correspond with the windows they control-the left front switch for the left * "NORMAL": all windows may be operated front door window, etc, individual switches are by the master controls or the individual provided under each window for passenger use. window switches (ignition switch in Controls for both rear door windows or\ the "RUN" position). Fleetwood Seventy-F-ive Sedan and Limousine * "LOCK": windows may be operated by the styles are located on the side trim panel above each rear armrest. master controls, but the individual switches are inoperative (ignition switch in "RUN" position). Limousine Partition Glass-Individual controls are mounted with the rear door window switches. These switches remain operative when the window INSIDE REAR VIEW MIRROR lock out switch is in the "LOCK" position. FLEETWOOD 75 Rear View Mirrors REAR WINDOW CONTROLS INSIDE REAR VIEW MIRROR On the Limousine style, the driver's master To raise or lower mirror to achieve desired field control switches for the rear door windows of view, grasp mirror and exert sufficient pressure operate only to close the windows. by pushing or pulling up, down, or sideways. The mirror support has dual pivots that permit you to move the mirror sideways, up, or down WINDOW LOCK-OUT SWITCH within the range of adjustment. The window lock-out switch at the window • Switch mirror to night position to reduce master control has two positions: glare from following headlights. REMOTE CONTROL OUTSIDE REAR VIEW ment to the 1974 Cadillac Owner's Manual for MIRROR information DH ACRS function, operation of the Your Cadillac is equipped with a remote- readiness indicator light, and maintenance require- •jor.trc! outside res; view mirror on the driver's side of the car. Movement of the control knob inside the car, on the left front door armrest, Use oi reai seat lap, or optional shoulder belts, allows you to adjust the mirror to suit your or front .lap belts is covered in this manual on the requirements. pages that follow. The remote control for the right-hand outside rear view mirror (if your car is so equipped) is Seat Beit Restraint System located below the instrument panel center air out• let, to the right of the speedometer. This vehicle is equipped with e belt rystem, starter interlock, and audible-visible reminder Move the control knob with the thumb (as system which is designed to prevent starting the shown) or fingers to adjust the right-hand mirror. • Head restraint can be raised by pulling up car until front seat occupants are buckled in. NOTE: Scraping ice from the mirror face could until you feel it click into the "DETENT" a position. cause permanent damage. For removal of ice, use NOTE: 1974 model General Motors passenger -icer type, type, de (spray blower etc.). • To lower; release latch at base of support• cars sold in CANADA have an audible-visible Head Restraints ing rod and push down on restraint, reminder system which reminds occupants when • Do not operate vehicle with head restraints the driver's and any front passenger's seat belts are * Head restraints are designed to help reduce removed, since occupants lose the protec• not fastened. Operation of this "SEAT BELT injuries due to "whiplash." tion they provide. AUDIBLE/VISIBLE REMINDER" is explained » Select one of the two positions—up or under that heading in this manual. down-that places the top of the head However, these csrs DO fwG i have a seat belt restraint closest to the top of your ears. Air Cushion Restraint System starter interlock system - a system which prevents starting the car until the driver and the right front * Do not use head restraint above the up if your vehicle is equipped with the optional detent position. passenger are buckled up. Therefore, the informa- r~ Air Cushion Restraint System consult the Supple• tion about the seat belt starter interlock system ill under the heading "TO START CAR" in this man• a nominal weight is placed on the seat and belts ual does not apply, nor do any other references m are not buckled. The weight detectoi cannot dis• this manual to the seat belt starter interlock sys• tinguish between a passenger and any object on tem apply to this new car sold in Canada. the seat, therefore, such items should be stowed TO START CAR elsewhere in tiit vehicle. It is necessary that the weight detectors be • Seat belts must be properly buckled around activated at all times. This requires a small but each outboard front seat occupant, after getting in the car, before the starter will continuous current from the battery which under operate. normal circumstances will not result in a dis• charged battery. However, leaving an object on the • The audible and visible reminders are front seat or leaving the front seat belts fastened designed to go on if seat belts sre un• while the car is parked creates a heavier current buckled at occupied front seats while the drain which could result in a discharged battery vehicle is underway (the engine mill con• after a period of time, which will vary depending BELT INTERLOCK OVERRIDE BUTTON tinue to run). on battery and weather conditions. • The engine may be restarted after a stall MOTE: The audible-visible reminder is also de• IF STARTER STILL WILL NOT OPERATE without interlock interference if the driver signed to come on if a malfunction develops in the remains seated. • Set parking brake firmly, move transmis• starter interlock system. If the car will not start sion lever to "Park" and the audible-visible reminder did not come on, IF STARTER WILL NOT OPERATE « TURN IGNITION KEY TO "ON" the trouble is not likely to be due to the starter • Remove any objects from unoccupied front ("RUN"). interlock system. If the starter will crank, this seats. • Open hood and press button on manual indicates the interlock is not causing interference. • Re-buckle front seat belts. override switch labeled "START", mounted on bright orange support at rear FRONT SEAT LAP-SHOULDER BELT NOTE: Front seating positions contain a weight of engine compartment on driver's side. COMBINATION detector which is designed to activate the starter • Close hood, enter car, fasten seat belt, and interlock or the audible-visible reminder whenever • Adjust front scat to satisfaction of driver follow normal starting procedures. and sit erect and well back in seat. take up excess webbing and maintain Seat beit buckles are located close to the seat to tension on the belt. provide shoulder belt attaching points that reduce the tendency of shoulder belts ts pu!! the lap belt CAUTION: A snug fit and a low lap belt position upward into the soft abdominal area in the event essentia' lu lesseit the ^htfticc ur injury in tne u ! t < vJi t LUI i it tptiCi. event of an accident because this spreads the fcrce exerted by the lap belt in a collision over the • The front seat shoulder belts in this vehicle strong hip bone structure rather than across the are equipped with a "vehicle sensitive re• '. PUSH BUTTON 1 soft abdominal area. To lessen the chance of injury tractor" which is designed to grip the belt in the event of an accident - never use the same only during a sudden stop or impact. At LAP-SHOULDER BELT belt for more than one person at a time; avoid other times it is designed to move freely wearing belts in a twisted condition; and do not with the occupant, regardless of occupant ' In a single motion, pull the lap-shoulder allow belts or hardware to become pinched movement. belt webbing across lap far enough to between the seat structural (metallic) members or . • For best restraint the slight tension on the permit inserting metal latch plate end of in the door. shoulder caused by the shoulder belt re• belt into the buckle, untii a snap is heard. If tractor is desirable. webbing is not pulied out far enough to * A comfort clip is provided for those who reach buckle, let lap belt rewind into its find the shoulder belt tension a source of retractor to release lock mechanism, so belt discomfort. If the shoulder belt tension can be pulled out to the proper length. becomes uncomfortable, pull down on the Position "lap" portion of belt across lap as shoulder belt (not more than one inch) to LOW ON HIPS as possible. To reduce the provide the minimum amount of slack risk of sliding under belt during an acci• necessary to relieve tension, then push the dent, adjust to a SNUG FIT by pulling belt comfort clip snugly against the guide loop, firmly across lap in direction of lap belt retractor so it can take up slack. The belt CAUTION: Excessive slack could result in retractors are designed to automatically increased personal injury due to reduced restraint SNUG-LOW LAP BELT POSITION system effectiveness. mechanism may prevent the belt from being with• SEAT BELT AUDIBLE-VISIBLE REMINDER drawn. To release a jammed belt, open the cover on the rear of the retractor and rotate the key slot « The front seat belts are linked to an audible while pulling the belt upward (see illustration). device and light which remind occupants to This shuuki snow the belt to be untwisted, if for •asiui! IIIBM Deits. some reason the lap belt jammed, portion remains • The audible and visible reminders are or other parts of the restraint system do not designed to come on when any outboard operate properly, take the vehicle to your dealer front seat occupant's belt is not fastened, for service. while attempting to start the engine; or if any front seat belt is unfastened while driving in any forward gear. * The reminders do not come on when the engine is running and a front belt is * To unfasten belts, depress push button in unbuckled if the transmission is in Park or center of buckle. neutral. • When no longer in use, front seat lap- shoulder belts can be stowed by allowing If seat belt system, starter interlock system, or them to rewind into their retractors. The reminder system does not work as described, see comfort clip can be adjusted when your dealer for information and assistance. removing belts, so shoulder belt slack will be fully taken up by retractor. LAP BELTS For Rear Seat and Center Front Seat NOTE: Take care not to let the "lap" portion of Passengers the belt twist while it is being rewound into the • Seating positions next to side windows have retractor. The bulk of the twisted belt may cause retractors which are designed to auto• the retractor to jam so it will not rewind further, matically take up excess webbing and main• while at the same time the retractor locking TO RELEASE JAMMED LAP BELT tain tension on the lap belt. These belts OPTIONAL SHOULDER BELTS For Rear Seat Outboard Passengers and From Seet OR COR vertibles • When properly worn with P lap belt, e shoulder belt tan ptoviue important atitit- tional protection against impact with the car interior by restraining forward motion of the upper torso in a collision. This is particularly true in the case of a frontal impact, which is the most frequent type of accident. CENTER BELT ADJUSTMENT CAUTION: Do not wear shoulder belt under the OPTIONAL SHOULDER BELTS should be positioned and secured as arm or without iap belt. Such improper use could described above under "Front Seat Lap- increase the chance of injury and the severity of procedure when Shoulder Belt Combination". injury in the event of an accident. removing and restowing the shoulder belt. Lap belts at center seating positions also • To fasten detachable shoulder belt, The detachable shoulder should be positioned and secured as the belts are unstow it place knob on lengthened and shortened in described above, and adjusted to a SNUG and the the the same shoulder belt end into the keyhole on the manner as center seat lap belts. FIT by pulling on the end of the belt lap belt latch plate. (The latch is designed The detachable shoulder belt should have extending from the adjustable latch plate. so ^this attachment only com• sufficient slack to insert a fist's width To lengthen lap belt at center seating that can be pleted before fastening lap Tilt between your chest and the belt. This can positions piece adjustable Istch. plate at the belt.) the knob as necessary, to pass it through be checked by inserting a clenched fist right angles to the belt webbing and pull on the slot. Pull the knob firmly upward to between the belt and your chest with latch plate; belt should then slide easily seat it at the narrow end of the keyhole, thumb against chest and back of hand through the adjustment feature. then fasten the lap belt. Reverse this facing upward. SEAT BELT INSPECTION * Periodically inspect belts, buckles, adjustable latch plates, retractors, interlock and reminder systems, nuide loops, r-'ip? and anchors for damage that could lessen the effectiveness of the restraint system. « Keep sharp edges and damaging objects away from belts, and other parts of re• straint system. « Replace belts if cut, weakened, frayed, or PROPER SHOULDER BELT SLACK subjected to collision loads. * Check that anchor mounting bolts are tight. * When not in use, the detachable shoulder * Have questionable parts replaced. belt should be stowed by leaving it attached * Keep seat bete clean and dry. to the lap belt and allowing the lap belt to INFANT SEAT rewind into its retractor. Take up remaining * Clean only with mild soap solution and GM "Infant Love Seat" is designed for babies up slack using the shoulder belt adjustment lukewarm water. to 20 pounds. The GM "Child Love Seat" is feature. * Do noi bieach or dye belts since this may designed for children weighing 20 to 40 pounds, severly weaken belts. up to 3 feet-4 inches in height, who are able to sit up alone. CONVERTIBLE SHOULDER BELT STOWAGE Child Restraint In using any infant or child restraint system, On convertible models, front seat shoulder belts Children in automobiles should be restrained to read and comply with al! installation and usage (if so equipped) are siowed by inserting the lessen the risk of injury in accidents, sudden stops instructions. All unused seat belts near the child shoulder belt end into the retainer located on the or other hazardous situations. Genera! Motors should be stowed properly to help prevent them lower front edge of the rear seat cushion. Push dealers offer restraint systems designed specifically from striking him or her in the event of an down until the knob snaps securely into position. for use with infants and with small children. The accident. belts. An alternate method is tc position towing a trailer will affect handling, durability and the bassinet so that it rests against the bach of the front seat, again crossways in the economy. Maximum safety and satisfaction vehicle. depend upon proper use of correct equipment and avoiding overloads and other abusive operation. 2 Children eh'.c tc sit h\» themselves should be placed on a seat and restrained ir is recommended tnat your new Cadillac be with a seat belt. When children ride in the operated for 500 miles before trailer towing. If it is necessary to tow during this period, avoid speeds front seat, both lap and shoulder belt over 50 MPH and full throttle starts. The same should be worn. If the shoulder belt causes precautions should he observed when p. new engine neck or face irritation due to the child's or axle is installed in your car. size, this may be reduced in some cases by positioning the child further inboard. If The maximum loaded trailer weight which you serious discomfort continues, the child car. pul! satisfactorily with your Cadillac Calais, should be lap betted in the rear seat. Nevei DeVille, Brougham or Eldorado depends on what allow a child to stand or kneel on any seat. special equipment has been installed on your car. 3. General Motors recommends that children Cadillac does not recommend towing any trailer be restrained properly when riding. How• unless the car is properly equipped. In any case, ever, if unusual conditions prohibit use of however, towing a trailer with the Cadillac Series restraints and require that a child must Seventy-Five is not recommended. The following CHILD SEAT stand, he should stand on the floor directly chart shows the required and recommended added behind the front seat. This will minimize equipment for pulling various sizes of trailers. Infants unable to sit up by themselves the possibility of injury from frontal should be restrained by placing them in a impacts in the event of an accident. CAUTIONS: covered, padded A frame side rail mounted load distributing crossways in the vehicle (widthwise) on the Trailer Towing 1. hitch with sway sufficient capacity is rear seat. The bassinet should be securely control of Since passenger cars are designed and intended required for trailers over 2,000 lbs. loaded restrained with the regular vehicle seat to be used primarily as passenger conveyances. weight. EQUIPMENT TRAILER WEIGHT (LOADED) 2. Do not use axle-mounted hitches. They can cause damage to the ax$e housing., wheei bear• Up to 1O0O lbs. 1000-2000 lbs. 2000-3500 lbs. 3500-6000 lbs. ings, wheels or tires. 3. Trailer brakes are required on trailers nvw Variable Load Turn Signal Retired F.ecjaiseti Required H equired 1,000 ihs. foaded weight. Hasher 4. Do not tap into the car's hydraulic brake • High Output Generator and Regulator Recommended Recommended Required Required system if operation of the trailer brake system requires more than 0.02 cubic inch of fluid • Radiator with Heavy Duty Available Required displacement from the car's master cylinder. Transmission Oil Cooler Required The car's master cylinder fluid capacity will not •Special Fan Available Available Required Required be sufficient to operate both car and trailer •Vacuum Tank brakes under all conditions of use if more than Reserve. Available Available Available Recommended 0.02 cubic inch of fluid displacement is Automatic Level Control required. (Standard on Eldorado and Recommended Recommended Recommended Recommended Sixty Special Brougham) 5. Whenever e trailer hitch is removed, be certain to have any mounting holes in the underbody •Special Rear Axle Ratio- 3.15 to 1 Available Recommended R eq uired Required properly sealed to prevent possible entry of (Except Eldorado) exhaust fumes, dirt or water. (See Engine Exhaust Gas Caution.) Separate Trailer Brakes - Required Required Required 6. Use only trailer hitches which permit normal *Frame Side Rail Mounted, Mot Not operation of the Energy Absorbing Bumper Non-Load Distributing Recommended Recommended Kfcch Recommended Recommended system. For example, a rigid fore and aft connection between the bumper anrt any other Frame Side Rail Mnunted, part of the vehicle should be avoided, otherwise Load-Distributing Hitch - - Required Required with Sway Control damage may be increased in the event of a collision. • Included when Factory Installed Trailering Package is ordered. *A bumper mounted hitch is permitted up to 2,000 lbs.loaded trailer weight, Sec CAUTION no. 6, page 18. MAINTENANCE 1. Check the hitch ball for wear. Keep it of the loaded trailer weight. Tongue load can be More frequent vehicle maintenance is required lubriCEted with a light coat of chassis adjusted by proper distribution of the load in the when using your car to pull a trailer. grease. Inspect electrical connections for trailer and can be checked by weighing separately proper contact. Check condition of safety Change the: the loaded trailer and then the tongue. chains. • t)EX RON® or DEXRON® II automatic transmission fluid each 50,000 miles. 1. Inspect tires and maintain recommended Adjusting Load Distributing Hitch If Youi Cadillac pressures. Is Equipped With Automatic Level Control • Engine oil each 60 days or 3,000 miles, whichever occurs first. 3. Check brake systems often. Make a few IMPORTANT: Vehicle must have full pas tank, test stops before taking to the open road. e Positive crankcase ventilation valve each 12 spare tire in place, but no passengers or luggage. months or 12,000 miles, whichever occurs Make certain both trailer and car brakes first. are operating properly. 1. Exhaust all air from system as follows: 4. Check brake lights, turn indicators, ana e Axle or final drive lubricant each 12,000 Exhaust compressor tank using service miles. running lights frequently. valve. Exhaust shock absorbers by jacking 5. Check all systems having e specified fluid rear of car above normal height. Hold until e See Index and Maintenance Schedule capacity regularly for pioper level. no further air is exhausted . . . about Folder for important information on engine 1 minutes. belts, cooling system care, and automatic 6. Check that your car is not overdue for brake adjustment. important services such as oil change, 2. Install frame-mounted hitch and set ball engine tune-up, wheel alignment, and height as specified by trailer manufacturer Check Automobile and Trailer Components wheel balancing. with all air exhausted as in Step 1 above. Regularly-Trailer towing places extra stress on a 7. Check cooling system to see that it is clean car's mechanical components. The steering, 3. Hook up trailer and adjust tension on load and rost-free. transmission, tires, brakes, engine, and cooling distributing bars per hitch manufacturer's specifications with all air exhausted as in system and the electrical system should be in top sit ! s>nc9 operating condition before embarking on a trip. Step 1. Mote this adjustment. To assist in attaining good handling of the car- Here are some suggestions that can save you time, 4. Compressor will recharge the leveling trailer combination, it is important that trailer trouble and expense: system within 15 to 20 minutes of normal tongue load be maintained at approximately 10% driving. 5. On all future trailer hook-ups, simply For optimum brake performance, the brake attach trailer with the load distributing from heavy traffic. This practice will help you gain balance between the car and trailer must be Experience in handling the extrs weight and length bars set to the previously determined adjusted. adjustment. of the trailer. Also, check lights, tires, and mirror adjustment. Tir.ES £. The procedure deseiiuea above appiies to Starting,—Carefuity check mirrors to observe ail types of frame-mounted load When towing trailers, tires should be inflated to traffic flow. It is a good idea to check the brakes distributing hitches. the highest inflation pressure shown on the placard of the car and the trailer before turning into affixed inside glove compartment door. The allow• traffic. BRAKES able passenger and cargo load, also shown on the Turning-Remember that trailer wheels will be same placard, is reduced by amount equal to the If a trailer brake is to be used with your closer than car wheels to the inside on curves. trailer tongue load on the trailer hitch. Cadillac make sure you follow the recommenda• Avoid soft shoulders, curbs, etc., by driving tions of the trailer brake manufacturer for installa• For trailers using load distributing hitches, slightly beyond your normal turning point. Signal tion of the components required for trailer brake increase front tire inflation pressure 2 psi above all turns. Avoid sudden maneuvers. actuation and balance. Refer to the preceding standard inflation pressure. Passing-Allow extra distance for passing cautions (four and five) regarding cai and iraiier another vehicle. After passing, be sure you have brakes. TRAILER TOWING TIPS ample clearance for trailer before returning to the All hydraulic components must be capable of driving lane. Always signal well in advance of each Towing a trailer with ease and safety requires a move. withstanding 3000 psi. The hydraulic connection certain amount of experience before setting out on Following and Stopping-Remember trailer must be made to the rear outlet of the brake the open road. Always remember that the handling weight may increase the distance required to stop. master cylinder before the brake combination and braking characteristics of any car may be For each 10 mph showing on the speedometer, valve. Copper tubing is subject to fatigue failure changed ^considerably by the added weight of the allow at least one length of your car and trailer and must not be used in such connections. trailer. Until you learn the "feel" and how to cope between you and the car ahead. You will need this In general, direct connection of a trailer hy• with these changes, it is important to drive with "cushion" of space for emergencies and to allow draulic brake system to the vehicle brake system extra caution. faster traffic to pass safely. Avoid high speeds and will not meet these requirements, and, therefore, Before Starting-It is a good idea to practice sudden stops, and allow for unfavorable road must not be usc-d. turning, stopping, and backing in an area away conditions. Backing—Skillful backing with a trailer requires comes on during extreme driving condi• practice. Try this easy method to help control and run the engine slightly faster than idle speed tions, you should pull over to the side of direction: Keep your hand at the bottom of for approximately one minute. This will reduce- the road, turn off the air conditioner (if steering wheel. Tc move trailer tefl, mow? your any tendency for the coaling system to "afterboil" hand to the ieft. To back to the right, move hand used) and run the engine slightly faster thai tffiicti results m a toss ot cooling system liuid. to the right. idle speed with, the transmission in neutral. « If the '"COOLANT TEMPERATURE" Engine Cooling-Refer to "ENGINE COOL• ING" in Section 5 of this manual for cooling sys• Down Grades-On long or steep down grades, light does go off, then proceed to drive but tem recommendations and maintenance. reduce speed and use a lower transmission range to change driving conditions so as not to tax assist braking as outlined in the transmission cooling system so severely. If the "COOL• Parking-Parking of vehicle with trailer on a section of this manual. ANT TEMPERATURE" light does not go grade is not recommended. However, should this be necessary, the following sequence should be Long Up-Hill Grades-When ascending long off within a short period of time 0-2 min• up-hill grades, the possibility of engine overheating utes), then turn the engine off and look for used. can be reduced by down-shifting the transmission mechanical problems. 1. Apply service brakes. to DRIVE right or L (low). 2. Have passenger place wheel chocks under trader wheels. Engine Overheating Warning Lights-Towing a NOTE: If there is evidence of steam, do not trailer under exceptionally severe operating condi• open the hood until the steam disappears. 3. When chocks are in place, release service tions may cause the red "Stop Engine Tempera• brakes until chocks absorb load. ture" or "Coolant Temperature" warning lights to Open the hood to cool the engine down 4. Apply parking brakes. come on. There are certain procedures to follow faster. Determine whether there is any when an indicator light comes on: mechanical problem such as a loose hose, 5. Place transmission in PARK position. loose -missing fan belt, coolant loss, or • If the "STOP ENGINE TEMPERATURE or When Starting light and an audible warning kuzzst corns radiator air flow restriction. 1. Apply brakes and start engine in Park. on because of a mechanical failure in the cooling system, you should not drive the After running under extreme driving conditions 2. Shift into gear and drive until chocks are car until the problem is corrected. do not immediately turn the engine off unless the free. "STOP ENGINE TEMPERATURE" light is on. If • If the "COOLANT TEMPERATURE" light 3. Apply service brakes and have passenger re the light is not on, put the transmission in neutral move chocks. Operation in Foreign knocking and serious engine damage may result « The country or countries in which you plan from their use. To obtain information on the to travel. Countries quality of fuels available in the countries in which It is recommended that you not operate your you plan to travel, write to Customer Services Cadillac in any country not having fuels meeting r f Department Csdillsc !V.D*o Cs M'^Ir%r. Hptrrvt the requirements uf you-. Cadillac engine. Engine Your Cadillac is designed to operate on fuel of Michigan 48232 (or in Canada write to General modifications are not available to compensate for approximately 91 research octane number or Motors of Canada Limited, Customer Services low anti-knock quality fuels. Operation of your higher, sold in the United States and Canada. Department, Oshawa, Ontario), giving: car under conditions of continuous or excessive If you plan to operate your Cadillac outside the * The Vehicle Identification Number (on knocking constitutes misuse of the engine and may continental limits of the United States or Canada, plate on instrument panel ahead of the cause engine damage for which the Cadillac Motor there is a possibility that the best fuels available steering wheel and visible through the Car Division is not responsible under the terms of are so low in anti-knock quality that excessive windshield, or from registration slip or the Cadillac New Vehicle Warranty. title). 22 engine exhaust system, car body and body ventila• tion system, it is recommended that the exhaust system and body be inspected by a competent mechanic1: e Each time the vehicle is raised for oil change. • Whenever a change is noticed in the sound of the exhaust system. • Whenever the exhaust system, underbody Genera/ or rear of the vehicle is damaged. Engine Exhaust Gas Caution See your Maintenance Schedule folder for in• From the very start, drive your new Cadiliac in (carbon monoxide) spection procedure. a normal manner at varying speeds, as required by different traffic and road situations. To allow proper operation of the car's ventila• Avoid inhaling exhaust gascc became they cor. tion system, keep front ventilation inlet grille clear tain carbon monoxide, which by itself is colorless of snow, leaves or other obstruction at ali times. Avoid extremely heavy duty operation such as and odorless. Carbon monoxide is a dangerous gas towing trailers, excessive full throttle usage, or that can cause unconsciousness and is potentially SITTING IN A PARKED CAR WITH ENGINE RUNNING FOR AN EXTENDED PERIOD IS unnecessary heavy braking for the first 500 miles. lethal. NOT RECOMMENDED. If at any time you suspect that exhaust fumes Do not run engine in confined areas such as are entering the passenger compartment, have the This section of the Owner's Manual explains the garages any more than needed to move vehicle in purpose and operation of the driving controls and cause determined and corrected as soon as under or out of area. When vehicle is stopped in an the comfort and convenience systems available on possible. If you must drive these conditions, uivwuiirnvcu ai6d Willi tne cOyinc luiiriiuy TOf drive only with a// windows fully open. your Cadillac. Knowledge of the function and any more than a short period, adjust heating or air controls of each system will help you enjoy this The best protection against carbon monoxide conditioning system to farce outside air into car as fine motorcar. entry into the car body is a properly maintained follows: I 1. On cars equipped with air conditioning, set j Steering Column Controls \ control lever to HI except in hot weather, !" which raise,se t (ever to AUTO. Anti-Theft Lock 2. On cars not equipped with air condition• The anti-theft lock, located on the right side of ing, set fan to medium or high speed and the steering column, has five positions: lower control lever to any position except • Accessory-Permits operation of electrical OFF. accessories when engine is not running. To The trunk lid should be closed while driving to enyage, push key in and turn toward you help prevent inadvertently drawing exhaust gases (counterclockwise). • Lock-Normal parking position. Locks into the car. It is unwise to drive at high speeds for STEERING COLUMN iGNITION LOCK Song durations with the trunk lid open. However, ignition and provides added theft protec• tion by preventing normal operation of if for some reason the trunk must remain open for If difficulty is experienced in turning the igni• steering wheel and shift controls. Key can• s period while moving, or electrical wiring or other tion key and lock knob to unlock the ignition, not be returned to "LOCK" position and cable connections to a trailer must pass through attempt to turn the steering wheel as hard as the seal between trunk lid and body, the following removed until transmission is placed in possible in the direction the wheels are turned. At precautions should be observed: "PARK". the same time turn the ignition lock knob in a • Off-Permits turning engine off without clockwise direction with as much effort as you can • Close all windows. locking steering wheel and shift control. apply with your own hand. Do not attempt to use * Adjust heating or air conditioning system • Run-Normal operating position (ignition a tool of any kind to apply additional force on the to force outside air into car as described in "ON" position). lock knob, as this could break the knob. items 1 and 2 above but with fan on stan• dard heater set at high speed. • Start-Causes engagement of starter. « On cars equipped with outside air vents in Parking NOTE: The anti-theft steering column lock is not or under instrument panel, open vents WHEN LEAVING YOUR CAR UNATTENDED a substitute far the parking brake. Always set the fully. parking brake when leaving the car unattended. • Set parking brake. • Place automatic transmission selector in tion key to the Start position - release "PAR K" Proper engine oil viscosity is very important for when engine starts. easy cold weothor starting. See Service and Main• « Turn key to "LOCK" position. If Engine starts, but fails to run, repeat this tenance, Section Five. « Remove key (trie buzzei wif! remind you.j procedure. When engine is running « Lock all doors. smoothly (approximately 30 seconds), the IF ENGINE FAILS TO START idle speed may be reduced by slightly Starting the Engine depressing the accelerator pedal and then Starting Flooded Engine - Hold the accelerator slowly releasing. pedal a!i the way down, and crank (not over 15 MOTE: Seat belts must be properly buckled seconds at a time) until engine starts. around each front seat occupant after getting in if starter will not crank when key is placed in car - BEFORE the engine can be started. CAUTION: Extended running of engine (5 minutes or more) without depressing accelerator Start position-Refer tc "To Start Car" in Section pedal could cause damage tc engine or exhaust 1 1. Apply the foot brake. system due to overheating. 2. Place transmission selector in 'P' 01 "fi'' Transmission Operation ("P" preferred). A starter safety mechanism prevents starter operation while the trans• • Warm Engine - Depress accelerator pedal Your Cadillac is equipped with a Turbo Hyd mission selector is in any drive position, (if about halfway and hold while cranking the matic transmission. it is necessary to re-start the engine with engine. the car moving, place the selector lever in * Extremely Cold Weather (Below 0°F.) Or After Car Has Been Standing Idle Several 3. Depress accelerator pedal and activate Days - Fully depress and release acceler• starter as follows fur different conditions. ator pedal two or three times before crank• ing the engine. With foot off the accelerator • Cold Engine - Fully depress accelerator pedal, crank the engine by turning the key pedal and slowly release. With foot off the to the Start position and release when pedal, crank the engine by turning the igni• engine starts. SHIFT LEVER POSITION INDICATOR The shift lever position indicator is arranged Reverse only when the car is stopped. • "L" Low - Operate the transmission in from left to right with "P" {Park?, followed in «• "!M" Neutral - Select Neutral when neces• Low range when driving conditions require sequence by "R" (Reverse), "H" (Neutral), sary for brief engine idling or for restarting heavy low speed pulling or maximum "DR'N/E" (left and right positions) and "L" the engine while the cat is coasting. engine braking. The Low range may be selected while stoppers or at any forward Park or Neutral in order to start the engine. • "DRIVE" range Left - Place selector lever in left-hand "DRIVE" for all normal for• car speed, but the shift to first gear occurs Shift Lever - It is necessary to pull the shift ward driving. The three-speed Turbo only when car speed is less than approxi• lever toward the steering wheel when shifting into Hydra-matic transmission automatically mately 30 miles per hour. and out of Park, when shifting out of Neutral into selects the appropriate gear ratio for ruad © Engine Braking -- Use the right-hand "DRIVE" or Reverse, when shifting from the left and load conditions. "DRIVE" range or Low range for engine hand "DRIVE" position to either the right hand « PASSING - Press the accelerator down as braking as described above. "DRIVE" or Low position. required for the driving situation. The transmission automatically selects the CAUTION: Use caution when shifting into lower TRANSMISSION RANGES appropriate gear ratio for car speed and range or lower gear on slippery surfaces with Park — Place selector lever in Park with power output. * "P" vehicle moving-the abrupt engine braking action car stopped to lock the car's drive wheels or « "DRIVE" range Right - Select right-hand could cause the drive wheels to skid. start the engine. The selector lever must be "DRIVE" when road conditions are such in Park in order to turn ignition key to that heavy pulling is encountered, for LOCK position and remove key. example on hills or soft road surfaces. This CAUTION: Before descending a steep or lung grade, down a mountain or hillside, reduce speed When parking your Cadillac always place the range is also useful when moderate engine and shift into a lower gear. Under such conditions, selector lever in Park. In addition, apply the braking is desired for descending hills, in use the brakes sparingly to prevent them from parking brake (under "Floor Controls" ) and, if thisrange, the transmission operates in first overheating which reduces brake effectiveness. parking on an incline, turn the front wheels and second gear. Shift into right-hand toward the curb. "DRIVE" at any forward car speed or while stopped. Shift to the left-hand REMINDER: Care should be taken to avoid * "R" Reverse - Select Reverse when you "DRIVE" position when normal driving is sudden accelerations when both drive wheels are wish to drive the car backwards. Shift into resumed. on a slippery surface, particularly in low gear. This could cause both drive wheels to spin, and allow the vehicle to slide sideways either on s crowned meet resistance to movement without Cornering lights road surface or during a turn. clicking into position. Hold the lever in this position to flash the turn signal lamps as Cadillac front fender cornering lights operate in Rocking the Cat - Refer to instructions or: Song as necessary. "Freeing Car From Soft or Slippery Surface" in Section 3 of this Manual. signal is operating in either direction, and the headlights or parking lights are on, the correspond• ing cornering light emits a steady sideward beam Turn Signals—Lane Change to provide additional illumination. Feature Back-Up Lights The signal may be operated with the ignition switch in the "RUN" position. The back-up lights provide lighting toward the rear of the car when the ignition switch is in the • Turning - Move lever down (left turn) or "RUN" position and the transmission selector up (right turn) until it clicks into position lever ic placed in "R" reverse position. to continuously flash the appropriate park• ing light, tail light, and instrument cluster turn indicator light. Power Steering After the steering wheel has been turned a Cadillac's power steering provides ease in sufficient amount, returning the wheel to the handling, parking and getting into or out of tight straight-ahead position automatically cancels turn places. Power steering assist is provided by a STEERING COLUMN CONTROLS signal operation. The signal may also be cancelled hydraulic pump driven by the engine. manually by moving the iever to the center, or off, If the steering system power assist falls due to position. Hazard Warning Flasher some malfunction, or because the engine has « Changing Lanes-move the turn signal stalled, the car can still be steered. However, much MOTE: For operation of HAZARD FLASHER, lever in the desired direction far enough to greater effort is required, particularly in sharp refer to Section 3 "In Case of Emergency." turns. light in switch face next to "CRUISE" Adjust the steering wheel tilt and telescope to indicates that Cruise Control is locked in. Tift and Telescope Steering provide the most suitable position for you. Cruise Control now maintains car speed 'Wheel without foot pressure on the accelerator Horn pedal. Adjust the steering wheel OP Cadillacs equipped The horn is actuated by depressing the steering with the Tilt and Telescope feature as follows: wheel spoke pad. The pad is designed so that • TILT - A small lever on the left side of the pressure on any area will actuate the horn. steering column, between the turn signal lever and the instrument panel, releases the tilt mechanism for adjustment. Cruise Control To adjust steering wheel tilt, hold the steering The Cruise Control system (on cars so equip• wheel, pull the small lever toward you, move the ped) msy be actuated to maintain cruising speeds steering wheel to desired angle (or let the spring above approximately 30 miles per hour. When in within the column tilt it upward), then release the operation, the system controls engine power to CRUISE CONTROL BUTTON AND SWITCH small lever. maintain the desired cruising speed within the limits of engine power and engine biaking. The tilt mechanism locks in any of six posi• CAUTION: Do not use the Cruise Control when conditions are not suitable for maintaining a tions. Tilt the steering wheel fully up for more For Automatic Speed Control: constant speed, such as in heavy or varying traffic, convenient entry to and exit from the driver's seat. « Wove the control switch (located on instru• or on winding or slippery roads. With the Cruise « TELESCOPE - A knob located at the top ment panel left of speedometer) to "ON" of the steering column, where it meets the Control engaged, releasing the accelerator pedal position. An amber light next to "ON" does not permit engine speed to return to idle. steering wheel, releases the steering column indicates that the system is set far Auto• telescoping mechanism for adjustment. To matic ^peed Control. lengthen or shorten the steering column When the system is set for Automatic Cruise • Accierate to desired cruising speed. within its range, move the telescope lock- Control: « Momentarily depress and slowly release the unlock knob fully left, push or pull the • Car speed is increased for passing by lock-in button (located on end of turn -— steering wheel to the desired position, and depressing the accelerator pedal. The car signal knob marked "CRUISE"). A green i£j move the lock-unlock knob fully right. returns to the pre-set speed when the pedal is released. drum type rear The system has indepen• brakes. while car is moving backwards. dent hydraulic circuits for front and rear • Cruise speed is increased by accelerating to brakes and a warning system to indicate a pressure * Front disc brake adjustment is made the desired new speed and momentarily light loss in either part of the iyst»m. Additions! warn automatically with each brake application depressing the lock-in button. ing light information and procedures are found • If excess brake pedal travel develops, drive • Cruising speed is decreased by fully depress• under "instrumentPanel". alternately backward and forward several ing the lock-in button and holding it in times and apply brakes firmly in each while the car speed decreases. When the The warning light system is not a brake fluid level indicator. Fluid level must be checked direction. desired lower speed is reached, release the visually at the recommended interval. button and the system will lock in at the « See your dealer if normal pedal travel is not new speed. restored, or if there is a rapid increase in Automatic speed control is disengaged when pedal travel, which could be a sign of other the brake pedal is depressed. To re-engage, CAUTION: Driving through deep water may wet brake trouble. accelerate to desired cruising speed and momentar• the brakes and adversely affect brake performance so that the vehicle will not slow down at the usual ily depress the lock-in button and slowly release. NOTE: The front disc brakes have a built- rate. Applying the brakes lightly will indicate The system will again engage. irt wear indicatoi that is designed to make a high whether they have been so affected. To dry them frequency, squealing, or cricket-like warning sound Moving the control switch to the "OFF" quickly, lightly apply the brakes while maintaining when the linings are worn to where replacement is losition completely disengages the system. The a safe forward speed with an assured clear distance required. The sound will occur intermittently or ;ystem is also disengaged whenever the ignition is ahead until brake performance returns to normal. urned off. continuously when wheels are rolling, but will disappear when the brake pedal is applied firmly. Floor Controls Automatic Brake Adjusters See also the various brake checks listed in the Cadillac Maintenance Schedule folder. • Cadillac brakes '»v brakes brake) are self-adjusting, designed to NOTE: "Riding the brake" by resting your foot eliminate periodic brake adjustments. on the brake peda! when not intending to brake • r J 0Ul?aCiillaC,isequipped with s Power assisted brake p • Rear drum brake adjustment is made can cause abnormally high temperatures, 'rake system utilizing disc type front brakes and excessive lining wear and possible damage to the automatically as the brakes are applied brakes. Power Brakes range for maximum engine braking assist when descending steep grades. Avoid engine braking on « If power assist to the brakes is interrupted slippery roads because the drive wheels couid slide due to a stalled engine or some mal• 0! skid function, two or more brake applications can be made using reserve power. Parking Brake • To set parking brake, fully depress foot « If the brake pedal is held down, the system is designed to bring the car to a full stop on pedal at far left side. reserve power. However, the reserve power • For maximum holding power, depress is partially depleted each time the brake regular brake pedal with the other foot at pedal is applied and released. Do not pump the same time. brakes when power assist has been inter• • With engine running, parking brake will rupted. remain set only when transmission is in "PARK" or "NEUTRAL". • When reserve power is exhausted, the PARKING BRAKE MANUAL RELEASE vehicle can still be stopped by applying • Parking brake is designed to release auto• greater force to the pedal. matically when transmission selector is When pedal travel of the parking brake exceeds In the event of power assist being lost, the use moved to any drive or reverse position with approximately five inches, it should be adjusted by of both feet on the pedal is recommended. The engine running. your Authorized Cadillac Dealer. power brake pedal is sufficiently wide to accom• • A distinct sound should be heard when modate the use of both feet. pedal releases. When parking on hills-it is advisable to turn the wheels toward the curb, lock the drive wheels Braking on Hilly Terrain - The transmission is • Should it be necessary to release brake by placing the transmission selector in "Park" ues.'ytieu lu ouppicurcMi irjc t,;tir.niy cy^iciij »i/tm rnariusHy, raise the hand release lever engine braking when driving on hilly terrain. To located on upper right side of parking brake position and place the parking brake in its fully decrease brake usage, place the transmission pedal assembly. (Never drive car with park• depressed position. Also, when leaving the car unattended, always place the selector lever in selector lever in right-hand "DRIVE" when ing brake set, as this may overheat or other• "Park" position and fully apply the parking brake. descending medium grades and in the Low "L" wise damage rear brakes). also provide improvement in vehicle stopping CAUTION: Always shut of engine before ieavino Instruments capability under many road conditions. the car driver's seat unattended. This will help prevent the car from moving unexpectedly if the FUEL GAGE- The fuel gage (located to the left REMINDER: Drivers should remember that the shift Sever is accidentally moved from the PARK of the indicator lights) indicates properly only Track Masts: System •.0111:0;¾ usiiy the position causing the parking brake to release. im wiiii lymiiun on. i he iuei gage pointer is ot the wheels, and that during maximum braking front balanced type and, with ignition off, may not re• wheel lock-up could still occur, just as it might turn to "E" (Empty) but may stop at any point on with any car. Since front wheel lock-up causes loss the dial. Track Master Computer of steering capability, the brakes should be Controlled Rear Wheel "pumped" in those cases where steering control is more important than the shortest stop. Speedometer and Odometer Braking System As with regular brakes, if the brake system * The speedometei needle indicates cai speed. In cars equipped with Cadillac's Track Master warning light glows red, it indicates there is a mal• System (identified on brake pedal) normal braking function in some portion of the brake system (see procedures should be followed. Additionally, "BRAKES" warning light information under SPEEDOMETER Hluh TRIP ODOMETER "Instrument panel") drivers should be aware that when the ignition ODOMETER BEAM AND RESET KNOB switch is turned to start, the Track Master system INDICATORS cycles one time causing a "thumping" sound. Dur• Instrument Panel ing maximum braking, a pulsing sensation may be experienced on some road surfaces. This sensation The instrument panel contains instruments, is due to the normal operation of the Track Master dials, and controls necessary for the operation of System functioning to prevent sustained rear many of the standard and accessory features. Re• wheel lock-up. view the instructions and illustrations contained in this portion of the Owner's Manual to acquaint Track Master is designed to improve vehicle yourself with the proper use of these instruments controllability during maximum braking and wiii and controls. SPEEDOMETER INDICATOR RIGHT MIRROR CLIMATE CONTROL SPEEDOMETER -, LIGHTS CONTROL (AIR OUTLETS*. MAP LIGHT SWITCH WIPER r-UE! GAUGP \ ! CONTROL AUTOMATIC CLIMATE ASK TRAY RADi CRUISE * ° CLOCK GLOVE COMPARTMENT j CONTROL CONTROL ANTENNA, DE-FOGGER AND HEADLIGHT CONTROL CONVERTIBLE OR SUN ROOF SWITCHES INSTRUMENT PANEL * The left-hand odometer (five digit) records reset knob (located at the speedometer lens ths csr's tots! miiSSQc Indicator Lights to the right of the trip odometer) is pushed • The right-hand odometer (four digit) may in, turned clockwise until all zeros appear, If an indicator light warns you of a condition be set to 000.0 so that trip mileage may be and turned further until all zeros appear a that may require immediate correction, contact an recorded. To reset the trip odometer, the second time. Authorized Cadillac Dealei for service. "FASTEN BELTS" Light (Red)-Operation of the seat belt audible-visible reminder is described in the first section of this manual under "Seat Belt Restraint System". "AIR CUSHION" Light (Red)-This light is functional on cars equipped with Air Cushion Restraint System. For explanation, refer to the Owner's Manual Supplement for A.C.R.S. equip• ped cars. "BRAKES" Light (Red)-Brake system warning light-The. service brake system is designed so that half of the brake system will provide some braking action in the event of a hydraulic leak in the other half of the system. If warning light labeled INDICATOR LIGHTS part of normal maintenance. "BRAKES" (located in upper instrument pane!) • If you judge such operation to be safe, pro• glows continuously when the ignition is on and If the light glows red: ceed cautiously at a safe speed to nearest after the brakes have been firmly applied, it may • The service brake system is partially inoper• dealer for repair. indicate that there is a malfunction in one-half of ative. • Or have car towed to dealer for repair. the brake hydraulic system. What To Do: Continued operation of the car in this condi• • The light should glow during engine starting 1. Pull off the road and stop, carefully - re• tion is dangerous. to verify that the bulb is operating prop• membering that: "STOP ENGINE OIL PRESSURE" Light erly. • Stopping distances may be greater. (Red)—This indicator illuminates with ignition in • Have system repaired if light does not come • Greater pedal effort may be required. RUN position when engine oil pressure is too low on during check. for engine operation. This light normally illumi• « Pedal travel may be greater. « This warning light is not a substitute for the nates during engine starting and switches off when 2. Try out brake operation by starting and visual check of brake fluid level required as the engine is running. This provides a check of stopping on road shoulder - then: bulb operation. « If the "STOP ENGINE OIL PRESSURE" * If the "COOLANT TEMPERATURE" light "WASHER FLUID" Light (Amber) See light illuminates while the engine is run• illuminates while the engine is running, the "Monitor System" in this section. ning, stop the engine and do not operate it car should not be driven until cause of over• until the cause of low oil pressure is cor• "TRUNK OPEN" Light (Amber) See "Remote heating is corrected, if. during extreme rected. flsr.ttal Tnr.k I stok" tr. seatisn 1 driving conditions, the light illuminates, the "STOP ENGINE TEMPERATURE" Light engine may be cooled by holding engine (Red)—This indicator illuminates if engine metal speed slightly above idle for up to two Windshield Wipers and temperature is excessive. Light operation is accom• minutes with transmission selector in "N" Washers panied by a warning buzzer. This light normally (Neutral) and air conditioning off. if iight illuminates when the ignition key-buzzer system remains on, stop engine. The windshield wiper and washer control (lo• operates (key in ignition lock, ignition off, and cated above light switch at left side of instrument driver's door open). This provides a check of bulb REMINDER: Co net remove radiator cap. See panel) operates the washer and concealed wiper operation. engine cooling information in Service and Mainte• system electrically. Control illumination is pro• nance Section. vided when instrument panel lights are on. • If the "STOP ENGINE TEMPERATURE" light illuminates while the engine is run• "GENERATOR" Light (Amber)-This indicator Operation ning, stop the car and engine as quickly as illuminates when the generator is not charging possible and have the cause of overheating • Remove ice or packed snow from wiper during normal engine operation. This light normal• corrected. Continued driving may cause blade concealment recess at rear of hood ly illuminates during engine starting and goes out engine damage. Do not open hood if steam before operating wipers. Carefully loosen or when the engine is running, providing a check of is present. thaw wipers that are frozen to windshield bulb operation. or Sower molding. "COOLANT TEMPERATURE" Light in cold weather, the indicator light normally • For continuous operation, move control (Arnber)-ThiE indicator illuminates if engine cool• goes out at higher engine speeds. lever up to "LO", "MED", or "HI"speed ant temperature is excessive. This light normally • If the "GENERATOR" light illuminates position. illuminates during engine starting (as a check of while the engine is running, have the cause • For a single wiping cycle, move lever right bulb operation) and may illuminate briefly when of insufficient charging corrected as soon as to "MIST" position, hold until wipers begin restarting the engine after a short stop. possible. wiping. control lever fully down and to the right. The hesitation time varies with lever position, with a • Do not operate windshield wipers against dry glass. tnssimum delay of approximately 10 seconds at the "MAX" position. Use the Controlled Cycle feature when rain, Monitor System snow, and spray do not wet the windshield sufficiently to warrant continuous wiper WASHER FLUID LOW LEVEL INDICATOR operation. As an additional feature, the Controlled Cycle The amber "WASHER FLUID" indicator (if system automatically parks the wipei blades after equipped! illuminates during wiper operation if using the windshield washer provided the wiper the washer fluid reservoir is less than approximate• control is in "OFF" position. ly one-third full. WIPER-WASHER CONTROL LAMP MONITOR SYSTEM « Press "WASH" button and release to acti• Operating Tips The lamp monitor system (if equipped) indi• vate "LO" wiper speed and to direct a • Check washer fluid level regularly - do it cates that certain lights are functioning by con• quantity of washer fluid to the windshield. frequently when the weather is bad. ducting light from the lamp unit to a visual mon• Move wiper lever to "OFF" after wash itoring unit. A headlight and turn signal monitor cycle is completed. • Use a fluid such as GM OPTIKLEEN to is located on top of each front fender. A monitor, prevent freezing damage, and to provide unit for tail, stop and rear turn signals is located better cleaning. Controlled Cycle Wiper System on the headliner above the rear glass, or above the rear seatback on a convertible. !? equipped with this feature, the wipers may • Do not use radiator ami-freeze in wind• be operated continuously at any of three normal shield washer; it could cause paint damage. speeds, or at low speed with a variable hesitation • In cold weather, warm the windshield with Front Monitor between each wipe. defrosters before using washer to help pre• vent icing that may seriously obscure * Parking light, turn signal, and hazard flasher For Controlled Cycle operation, move the vision. operation is indicated by illumination of the amber lens. • Low beam headlight operation illuminates • Press dimmer switch with foot once to the green lens. change beams (headlights switched on). • High beam headlight operation illuminates « The blue indicator light (located on speed• the red lens. ometer dial below the 5U mph mark) illumi• nate? when headlights are oneratinr in hiqh Rear Monitor beam. • Tail light operation on left or right side illu• minates the corresponding red lens. Side Marker Lights Turn signal, hazard flasher, and brake light operation is indicated by increased light Your Cadillac is equipped with front and rear intensity from the corresponding monitor side marker lights that provide additional side lens. LIGHT SWITCH identification so the car is more visible to other motorists at night. Whenever the headlights or Lights • Rotate knob to adjust instrument panel parking lights are on, the front (amber) and rear light brightness. (red) side marker lights are on. LIGHT CQNTROL-The control knob for the • Rotate knob fully counterclockwise (past headlights, taillights, parking lights, license lights, stop) to operate courtesy lights. side marker lights and instrument panel lights is Guide-Matic Headlight A circuit breaker in the light switch pro• located on the lower left of the instrument panel. tects the headlight circuits. If the headlights Con fro I begin to "flicker" on and off, have the head• Switch Position lamp wiring checked immediately. The Guide-Matic Headlight Control (on cars so • Fully in toward dash - all lights off. HeatHight Dimmer Switch-The headlight dim- equipped) switches the headlights automatically while driving in darkness. Out to first stop - all lights except head- mer -witcn {|0Ca{ed 0!, !eft s;de of floor below lights on parking brake pedal) is operated to select low Operation Fully out - all lights on (headlamp beam beam (outer headlights) or high beam (four head• depends on foot switch position). lights). • Set control ring pointer on headlight con- trot to "OFF" position. Twilight Sentinel fully in and ignition off or locked, the Select high beam with the foot operated exterior lights will switch off automatically dimmer switch. The Twilight Sentinel system (on cars so after the time delay has elapsed. cjct cuiitiOi f:ric; puttiiu; on f-AR . un- L'uuJppvS/ senses uiiiS'C'c iignt anD ainoriiaticaiiy coming headlights will cause the system to turns the headlights on as darkness approaches, AUTOgHMttING dim your headlights automatically. and turns them off as daylight resumes. The sys• tem also turns the headlights off after a time delay After traffic passes, move pointer slowly period when the car is parked in darkness. The away from "FAR" until lights switch to delay feature allows you to lock your car and use high beam. The system is then set for auto• the illumination of the exterior lights for a pre-set matic dimming at maximum distance. period, after which the lights will turn off auto• Oft ^Sf^ MAX To delay dimming until oncoming traffic is matically. • SENTIKfl LIGHTS closer, rotate control ring pointer farther GUIDE-MATIC away from "FAR". Operation: TWILIGHT SENTINEL Fur non-automatic control of headlight » Automatic headlight operation-With head• E tps: beam, rotate pointer to "OFF" and use the light switch pushed fully in, rotate control Do not cover the light sensing unit located foot dimmer switch. ring pointer on headlight control to the under the left front radio speaker grille. right of "OFF". Lights automatically For additional light to one side of the car switch on or off according to the amount during the time delay period, operate the If Guide-Matic has not switched to "DIM", of outside light. turn signal lever to turn on the cornering you may dim the headlights with the foot • Time delay shut-off-with the control ring light desired. switch while the system is on automatic pointer at "MAX", a shut-off time delay of high beam. If the manual light switch is left "on" while 1½ to 4½ minutes is obtained. Rotating the parking, a buzzer sounds to remind you to High beams can be switched on momentar• pointer closer to "OFF" reduces the time switch the lights off. The buzzer operates ily for signaling when the system is in auto• delay period. The minimum delay is when the manual light switch is on, ignition matic low beam by applying slight down• obtained with the pointer next to "OFF". is off or locked, and any car door is opened ward pressure to the foot dimmer switch. With the manual light switch knob pushed (or courtesy light switched on). Courtesy Lights front door and each interior side roof panel) are operated individually by a switch neai the swivel- Courtesy lights are located in the following ing lamp unit. places: door armrests, under the instrument panel at each side; arid eauh interior iear side roof panel Fieetvvuua SevEnty-'rive—Luinijiried courtesy (except Convertible). The Eldorado Convertible and reading lights are located in the rear aii condi• has courtesy lights in the rear armrests. tioning ceiling outlets. Individual switches are • Courtesy lights are operated by opening located above the rear armrests. any door or by turning the headlight con• On the Limousine style, only the rear door(s) trol knob fully counterclockwise. operate the rear courtesy lights. Fleetwood Sixty Special Brougham-direction- A front compartment reading light (located ally adjustable reading lights (located on the right between the sun visors) an the Limousine is part of the front courtesy light system controlled by the headlight switch knob or front doors. VANITY MIRROR Vanity Mirror Map Light An illuminated vanity mirror-sunshade is avail• A map light is located under and to the right of able for both the driver (except convertible) and the center air outlet on the dash. It is operated the right hand passenger. To use the mirror, rotate manually by a switch next to the lens; or auto• the sunshade down and swing the mirror cover matically by operation of the courtesy lights. upward, exposing the mirror and switching the lamps on automatically. Adjust lamp intensity with the high-low selector switch below the right Digital Electric Clock lamp. Swinging the sunshade fully forward directs the light downward for reading. Switch lamps The Digital Clock (upper center of instrument READING LIGHT pane!) is operated by a crystal controlled electron• off by closing mirror cover after use. ic circuit for highly accurate time keeping. Ash Tray and Lighters of air movement around the thermometer-mirror unit will cause the thermometer to indicate a An illuminated cigar lighter-ash tray unit is higher-than-actual temperature. Ventilation System area. • Pull at finger recess to open instrument Your Cadillac incorporates a ventilation system panel ash tray. that provides ventilation comfort made possible by CLOCK RESET A separate lighter-trsy unit, also Illuminated, is the addition of air vent provisions in the rear body The clock may be reset by pulling the reset located in the right front door armrest. lock pillar. Another feature of the system is con• ;nob out, then turning. The knob must be pushed • Open lid for access to armrest ash tray. tinuous low-speed operation of the heater and air n after resetting. If the clock digits do not line up Lighter-tray units are also located in the conditioner blower, resulting in an uninterrupted ifter resetting, reset again until they are positioned rear seat passengers' armrests (ash trays supply of outside air flow into the car whenever orrectly. only on Calais models). the ignition switch is on. Resetting the clock while it is changing tc the « Remove ash receptacle an all unit by With the side windows closed, outside air will lext minute {between 50 and 00 seconds) may grasping the snuffer and pulling up. flow into the front grilles, through the car and out ause numbers to "half index". To correct, im- Fleetwood Seventy-Five the rear aii exhaust valves. nediately reset the clock again (between 00 and Rear door armrests contain lighter-ash tray BASIC OPERATING TIPS: iO seconds). units for the rear seat and auxiliary seat passen• • Always keep front inlet grille clear of .itter Receptacle gers. obstructions (leaves, ice, snow, etc.). • When heating or air conditioning is desired, Thermometer The litter receptacle, located to the right of the best comfort is attained by driving with all front passenger foot area, may be removed by puli• The thermometer (on cars so equipped) is an windows ciosed. ng it rearward and disengaging it from two retain• integral part of the left-hand outside rear view The following instructions provide additional ing studs. Reinstall it by engaging the front stud mirror. It will indicate outside air temperature operating tips for obtaining maximum heating and first, then the rear stud. Push receptacle forward most accurately while the car is being driven. coaling comfort. (See also Engine Exhaust Gas jntii positioned correctly. When the car is stopped, direct sunlight and lack Caution at beginning of this Section.) CONTROLS Non-Air Conditioned Cars-Separate control knobs for the lower level ventilation outlets are located in each side trim panel below the instru- AIR INLET A knob tor controlling air flow through the upper level instrument panel outlet is located at center lower edge of instrument panel. • Pull knob to open ventilator. Air Conditioned Cars-The ventilation control AIR OUTLET is integral with the controls for the Climate Con• trol System. VENTILATION AIR FLOW Controls-The r.nntrol nanoi /igjeted below left operation. Automatic Climate Control dash outlet) is illuminated when instrument panel lights are on. The temperature dial is color coded • Direct the dash outlets by roiling the outlet The Automatic Climate Control air condition• for quick reference to the interior temperature knob up or down, or aiming the vanes side• ing system controls heating and air conditioning selected. The white area of the dail includes those ways in the direction of desired air flow. automatically to maintain comfort in the passen• temperatures normally considered comfortable. ger compartment. This system is standard on the The red and blue areas respectively include the • Dash outlets may be individually shut off Fleetwood Seventy-Five Sedan and Limousine and warmer and cooler temperature settings. by moving the control knob (below the is available on all other models. With the controls outlet) forward. set for heating or air conditioning, the system IfviTiAL SETTINGS turns on automatically and controls the volume CONTROL LEVER POSITIONS and temperature of the air discharged through the * Set color coded temperature dial to desired in-car temperature. dash and heater outlets. "OFF"-The compressor is disengaged, but the * Set control lever to desired type of system air conditioner hlower will operate at a very low speed for ventilation. All air will be delivered from from the clash outlets in. warmer weather. At lower heater outlet at floor level, in warm weather, air temperatures, air will be delivered from the dash will be delivered from the dash outlets. In some outletv and the hester _ w« ^. t intermediate conditions, an wiii be delivered both outlet only on later 1974 cars. from the heater and dash outlets. "AUTO" has If comfort is not maintained, or if windows more heating-cooling capability than "LO". tend to fog, return the lever to the "AUTO" setting. "HI" - The system operates as in the "AUTO" Fleetwood Seventy-Five Sedan and Lim• setting except at a fixed high blower speed for ousine-Operation with the front control in the maximum heating-cooling capability. During hot AIR CONDITIONING CONTROLS "ECONOMY" or "VENT" position on Fleetwood weather the "HI" setting can recirculate up to 80% the heater outlet. Temperature control is provided Seventy-Fives is the same as on all other models. of the car interior air for fast cooling. Also, use to maintain the car interior at approximately the However, with the rear system "ON", the "HI" for the fastest interior warm-up in winter, to temperature set on the dial. compressor will operate, and if the front system is reduce fogging, or to obtain the most uniform VENTILATION AND KEATING in the "ECONOMY" ui "VENT" position, cooling temperature ihiougSiout the car interior. "ECONOMY" or "VENT"-ln this setting the is available. air conditioning compressor does not operate and HEATING OR COOLING the reduced engine load will result in improved "IG"-The blower operates at fixed low speed fuel economy. to deliver air tempered according to the heating or Use this setting in mild weather (30° to 70°) to cooling requirements set on the control dial. conserve fuel. Set the temperature dial about 5° Temperature control is automatic within the limits cooler than usual. On early 1974 Cadillacs, the of the "LO" mode of operation. blower operates a? a fixed low speed. On later "ALiTu"-The blower automatically operates 1974 cars, after the engine is partly warmed up, at varying speeds. As in-car temperature the blower operates automatically at varying approaches the temperature setting on the control speeds. Temperature control will be provided to dial, blower speed is reduced. Temperature control maintain the car interior at approximately the is automatic. In cold weather, after the engine is temperature set on the dial. Air will be delivered partly warmed up, air will be delivered from the OUTLET CONTROL "BI-LEVEL"-At this setting the system delivers tempered air both from the dash outlets before moving the vehicle, to clear the intake ducts of snow. the front system, as previously explained, also and the heater outlet. In-car temperature is con• apply to these vehicles. The rear system is a com• trolled automatically. This setting is suggested for OPERATING TIPS pletely separate system with a heater, blower and mild weather operation and for minimizing fog * Te conserveft:?.! y$ c the 'TCGNGWiY" ur 'evaporator assembly mounted in the trunk. Also, formation on the side windows. Close center dash an automatic rear window de-fogger is integral outlets and direct side outlets toward side win• "VENT" settino in mild weather (30" tc 70°). with the rear system. dows for fog removal. * Controls may be left at a comfortable Rear system controls-The controls for the rear WINDSHIELD DE-FOGGING AND DEICING setting without further adjustment each, system are located behind a sliding cover on the right rear trim panel above the armrest. Illumina• "DEF" - This position delivers maximum air time the car is driven until you wish to tion is provided for this area when headlights are volume to the windshield immediately. Set change either the temperature setting or on. • temperature dial at 85 for maximum temperature mode of operation. air. Use "DEF" to defrost, deice, or de-fog the « In cold weather the system delays windshield. operation (except in "DEF") until engine When conditions are such that ice or fog either coolant is warm. has formed or could form on car windows, • Adjust temperature dia! a few degrees at a perform the following before driving: time. • Clear snow and ice from hood and air inlet • To help cool a very warm interior, open the in front of windshield to improve heater windows for the first few minutes of and defroster efficiency and reduce the system operation. probability of fogging on inside of wind• FLEETWOOD 75 REAR CONTROLS shield. Fleetwood 75 Automatic • Place control switch in "ON" position. • Clear windshield, rear window, outside Climate Control • Set temperature dial at desired in-car mirrors and all side windows of ice and temperature. snow before driving vehicle. Individually controlled front and rear Auto• « In warm weather, set the hinged outlet • Operate system on "HI" for a few seconds matic Climate Control systems are used on Fleet• wood Seventy-Five cars. Operating instructions for door in each celing outlet as desired to direct air toward rear seat passengers. Heating Full left position provides unheated air. warmest air delivery and maximum airflow * Set "FAN" lever as needed for heating to windshield. Fan speed, temperature and On cars not equipped with air conditioning, the roQU'T°Tientr. Sst fsn 'nvnr "m" fn* defroster airflow mav be reduced by mov• heating system draws outside air from an opening maximum heating, minimum window fog,, ing corresponding controls to the left. at the base of the windshield, circulates it through or to obtain the most uniform interior When conditions are such that ice or fog either a heating unit located on the right side of the cowl temperatures. has formed or could form on car windows, per• and discharges it into the passenger compartment form the following before driving: from a distributor located behind the center of the e Set "KEAT-DEFROST" lever in "HEAT" instrument panel just above the floor. In normal position for normal heating. e Clear snow and ice from hood and air inlet heater operation most of this air is directed to the in front of windshield to improve heater floor with e fixed percentage continuously di• and defroster efficiency and reduce the verted to the windhsield to prevent fog formation. probability of fogging on inside of wind• When more de-fogging or de-icing capacity is re• shield. quired, almost all the air can be directed to the • Clear windshield, rear window, outside windshield. mirrors and all side windows of ice and snow before driving vehicle. HEATER CONTROL OPERATION * Operate blower on "HI" for a few seconds The heater controls are located on the instru• before moving the vehicle, to clear the in• ment panel to the left of the steering column. The take ducts of snow. controls are illuminated when instrument pane! lights are on. HEATER CONTROLS HEATING Rear Window De-Foqger * Move lower lever to the right to increase the temperature of air delivered by the DE-ICING, OR DE-FOGGING WINDSHIELD The rear windowrie-fngger (o n cars so equip• heater (dependent on engine temperature). • For maximum defrosting, set all control ped) is controlled by an illuminated switch 'located Move lever to left to reduce temperature. levers fully right to provide "HI" fan speed, to the right of the speedometer. system warms the rear window for approxi• • TONE — turn clockwise to increase treble mately ten minutes and switches off auto• tones, and counterclockwise to increase matically. Pressing switch to "ON" during bass tones. system operation does not extend oper- • MANUAL TUNER - turn knob to manu• atlno time. TN> system may also be turned al!*:' select stst'pn? and to (iw tune off by pressing the switch lever to "GFF" « SPEAKERS - turn counterclockwise to and releasing it or by turning the ignition increase volume of front speakers and switch off. clockwise to increase rear speaker(s) Do not scrape the inside surface of the elec• volume. "Balance" is obtained when you trically warmed rear window because the element hear front and rear speakers equally. could be damaged. Avoid placing decais or stickers • BAND SELECTOR - move selector fully on the inside of the window because removal may right for AM stations and fully left for FM. requiring scraping. • PUSH BUTTONS - push fully in to select a Radios preset station. To preset a station on each push button: REAR WINDOW DE-FOGGER SWITCH The radio (if so equipped) is located below the a. Select desired band - AM or FM. center dash air outlets. All models, except the Fleetwood Seventy-Five b. Manually tune desired station for best models use an electrically warmed rear window. reception. (The Seventy-Five rear window de-fogging system CONTROLS - ALL RADIOS c. Choose the push button you wish to use is integral with the rear Climate Control system.) For control location, refer to the illustration of for that station, pull it straight out, and The de-fogger system may be operated with the the tyRe of radio installed in your Cadillac. push it slowly and firmly all the way in. ignition switch in RUN position. • ON-OFF-VQLUME- turn clockwise to • Operation: press the switch lever to the switch radio on and to increase volume. "ON" position and release (returns to Turn fully counterclockwise for OFF. Igni• NOTE: Do not move the AM/FM band selector center position). A green light in the switch tion must be in the RUN or ACCESSORY while any push button is pulled out or damage to face indicates de-fogger operation. The position to operate the radio. the radio could occur. &2 3. a s s 0_ Zl o ^3" cr 3 _ 3" CD o m Z3 —- If •1 f 5« 3 «° • ° CL 2 rn J la 3 — S • to «? -, •3.5? s; O <= — s m to -r 3 rt i "* 3 => 33 C3 3 O 3 «3 £X CO 2, —• X -4 £J c: ^ CT T 33 Q3 CO CU CD a •< 3 I m 30 3 ° S 3" rT m O => o 3D > 3 H- „ 0) 5? 2 3 3 •S3- rt < CU D.) m — ^11 «» 5s CO tV 4 " g > I Z 2. 3 = o —t o (/1 CD 3 S c£ " x SL ... S rn 3- c I — 3 > to change stations without taking a hand clockwise to select FM stereo stations or oft the steering wheel. The switch can be most local AM stations depending upon the installed on the floor to the left of the • MMO GUMTE COM Ml 1 band that has been selected at the radio • smun Mange brake pedal. Remote control is available as Bf 1 dial. 9 ! l8i B r cs installed accessory for rhg ^?"^ I W I 1 seeking radio only. 1 mm » may reduce or increase the volume of the front Stereo reception - When tuned to an FM stereo speaker with the ring behind the right control station, the word "STEREO" in the radio face knob, tune the radio manually or with the push glows. Stereo reception is only possible, however, FLEETWOOD 75 REAR RADIO CONTROLS buttons and change the AM-FM frequency bands. if that station is making a stereophonic trans• The radio can be operated normally with the front mission at that time. Fine tune the radio manually speakers operate only with the rear control controls when the rear controls are turned off. and balance the front and rear speakers for the on. Control operation is the same as the best stereo operation. corresponding knob on the radio unit. e SELECTOR BUTTON - the selector Integra/ AM-FM Stereo SERIES SEVENTY-FIVE REAR SEAT RADIO button glows red to indicate that the radio CONTROLS is being operated by the rear control. To Radio Tape Player Remote radio controls are available on Fleet• change stations, press the selector button wood Seventy-Five models equipped with an momentarily and release. This control oper• A Stereo Tape Player, integral with the AM-FM AM/FM signal seeking stereo radio. The controls ates in the same manner as the selector bar Stereo Radio is available for all Cadillac models. are located behind a sliding cover on the right rear at the radio. This combination provides tape recorded stereo trim panel above the rear seat armrest. Illumi• music to add to your driving pleasure. nation is provided for the area when headlights * SENSITIVITY CONTROL - Rotate are on. control ring behind off-on volume knob The radio portion of this unit is similar to the rnwTDn11> fully counterclockwise to permit the tuner stereo radio previously described, except it has no to stop on the most powerful stations in bifjudi SeeMiiCj idBtutc. IMCVVUIU uitnuU EI tPG • OFF-ON VOLUME KNOB - turning the your area. Rotate it clockwise to the inter• right side of the slide bar band selector glows knob clockwise turns the radio on or mediate position to stop the tuner on all amber when the radio is turned to an FM stereo switches control to the rear seat. The rear usable stations. Rotate the ring- fully station. « To select the next program on the tape, TAPE PLAYER CARE depress and release the left control knob. • Release cartridge by pulling the left control The pickup head and capstan shaft of either the knob while unit is operating. Always release integral or separate tape player should be cleaned cartridge prior to turning unit off. each 100 hours of operation with a swab moistened in rubbing alcohol. Access is through TAPE CARTRIDGE CARE the tape door. • Never leave tape cartridge inserted in operating position with tape player inopera• tive. Mobile Radio Transmitters • Store tape cartridges where they will not be exposed to high temperature, direct sun• Mobile radio transmitting equipment is subject STEREO RADIO TAPE PLAYER light, tape abrasion or dirt. to Federal Communications Commission regula- LfUttti UllU ti»U>>>- uu luukbnwU *~> j U ^VUMDWU • Uu (u The tape unit uses a standard eight-track stereo Suggestion-Use only high quaiity tape technician. The specific installation instructions tape cartridge containing four entertainment cartridges. for radio transmitters will vary depending upon programs. A complimentary tape is provided with the radio equipment used. Mobile telephone equip• each integral AM-FM stereo tape player. ment installed by your local telephone company, citizens band radios, and electronic garage door Tape Player Operation openers will net adversely affect vehicle operation. * Fully insert tape cartridge (label side up In the event any other type of mobile radio and open end forward) through the swing- transmitter is to be installed, further instructions away radio dial. System operation switches are required so that vehicle operation will not be from radio to tape automatically. Without adversely affected. Contact the Customer Services further control operation, the unit plays Department, Cadillac Motor Car Division, Detroit, continuously through all four programs in Michigan 48232, (in Canada, contact Product the cartridge. CLEANING TAPE PLAYER Service Department, Qshawa, Ontario.) j Of her Controls and Features however, the Controlled Differential directs driving force to the wheel having the better Automatic Level Control Controlled Differential traction. Automatic Level Control (standard on The Hnriirolled Differentia! 'f-r; an--. ^ CAUTION: Regardless of Kðe: the y&iiivie ii Eldorado, Brouaham, and Fleetwood Sevsr.tv equipped except the Eldorado) provides additional equipped with a Controlled Differentia! or a Fives, optional on other styles) maintains a level traction on snow, ice, mud, sand and gravel, standard axle, care should be taken to avoid car attitude by compensating for any load up to particularly when one drive wheel is on a surface sudden accelerations when both drive wheels are 800 pounds added at the rear axle. providing poor traction. on a slippery surface. This could cause both drive During normal driving and cornering, the Con• wheels to spin, and allow the vehicle to slide Auxiliary air springs that are an integral part of trolled unit functions'as s standard differential. sideways on the crowned surface of a road or in a the rear shock absorbers are automatically inflated When one wheel encounters a slippery surface. turn. as the rear suspension leveling control system sen• ses load increases. Loaded vehicle ride quality is s aided because the likelihood of "bottoming" is RAISING TOP reduced. • Remove boot, if installed. When adding load, do not exceed the full rated • Turn both sun visors down. load for this model and adjust tire pressures as required. Load and iire pressure information is - Press top control awitCii to me LL^ found under Tires in the Service and Maintenance position until top stops above windshield Section. header. • LOCK DOWN LEFT SIDE OF TOP Convertible Top FIRST: pull the left side of the top front header bar down to engage guide pin with The Eldorado Convertible top incorporates striker. Rotate left lock handle outward to inward folding structural members. This design locked position. permits a rear seat of the same width as the coupe • After locking left side, pull down right side model. of top front header bar, engage guide pin LOWERING TOP striker, and rotate right lock handle out• ward to locked position, CONVERTIBLE TOP CONTROL CAUTION: Do not attempt to lower the top • BE CERTAIN TOP IS SECURELY when the temperature is below 40r r. Prior to LOCKED TO WINDSHIELD HEADER disengage iock hooks from windshield raising or lowering the top the car must be at a PRIOR TO DRIVING CAR. r header. KEEP LOCKING HANDLES IN complete stop and the sun visors turned down. THIS POSITION. CONVERTIBLE TOP BOOT When lowering the top, make certain that the top is thoroughly dry and that there are no items • Press "-convertible top control switch Soft Vinyl Boot Installation (located to right of speedometer) to the stored in or beneath the top well. • Remove the boot from its plastic storage "OPN" position until top is fully lowered. bag in the trunk and place it over the fully « If any top material remains outside top lowered top. Engage the snap fasteners on « Rotate the top locking handles (located at well, fold it FORWARD and tuck it down the boot to the studs on the rear side trim top side rails near windshield) inward to behind top header bar. panels. * The rear and sides of the boot are secured Lower panel until its clips are below • REMOVAL-Uniock both lock pins by b\ pulling the boot to the rear of the belt molding and move it rearward to engage turning them counterclockwise and pulling. molding, starting at the center, and sliding clips. Position left front portion of panel the plastic retainer under the belt molding. and fasten lock pin. • Lift front edge of boot enough to separate j » The front portion of the boot is secured bv the fastener strips. Puii ieft boot naif ior- j rhnri, fk?t Ac hint hplup" arf tx\ rlnwlv engaging the snap fasteners on the boot to ward until clips disengage at rear, then lift joined in the center, (b) centered over the the studs on the rear seat-back and pressing outboard end and separate the interlocking ; well, and (c) fully rearward. Press the front tabs. down the entire front portion (fastener edge of the boot down near the center joint strip) of the boot. to engage the hook and pile type fastener • Remove right-hand panel using care to Two-Piece Hard Buot strips. avoid interference with lamp monitor unit. i » Insert boot panels into the protective cover, ! On convertibles equipped with this type boot outboard end first, with the top surfaces | (also available as a dealer installed accessory) the against the cloth divider. Place the covered ; panels interlock to form a rigid cover for the boot halves into trunk as shown. For ' lowered convertible top. When not in use, the panels are stored in the trunk in a protective coeer. « INSTALLATION-With top fully lowered, place right-hand (passenger side) boot panel in place over convertible top well. Use care to avoid striking the rear lamp monitor unit (if equipped), fvlove panei rearward to engage its clips under the top well molding. Position the right front portion of panel and engage the lock pin into retainer in side trim panel. Push pin in and turn clockwise until locked. » Hold left boot panel at the angle shown and engajje the interlocking tabs of both panels. JOINING BOOT LOCK TABS safety's sake, always store boot and boot OPERATION « Insert the hexagonal end of the crank handle into socket in the winding gear protective cover in the trunk when not in • Ignition switch must be in RUN position. screw and rotate crank handle counter• use. „ Tn nnr i\t . . ,,..:.,1, /I_„„*„J „t * iu urciv. rnuve avvuCti \iut,mdU IU hym Gi clockwise to remove the screw. ¢,:=,^.-.^ o ; 11 w v*» ( speedon'ieter} to "GPfM" and noiu untu sliding roof is partially or fully opened. REMINDER: Do not lose any washers removed A Sunroof is an available feature on some with the screw. Cadillac styles. The Sunroof is an electric motor- Release switch to stop roof operation, driven device that permits opening of a sliding roof e TO CLOSE: move switch lever to "CLS". e Screw the threaded end of crank handle panel to admit sunshine and outside air into the Release switch to stop roof operation. into the screw hole and continue to turn passenger compartment. fvianuai Operation-The Sunroof can be closed crank clockwise to close roof. manually in the event it can not be closed elec• trically. To do this: MOTE: The crank handle can only be used to • Remove the small round plug located in the close the roof. center of the headlining near the front edge of the roof opening by grasping with fingers After manually dosing roof: and pulling downward. * Remove the crank handle. • install screw with washers, e Tighten screw. e Replace round plug in headliner. MAINTENANCE Periodically clean off any dirt that may have accumulated on the guide rail covers. It is not necessary to lubricate the top surface of the guide SUNROOF SWITCH CLOSING SUNROOF MANUALLY rail covers or the slide tracks. r O ^ CD 5 °| S - s = <= E C -§ o o ro +z £ e •= tg -?° s s ro -L. — o O 05 r - 3 as °o -a - x: £ a; as _ 2 c: ™ ri f" S"; ? C3 ~u § S .2 5 -?¾f c0o3 O-a) a- x: -c 1X3 • A car with a discharged battery may be started by transferring electrical power from a battery in another car - called "jump starting". f ffl bll Vk ilW 0 JUMP STARTING CAUTION: The following jump start procedure is for use ONLY under the following conditions. De• partures from these conditions and procedures, • To cancel the flasher, pull the button out. Four-Way Hazard Warning could result in: (1) serious personal injury (par• Flasher « On a car equipped with Theft Deterrent ticularly to eyes) or property damage from such System, disarm the system to prevent it * This system flashes both front and both tilings as battery explosion, battery acid or electri• from activating because of flasher opera• rear signal lamps and the turn signal indi• cal bums, or (2) damage to electronic components tion. cators during system operation. in either vehicle. If all the conditions cannot be Emergency Starting met, or if you are uncertain about them, we « Use the warning flasher to warn other strongiy recommend for your safety and that of drivers any time your vehicle becomes a • The engine cannot be started by pushing or your car that you leave the starting to a competent traffic hazard, day or night. towing the car. mechanic. * Avoid stopping on the roadway if possible. * Turn on the hazard warning flasher by » The battery in the other vehicle must be of pushing in on the button located on the the same nominal voltage, 12 volts, and column just below the steering wheel. must be negatively grounded. [All General Flasher can be actuated with engine igni• Motors cars, light trucks (10,000 GVWR tion either off or on. and under), and motor homes use 12-volt, negatively grounded electrical systems and e If the brake pedal is depressed, the lights can be used to jump start one another.) The will not flash but will glow continuously nominal voltage and grounding of the other instead. HAZARD FLASHER CONTROL vehicle's battery may be determined by checking the specifications in owner's the other car (unless it is also equipped its Don't allow battery fluid to contact eyes, skin, manual. of a booster battery of with Delco flame arrestor caps). Lay a Use a fabrics, or painted surfaces - fluid is a corrosive higher nominal voltage, or which is posi• cloth over the open vent wells. These two sulfuric acid solution which could cause serious tively grounded may result in serious actions help reduce the explosion hazard personal injury or property damage. FLUSH ANY always present in a battery when connect• persona! injury or property damage. CONTACTED AREA IMMEDIATELY WITH ing "live" booster batteries to "dead" * The battery in your car must be equipped WATER. WEAR EYE PROTECTION SUCH AS batteries. For safety's sake, do not remove with flame arrestor type filler/vent caps on INDUSTRIAL SAFETY SPECTACLES OR any of the flame arrestor vent caps from a all filler openings (as was your original- GOGGLES WHEN WORKING ON OR WEAR Delco battery. equipment Delco battery) or, it must be a BATTERY. Remove rings, metal watch bands ami seaied-type battery which does not have other metai jeweiry before jump starting or work• filler openings or caps. Each Delco battery ing around a battery. Be careful in using metai flame arrestor cap contains a grey disc tools and equipment. If such metal should contact rather than a small hole - see illustration. the positive battery terminal (or metal in contact To help avoid serious personal injury or with it) and any other metal on the car, a short property damage, this jump start procedure circuit may occur which could cause personal should not be used if one or more of the injury. Batteries and battery acid should always be flame arrestor caps is missing, or if they are kept out of reach of children. not present on a replacement battery. (If your car contains a replacement battery JUMP START PROCEDURE: that does not have flame arrestor caps, refer 1. Position the two vehicles so they are NOT to jump starting instructions provided by touching. Set parking brake firmly and FLAME ARRESTOR BATTERY VENT CAP the manufacturer of that replacement place automatic transmission in "PARK" 3. Attach one end of one jumper cable to the battery.) in each vehicle (neutral in other vehicle positive terminal (identified by a red color, with manual transmission). Also turn off "+" or "P" on the battery case, post or lights, climate control and all other CAUTION: Never expose battery to open flame clamp) of the battery in the other vehicle, unnecessary electrical loads. or electric spark - battery action generates and the other end of the same cable to the 54 hydrogen gas which is flammable and explosive. 2. Remove the vent caps from the battery in positive terminal of your battery. 4. Attach one end of the remaining jumper cable FIRST to the negative terminal Engine Coolant (black color, "-" or "M") of the battery in. CAUTION: the other vehicle, and THEN the other end of the same cable to the negative terminal • To help avoid the danger of being burned, of your battery in this car. Take care that do not remove radiator cap while engine clamps from one cable do not inadver• and radiator are still hot, because the cool• tently touch the clamps on the other cable. ing system will blow out scalding fluid and Oo not lean over the battery when making steam under pressure. this connection. • Do not remove radiator cap to check engine coolant level; check coolant visually at the NOTE: On cars equipped with Theft Deterrent see-through coolant reservoir. System, alarm may activate when jumper cables « Proper coolant level at normal engine •ire connected. Switching igsiilian is RUN or operating temperature is betwtien the ACCESSORY will shut alarm off. "FJiLL'Land "ADO—marks on the reser• voir. 5. Start the engine in the vehicle that is • Coolant should be added only to the reser• CAUTIONS: providing the jump start (if it was not voir (see "Service & Maintenance" section 1. Follow jack usage instructions in order to running). Let it run a few minutes, then for details). reduce the possibility of serious personal start the engine in the car with the dis• injury. charged battery. Jacking^ Instructions 2. The jack is designed only for lifting vehicle The spare wheel and tire and jacking tools are during wheel changing. 6. Reverse the above sequence exactly when stored in the trunk compartment of your Cadillac. 3. Never get beneath the vehicle when sup• removing the jumper cables. Reinstall vent "Jacking Instructions" information placards on ported by the jack. caps and in a safe manner dispose of any the underside of trunk lid give basic jack usage Do not start or run engine when vehicle is cloths used to cover vent wells, as the instructions and illustrations of jack positions, and 4. supported by the jack. cloths may have corrosive acid on them. spare tire storage. JACK ENGAGEMENT-EXCEPT ELDORADO JACK ENGAGEMENT - EXCEPT ELDORADO JACK ENGAGEMENT—ELDORADO PROCEDURE • Loosen each wheel nut one turn (counter• shown in illustration. r • Park on level surface. clockwise) but do not remove. • Place lever in "UP" position to aise • Seat jack bar fully into base. vehicle. • Set transmission in Park. • Jack Position - Front: Insert jack hook into • Always operate jack with slow smooth • Activate hazard warning flasher. small slot in bumper directly below and motion. • Set parking brake firmly. between headlamps as shown. • Raise vehicle so fully inflated tire just clears • Remove spare tire and jack components • Jack Position - Rear: Insert jack hook into surface. from luggage compartment. small slot in bottom surface of bumper di• • When removing rear wheel, remove wheel • Block wheel diagonally opposite jack rectly below outer end of tail lamp. opening cover by releasing the lock rod position. • Base must sit flat with column angled as behind the cover lower edge. Release by p CALAIS. DEVILLE AND BROUGHAM SPACE SAVER—CONVERTIBLE •J AC K ENGAG EMENT-KLDORADO pulling the locking rod up until clear of flange, then toward wheel, then swing rod fully down. Swing cover outward at the top, then lift it up and away from the mounting hooks. • Remove wheel disc using tip of jack handle. • If installing space saver spare tire, see specific instructions on Page 75. • Replace wheel. Install wheel nuts with SPACE SAVER-EXC. CONVERTIBLE ELDORADO (CONVERTIBLE SHOWN] cone-shaped end toward wheel, then tighten each nut. SPARE TIRE, JACK, AND TOOL STOWAGE Towing or (on rear wheel drive cars) the drive shaft disconnected. Proper lifting or towing equipment is necessary to prevent damage to the vehicle during any When towing vehicles on the front wheels, the towing operation. State (Provincial in Canada) and steering wheel should be secured to maintain a local laws applicable to vehicles in tow must also straight ahead position. be followed. Detailed towing instructions are avail• NOTE: Do not use the locking feature of the able at your Cadillac Deaier. Anti-Theft Lock to secure the front wheels for Your Cadillac may be towed on all fnur wheels, towing purposes. at speeds of less than 35 mpn, for distances up to \ FLEETWOOD SEVENTY-FIVE 50 miles, provided the driveline, axle, transmis• Freeing Car From Soft • With lever in "DOWN" position, lower vehi• sion, and steering system are otherwise normally or Slippery Surface cle, remove jack, then fully tighten wheel operable. Use only towing equipment specifically nuts to 130 ft. lb. torque in a criss-cross designed for this purpose following the instruc• If it becomes necessary to rock the car to free it sequence, tions of the towing equipment manufacturer. A from sand, mud or snow, move the transmission separate safety chain system must be used. For selector lever from "Drive" to "R" in a repeat wheels, NOTE: After changing at the earliest such towing the steering must be unlocked, trans• pattern while simultaneously applying moderate opportunity, have wheel nut tightness checked and mission in neutral and the parking brake released. pressure to the accelerator. Do not race engine. corrected if necessary by a mechanic using a torque wrench. Attachments must be made to main structural For best possible traction, avoid spinning wheels members of the car. Do not attach to bumpers or when trying to free the car. The use of AC Liquid * Use jack handle to install wheel disc (stand• associated brackets. Remember that power brake Tire Chain is recommended fur temporary assist• ard spare tire). Strike extreme outer dia• and power steering assists will not be available ance when traction is lost on ice or snow. meter of disc with rubber covered portion. when engine is inoperative. Do not install wheel cover on space saver CAUTION: Do not spin wheels in excess of 35 spare wheel. Reinstall wheel opening cover When a speed of 35 MPH or distance of 50 mph as indicated on the speedometer. Personal in• if previously removed. Lock cover by hook• miles will be exceeded, or when the transmission is jury and severe damage may result from excessive ing the locking rod on the cover flange. not operating properly, the drive wheels (front wheel spinning including tire disintegration or e Stow jack, tools, and wheel assembly. wheels on Eldorado) must be raised off the ground drive axle failure. more difficult or impossible to remove in a second cleaning. " Certain portions of the following cleaning in• APPEARANCE CARE structions are in emphasized type; they are parti• ^ SECTION 4 cularly important and must he performed. Dust and loose dirt that accumulates on interior fabric trim should be removed frequently with a vacuum cleaner, whisk broom or soft brush. Vinyl r _x IL. i j fibres, it is EXTREMELY IMPORTANT that nro- or leather trim should be wiped regularly with a clean damp cloth. Normal trim soilage, spots or « ui me inferior n Cleani b& W hen Care and Cleaninag of Interio1 r Trim T "'"=" " cleanin g interio^T""r trim . Failurl * e t"!o do ^this o"n the stains can be cleaned with the following GM With the advent of modern trim materials com- first cleaning may result in water spots, spot rings, cleaners. posed of synthetic plastics and/or man made setting of stains or soilage, all of which make it GM Part Cleaner Size Number GM Fabric Cleaner 16 oz. can 1050244 (Solvent Type) Gallon can 1050417 GM Multi-Purpose 16 oz. Powdered Cleaner Container 1050803 (Foam Type) 6 lb. can 1050429 The above cleaners are EXCELLENT CLEAN• ERS when used properly according to directions on containers and are available through the GM FLEETWOOD SIXTY SPECIAL BROUGHAM Parts System. NEVER use gasoline, nail polish remover or HEAT LAMP. (Use caution with heat dryer or acetone, lacquer thinners, bleaches, etc. Some cleaning instructions on stain removal). Never use heat lamp to prevent damage to fabric). When trim basic steps should be remembered before the carbon tetrachloride, gasoline, or naphtha for any materials having a sheen or luster finish are dry, cleaning is attempted: cleaning purpose. wipe fabric lightly with a soft, dry clean cloth to 1. Remove stains as quickly as possible before restore sheen or luster. they become "set". Cleaning General Soilage oi Water Spots IMPORTANT: Be sure vehicle is well ventilated 2. Use a clean cloth or sponge and change to From Fabric Trim With Foam Type Cleaner while using any cleaning agents. Fallow manufac• a clean area frequently. (A soft brush may turer's recommendations in using such products. be used if stains persist). GM Multi-Purpose Powdered Cleaner is excell• ent for this type cleaning and for cleaning a panel 3. Use solvent type cleaners in a well ventil• section where a minor cleaning ring may be left Spot Cleaning Fabric Trim Materials ated area. Do not saturate the stained from spot cleaning. With Solvent Type Cleaner area. 4. If a ring should form after spot cleaning, Vacuum area thoroughly to remove excess Before attempting to remove spots or stains the entire araa of the trim assembly should loose dirt. ALWAYS clean a full trim assembly or from fabric, determine as accurately as possible he cleaned immediately. complete trim section — mask adjacent trim along the nature and age of the spot or stain. Some spots stitch or welt lines. Mix Multi-Purpose Powdered or stains can be removed satisfactorily with water 5. Follow instructions on the I abel of the Cleaner in strict accordance with directions on or mild soap solution (refer to accompanying "Re• cleaner. label of container - mix proportionally for smaller moval of Specific Stains"). For best results, spots quantities. USE SUDS ONLY ON A CLEAN or stains should be removed as soon as possible. CAUTION: Many cleaners may be toxic or flam• SPONGE or SOFT BRISTLE BRUSH - DO NOT Some types of stains or soilage such as lipsticks, mable, or may cause damage to the interior. When WET FABRIC EXCESSIVELY OR RUB HARSH• some inks, certain types of grease etc., are ex• cleaning the interior, do not use volatile cleaning LY WITH BRUSH. IMMEDIATELY AFTER tremely difficult and, in some cases, impossible to solvents such as: acetone, lacquer thinners, enamel CLEAWNG WIPE OFF ANY CLEANER RESI• completely remove. When cleaning this type of reducers, nail polish removers; or such cleaning DUE WITH SLIGHTLY DAMP ABSORBENT stain or soilage, care must be taken not to enlarge materials as laundry soaps, bleaches or reducing TOWEL OR CLOTH. IMPORTANT - IM• the soiled area. It is sometimes more desirable to agents (except as noted in the adjacent fabric MEDIATELY AFTER WIPING, FORCE-DRY have a small stain than an enlarged stain as a result FABRIC WITH AIR HOSE, HEAT DRYER OR of careless cleaning. GM Fabric Cleaner (Solvent Type) is excellent off excess stain; then use Fabric Cleaner (Solvent soap, oii soap, or equivalent. Apply a small tor spot cleaning stains containing grease, oil or Type) as previously described. Shoe polish, wax fats from fabric type trim. Excess stain should be amount of soap solution and allow to soak for a crayons, tar and asphalts will stain if allowed to few minutes to loosen dirt; then, rub briskly with gently scraped off trim material with a clean remain on trim; they should be removed as soon as DULL knife or scraper. USE VERY LITTLE a clean damp cioth to remove dirt - and soap possible - use caution as cleaner will dissolve them residues. This operation may be repeated several CLEANER, light pressure, and clean cloths (pre• and may cause them to bleed. ferably cheese cloth). Cleaning action should be times if necessary. Some soilage such as tars, from outside of stain FEATHERING towards cen• NON-GREASY STAINS-lncludes catsup, cof• asphalts, shoe polish, etc. will stain if allowed to ter of stain and constantly changing to a ciean fee (black), egg, fruit, fruit juice, milk, soft drinks, remain on trim - they should be wiped uff as section of cloth. When stain is cleaned from fabric, wine, vomit, and bloud. Carefully scrape off excess quickly as possible and the area cleaned with a immediately dry area with an air hose, heat dryer stain; then sponge stain with cool water. If stain clean cloth dampened with GM Fabric Cleaner or heat lamp to help prevent a cleaning ring (use remains use Multi-Purpose Powdered Cleaner (Solvent Type). caution with heat dryer or heat lamp to prevent (Foam Type) as previously described. If odor per• damage tn fabric matt rial), if a ring forms, im• sists after cleaning vomitus or urine, treat area Seat Belt Care mediately repeat the cleaning operation over a with a water-baking soda solution (1 teaspoon bak• • Clean only with mild soap solution and slightly larger area with special emphasis on ing snda to 1 cup of tepid water! - finally, if lukewarm water. FEATHERING towards center of area, if ring still necessary, clean lightly with fabric cleaner (Sol• a Do not bleach or dye belts since this may persists, mark off adjacent trim sections and clean vent Type). severely weaken belts. entire affected trim pane! section with GM Mufti Purpose Powdered Cleaner as previously described COMBINATION STAINS-lncludes. candy, ice under "Cleaning... With Foam Type Cleaner". cream, mayonnaise, chili sauce and unknown stains. Carefully scrape off excess stain; then clean Care of the Exterior Removal of Specific Stains first with codl water and allow to dry. If stain remains, clean with Fabric Cleaner (Solvent Type). Washing—The best way to preserve the finish is GREASE OR OIL STAINS-lncludes grease, to keep it clean. Frequent washings are required to oil, butter, margarine, shoe polish, coffee with Cleaning Vinyl or Leather Trim maintain its original beauty. Wash the car with cream, chewing gum, cosmetic creams, vegetable either warm or cold (never hot) water, not in the Ordinary soilage can be removed from vinyl or oils, wax crayon, tar and asphalts. Carefully scrape direct rays cf the sun, and not while the sheet r— leather with warm water and a mild soap, saddle metal surfaces are hot. Never wipe dirt from dry LL! painted surfaces as this may scratch the finish. The found to be detrimental to acrylic finishes. When melt ice. Corrosive damage may also be caused by use of strong soaps and chemical detergents should purchasing a cleaner, make sure the instructions salt air near coastlines, industrial smoke and other he avoided. All cleaning agents should be promptly specifically state that the contents can be safely conditions found in urban areas. When such condi• flushed from the surface and not allowed to dry or used on an acrylic finish. GM Tar and Road Gii tions exist, frequent washing and waxing are Remover is recommended for this purpose. necessary, GM Chrome Cleaner is an excellent material for cleaning the chrome on your car. Polishing and Waxing-Even though the acrylic Glass-Dirt and insects can be removed from paint on your car is more durable than conven• glass with clean water. Never wipe dirty glass with Vinyl Covered Roof—To wash the vinyl covered tional finishes, under certain conditions you may dry paper or cloth. Periodic inspection and re• roof, use lukewarm water and suds from a neutral wish to wax or polish your car to provide maxi• placement of wiper blades will reduce the possibili• soap. A cloth or soft-bristled brush is recommend• mum protection. ty of glass becoming scratched and assure clear ed for applying the solution of suds. Deeply Calcium chloride and other salts, ice-melting vision under adverse driving conditions. embedded dirt can be removed with a nylon agents, road oil and tar, tree sap, chemicals from bristled brush and a small amount of foaming type cleanser. All traces of the cleanser should be re• factory chimneys and other foreign matter may REMINDER: Never "scrape" the inside surface of moved with clean water. Do NOT use volatile damage any automobile finish if allowed to remain a De-Fogger equipped rear window-the de-fogging in contact with paint. element couid be damaged. cleaners, naphtha, gasoline, harsh household cleaners and detergents, or bleaching agents. A Prompt washing may not thoroughly remove wire brush will seriously damage the vinyl roof these deposits and, particularly in geographical White Sidewali Tires-GM White Sidewall Tire material, and should not be used. areas where these exposure conditions are severe, Cleaner is recommended. Foaming type household properly applied high quality polishes and waxes cleansers may also be used. Do NOT use gasoline, Care of Cenvartihle Top and Rear Window- will provide the best protection. Authorized Cad• kerosene, or any oil product that will discolor the The convertible top should never be subjected to illac Dealers offer GM Magic Mirror, Blue Coral tire sidewalls or damage the rubber. volatile cleaners or household bleaches. Frequent and GM Body Polish and Cleaner, which have washing with neutral soap suds, lukewarm water proven their value in maintaining a fine finish. Chrome-Many parts of your Cadiiiac, such as and a soft bristle brush is normally ail that is the bumpers and body hardware, are chromium necessary to maintain the "like new" look. In the NOTE: Some chemical cleaners used for removing plated. Chrome plating is susceptible to the actions event heavy soilage or stubborn stains are en• road oil and tars from painted surfaces have been of solutions being used on streets and highways to countered, a mild foaming cleanser, lukewarm water and a soft bristle brush may be used. If de• After cleaning the top, be certain the top is sired, the top may be supported from the under• thoroughly dry before it is lowered. Speda] Notes side during the cleaning operation. Regardless of Undercoating-Undercoating should not be ap• The rear window in the back curtain may be which cleaning method is used, a generous amount plied to any moving or rotating part. It should be cleaned in the same manner .is all body glass. of rinse water is to be used, as any soap that may kept off bumper energy absorbers, steering damper have run down an the body finish may cause (Eldorado), shock absorbers, air conditioner fitt• streaks if allowed to dry. Outside Mirrors-When cleaning, the outside ings, body drainholes, exhaust system, propeller rear view mirror, use a soft cloth and a mild deter• shaft, axle housing, component vents and air Volatile cleaning agents should be avoided as gent or ammoniated cleaning solution. For remov• filters. On cars equipped with Automatic Levei these liquids could have a deteriorating effect if al of ice. use a de-icer (spray type, hlnwertype, spilled on the convertible top material or any Control, particular care should be taken not etc.). Scraping ice from the mirror face could painted finish. to undercoat any fittings, lines, or system cause permanent damage. components. result in engine damage and constitutes misuse of the engine for which Cadillac Motor Car Division is not responsible under the terms of the New Vehi• SERVICE AND cle Warranty. If the service station gas pump has a symbol SECTION 5 MAINTENANCE similar to the samples below, preferably use unleaded or low-lead gas with a symbol number of 2. Regular fuel (symbol number 3) should be used only when needed to eliminate knock. Ask your CADILLAC SERVICE-Cadillac Motor Car Manufacturer Recommended gasoline dealer for information on the fuel you are Division recommends that your Cadillac be ser• using both as to lead content and octane rating. viced at Authorized Cadillac Dealers. These dealer• Fluids and Lubricants ships are equipped with facilities, trained person• nel, and Genera! Motors parts to service and maintain your Cadillac according to factory Fuel Requirements recommendations. Your Cadillac is designed to operate on un• MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE-For owner con• leaded or low lead fuels of at least 91 Research venience, a separate maintenance folder has been Octane. These fuels will minimize spark plug provided with your car which contains a complete fouling and emission control system deterioration. schedule and brief explanation of the safety, emis• Fueis with Regular grade octane quality should be sion control, lubrication and general maintenance used only when needed to eliminate knock - a RECOMMENDED FUEL SYMBOLS it requires. The maintenance folder information is metallic-capping noise generated during the com• supplemented by this section of the Owner's bustion process. The engine does not require High Altitude Engine-A label identifying the Manual, as well as the separate emission control Premium fuel. Therefore, its use would be an high altitude engine is located on the driver's side systems folder also furnished with your car. Read unnecessary additional expense. If knocking of the radiator cover. If your car is equipped with all three publications for a full understanding of persists, consult your authorized Cadillac dealer. an engine modified for improved performance and vehicle maintenance requirements. In any case, continuous or excessive knocking may emissions at altitudes above 4000 feet: 1. Extended trips lasting several days at NOTE: if this cap requires replacement, only a altitudes below 4000 feet will require use cap with these same features should he used. of premium fuel. Failure to use the correct cap can result in a mal• 2. Short trips below 4000 feet can be accom• function u; the fuel system ur emission cuniru! plished without harm using unleaded or system. Correct replacement caps may he obtained low lead fuel although some detonation from your Cadillac dealer. may occur. FUEL FILTER-The fuel filter is located in 3. Continuous operation below 400G feet wiil bottom of engine fuel pump assembly. When re• require that the engine be returned to its placement is necessary, AC ACron filters are original calibration. recommended. GAS CAP-Located behind the license plate on all models. The fuel tank filler cap has a two-step Carburetor Air Cleaner removal and installation procedure plus a pressure- When replacement is necessary, an AC ACron FLUID FILLER LOCATIONS vacuum safety relief valve. air filter element is recommended. A. Transmission Dipstick and G. Transmission Dipstick and Tha cap is equipped with a double set "lock- .,. Filter-Except Eldorado. Filier-Eldorado. 8. Carburetor Air Filter H. Engine Oil Dipstick ing tangs. To remove: CAUTION: Do not remove the engine air cleaner C. Engine Oil Fill Cap. I. Power Steering Fluid Reservoir. • Rotate cap one-half turn counterclockwise unless temporary removal is necessary during 0. Battery Fill Caps ..„«=,.„.,. E. Windshield Washer Reseruoir. -'• Engine Coolant Reservoir to clear the first set of tangs from the slats repair or maintenance of the vehicle. When the air F. Brake Fluid Reservoir. K. Coolant Drains inside the filler neck. cleaner is removed backfiring can cause fire in the • This will allow any residual pressure to engine compartment. escape. oil meets or exceeds certain quality standards. Oils • Pull the cap outward and rotate one-quarter Engine Oil and labeled "SE" meet the lubricant requirements turn counterclockwise to clear second set specified for your engine. Filter Recommendations of tangs. Then remove the cap. Observe the following important oil and filter • To install, reverse this procedure. Oil containers are labeled to indicate that the recommendations: • Use only SE engine oil. oil change as well as subsequent oil changes. The Recommended SAE Viscosity Number • Change oil each 4 months or 6..0O0 miles. If oil change interval for your Cadillac engine is more than 6,000 miles are driven in a based on the use of SE oils and quality oil filters. 1 1 1 1 4-month period, change oil each S,00O Oii change intervals ionger than those recom• 20W-2II. IDW-30. IIM-48.2BK-40. ZOH-M > miles. mended will seriously reduce engine life and may 1 affect Cadillac's obligation under the provisions of • Change oil each 2 months or 3,000 miles, ia». 5W-3I. I8W-3I, IIW-M the New Vehicle Warranty. whichever occurs first, under the following A high quality SE oil was installed in your conditions: ( SW-ZU. 5W-3B engine at the factory, it is not necessary to change - driving in dusty conditions this factory-installed oil prior to the recommended • J L - trailer pulling normal change period. However, check the oil level -20 a za 40 so 80 too - extensive idling more frequently during the break-in period since Temperalure Range Anticipated Be'oie Next Oil Change °F - Short-trip operation at fraeiiny tempera• higher oil consumption is normal until the piston tures (engine not thoroughly warmed- rings become seated. ENGINE OIL VISCOSITY CHART up). It is normal to add some oil before the drain NOTE: SAE 5W-30 oils are recommended for all • Operation in dust storms may require an period. Requirements will vary, depending on the seasons in vehicles normally operated in Canada. immediate oil change. type of driving you do, but the addition of one quart each 800 miles would not be considered SAE 5W-20 oils are not recommended for sus• • Replace the oil filter at the first oil change, excessive. tained high-speed driving. SAE 30 oils may he used and every second oil change thereafter. at temperatures above 40°F. NOTE: Non-detergent and other low quality oils When replacement is necessary, AC ACron are specifically not recommended. Only the use of The proper oil viscosity helps assure good cold filters are recommended. SE engine oils and proper oil and filter change and hot starting. See your Cadillac dealer for advice on the intervals assure you of continued reliability and performance from your Cadillac engine. Supplemental Engine Oil Additives-The regular frequency of oil and filter changes under unusual use of supplemental additives is specifically not driving conditions. Recommended Viscosity-Select the proper oil recommended and will increase operating costs. The above recommendations apply to the first viscosity from the following chart: However, supplemental additives are available that can effectively and economically solve certain of the right rocker arm cover. specific problems without causing other diffi• 5. Reinsert dipstick until cap seats. culties. For example, if higher detergency is * Reseat the dipstick firmly after taking rhe 6. Remove dipstick and note reading. required to reduce varnish and sludge deposits final reading. If fluid level is at or below the ADD mark, add resulting from some unusual operational difficulty, Engine Oil Capacity-The oil capacity of your sufficient fluid to raise the level to the FULL a thoroughly tested and approved additive—"Super Cadillac engine is shown in Specifications Section. mark. One pint raises the level from ADD to Engine Oil Supplement" - is available at your One additional quart is required when the oil filter FULL. Do not overfill. Cadillac dealer. In the event of an operational is changed. problem, consult your dealer for advice before under normal driving conditions, the trans• using supplemental additives. Automatic Transmission Filter mission filter and fluid should be changed every 100,000 miles. If your car is driven extensively in Checking Oil Level-Engine oil should be main• and Fluid Recommendations heavy city traffic during hot weather, or is used to tained at the proper level. For an accurate reading, pull a trailer, change fluid every 50,000 miles. proceed as follows: Use automatic transmission fluids identified Likewise, operators of cars in commercial use • Check engine oil level with the engine hot; with the mark DEXRON® II or DEXRON® , (such as taxi-cab or limousine service) where the after engine is shut off wait several minutes available from your Cadillac dealer or local service engine idles for long periods, should change fluid to allow normal oil accumulation in the station. every 50,000 miles. engine to drain back into the crankcase. Check the fluid level at each engine oil change • Remove the oil dip stick and wipe it clean. period. To make an accurate fluid level check: Engine Cooling System • Reinsert it iuiiy, remove and observe oii 1. Drive car several miles, making frequent level. starts and stops, to bring transmission up The recovery type cooling system is standard to normal operating temperature (approxi• The oil dipstick is marked "ADD 1 QT." and on all Cadillac engines and is designed to maintain mately 180" - 190° F. "FULL". Do not add ail if oii level is above Hie the engine at proper operating temperatures. The "Add 1 Qt." line. The oil level should be main• 2. Park car on a level surface. recovery tank collects coolant that expands with tained between the lines neither going above the 3. Place selector lever in "Park" and leave rising temperature that would otherwise overflow "FULL" line nor appreciably below the "Add 1 engine running. from the system. When the system temperature Qt." tine. The engine oil filler cap is located on top drops, the coolant is drawn from the recovery tank 4. Remove dipstick and wipe clean. hack into the radiator by the suction created by coolant contraction. The cooling system has been necessary. They may be detrimental to the effi• cedure: filled at the factory with a high-quality, inhibited, cient operation of the system, and represent an 1. Remove radiator cap when engine is cool year-around coolant that meets the standards of unnecessary operating expense. by: General Motors Specification 1899-M. This cool• • Slowly rotating cap counterclockwise ant solution provides freezing protection to Every year, the cooling system should be to detent (Do not press down while 40" F., and it has been formulated to be used for serviced as follows: rotating). two full calendar years or 24,000 miles, whichever • Wash radiator cap and filler neck with clean first occurs, of normal operation without replace• • Wait until any residual pressure (indi• water. ment, provided the proper concentration of cated by a hissing sound) is relieved. coolant is maintained. • Check coolant for proper level and freeze • After all hissing ceases, press down on protection. cap while continuing to rotate counter• Cooling System Care-The radiator cap should • Pressure test system and radiator cap for clockwise. not be removed to check coolant level. Check the proper pressure holding capacity (15 psi). If coolant level visually in the coolant recovery tank replacement of cap is required, use the CAUTION: To ayoid the danger of being burned, at least as frequently as engine oil changes. Level special AC cap designed for coolant da not remove radiator cap while engine and radi• should be at the "full cold" mark on the recovery recovery systems specified for your ator are stilt hot because scalding fluid and steam tank when the system is cold. At normal operating Cadillac. will be blown out under pressure. temperature the coolant should be at the "full • Tighten hose clamps and inspect all hoses. hot" mark on the recovery tank. Add sufficient Replace hoses whenever swollen, checked, 2. If necessary, run engine, with radiator cap coolant to the recovery tank. Use a 50/50 mixture removed, until normal operating tempera• of high-quality ethylene glycol anti-freeze and or otherwise deteriorated. ture is reached and upper radiator hose is water for coolant additions. If regular additions • Clean frontal area of radiator core and air hot (indicates thermostat is open). are required, see your dealer for a cooling system eonditioning condenser. check. Replace hoses every 24 months or 24,000 miles 3. Stop engine and open radiator drain valve or earlier if checked, swollen or otherwise deterio• to drain coolant. (To speed this opera• tion, the drain plugs in the block can also MOTE: if recommended quality antifreeze is rated. Every two years or 24,000 miles, whichever be removed.) i used, supplemental inhibitors or additives claiming first occurs, the coaling system should be flushed ! to provide increased cooling capability are not and refilled using the following recommended pro• 4. Close valve (install block drain plugs, if removed) and add sufficient water to fill 10. With engine idling, add coolant until level system. by a thermostat installed in the engine coolant reaches bottom of filler neck and install outlet to maintain a satisfactory operating 5. Run engine, drain and refill the system, as temper• radiator cap making certain arrows line ature of the engine. This thermostat is designed for described in steps 1, 2, 3, and 4. a suffi• up with overflow tube. continuous use through both winter and summer cient number of times until the drained and need not be changed seasonally. When replace• liquid is nearly colorless. It is the owner's responsibility to keep the freeze protection at a level commensurate with the ment is necessary, Delco Parts are recommended. 6. Allow system to drain completely and temperatures which may occur in the area of vehi• then close radiator drain valve tightly. cle operation. Rear Axle or Final Drive (Install biock drain plugs, if removed.) * Maintain cooling system freeze protection LUUI ii-UI > I 7. Remove recovery cap leaving hoses in at -40° F. or below to ensure protection place. Remove coolant recovery tank and against corrosion and loss of coolant from Every 4 months or 6,000 miles, whichever empty of fluid. Flush tank with clean boiling, even though freezing temperatures occurs first, check lubricant level and add lubri• water, drain and reinstall. are not expected. cant, if necessary, to fill to level of filler plug hole. 8. Add sufficient ethylene glycol coolant, Use SAE 90 GL-5 Gear Lubricant. In areas with * Add ethylene glycol base coolant that meeting GM specification 1899-M,to pro• extreme cold weather or in vehicles normally meets GM Specification 1899-M when vide the required freezing and corrosion operated in Canada, use SAE 80 GL-5 Gear coolant additions are required because of protection - at least a 50 percent solu• Lubricant. coolant loss to provide additional protec• tion (-40°F.). Fill radiator to the base of or tion against freezing at temperatures lower Clean area around filler hole before removing the radiator filler neck and add sufficient than-40" F. filler plug and take care to prevent dirt from coolant to the recovery tank to raise level entering hole and contaminating the lubricant. to the "FULL HOT" mark. Reinstall recovery tank cap. NOTE: Alcohol or methanol base coolants or plain water are not recommended for your Heavy Duty Operation-Change axle or final 3. Run engine, with radiator cap removed, Cadillac at any time. drive iubricant each 12,000 miles. until normal operating temperature is reached. (Radiator upper hose becomes THERMOSTAT CONTROLLED DIFFER ENTIAL-Special hot.) Rear Axle lubricant available from Authorized The cooling system is protected and controlled Cadillac Dealers. Power Steering System Wheel Bearings Suspension—Front and Rear Check the fluid level in the pump reservoir at The front wheel bearings ( on all except Eldora• The front suspension and steering linkage con• each engine oil change period. Add GWl Power do) and Eldorado rear wheel bearings require re• nections, with the exception of the idler arm, do Steering Fluid (or Automatic Transmission Fluid packing and adjusting when brake linings are re• not require periodic lubrication. The idler arm 0EXRON®U or OEXRON®) as necessary to placed or when major service is performed on that pivot should be lubricated at the grease fitting bring level into proper range on filler cap indicator axle. Repack with a #2 grade lithium high melting with chassis grease at each oil change. Other sus• depending upon fluid temperature. point wheel bearing grease. pension and steering linkage connections are If at operating temperature (approximately When bearing replacement is necessary, Deico packed with a special long-life lubricant and nor• 150°F - hot to the touch), fluid should be parts are recommended. mally need repacking only if seals have leaked or between "HOT" and "COLD" marks. If at room Brakes when damaged seals are replaced. Steering linkage temperature (approximately 70"F), fluid should pivots must be replaced when worn or loose. bo between "ADD" and "COLO" marks. Fluid NOTE: The The rear suspension system is maintenance free. does not require periodic changing. Fasten cap front disc brakes have a built-in wear that is high However, it is recommended that it be inspected securely after checking. indicator designed to make a frequency, squealing or cricket-like warning sound periodically by ah Authorized Cadillac Dealer to when the linings are worn to where replacement is make certain that no accidental damage has required. The sound will occur intemittentiy or occurred that could affect its performance. continuously when wheels are rolling, but will dis• appear when the brake pedai is applied firmly. See Battery Care also the various brake checks listed in the Cadillac Maintenance Schedule folder. Battery fluid level should be checked at every engine oil change. However, in warm weather, When replacement parts are required, GM and fluid level should be checked at two-week inter• Delco parts are recommended. vals. Maintain battery fluid level up to the split Use Delco Supreme 11 Super Heavy Duty ring in each cell. Brake Fluid or brake fluids conforming to D0T-3 Use only colorless, odorless drinking water or POWER STEERING FLUID GAGE specifications. distilled water to fill the battery. If water is added during freezing weather, drive the car a minimum operation. When inflated as recommended on the of five miles. This mixes the added water into the battery terminal (or metai in contact with it) and tire pressure placard, iocated inside the glove electrolyte and wit! prevent it from freezing and any other metal on the car, a short circuit may compartment door of your vehicle, they have the damaging the battery. occur which could cause personal injury. Batteries and battery acid should always be kept out of the ioad carrying capacity to operate satisfactorily at Have the battery charge checked reguiariy reach of children. ali normal highway speeds. during extremely cold weather. Make sure the cables are clean and tightly clamped to the battery TIRE CARE terminals. Windshield Washer Solvent Tires should be checked reguiariy for proper For full wattage requirements, a Deico Battery Use GM Optiklsen windshield washer solvent to inflation pressure, wear, and damage. The follow• is recommended at replacement time. prevent freezing and for better cleaning of the windshield. ing information will assist you in properly caring for your tires: CAUTION: Never expose battery to open flame NOTE; Follow the directions on the label for cor• or electric spark battery action generates hydro• Inflation Pressure-The tire inflation pressures rect mixture, otherwise paint damage may result. gen gas which is flammable and explosive. Don't listed on the tire placard have been selected to Do not mix other windshield washer solvents with allow battery fluid to contact eyes, skin, fabrics, provide the best tire life, riding comfort and Optikleen as they may not be compatible. or painted surfaces — fluid is a corrosive sulfuric handling stability for normal driving conditions. acid solution which could cause serious personal When inflated at the highest pressures shown on injury or property damage. FLUSH ANY CON• Tires the placard, the tires have the load carrying capa• TACTED AREA IMMEDIATELY WITH WATER. NOTE: The factory installed tires an your car are city to operate satisfactorily at all loads up to and WEAR EYE PROTECTION SUCH AS INDUST• either bias-belted or steei-belted radial tires. including the vehicle capacity load (total pounds) RIAL SAFETY SPECTACLES OR GOGGLES Additional owner information about steel-belted which also is shown on the placard. In addition, WHEN WORKING ON OR NEAR BATTERY. Re• radial tires is contained in the special steel-belted for those owners who prefer the utmost in com• fort, the reduced tire pressures listed on the move rings, metal watchbands and other metal radial tire guarantee booklet. placard may be used when loads of 5 occupants or jewelry before jump starting or working around a less are carried. battery. Be careful in using metal tools and equip• The factory installed tires on your car as shown ment. If such metal should contact the positive in the Tire Usage chart are designed to provide the The use of improper tire inflation pressures can best all around performance for norma! vehicle adversely affect tire life and vehicle performance: • Too little air pressure can result in excessive TIRE USAGE AND INFLATION PRESSURE CHART - Pounds Per Square Inch (psi) COLD tire heat, abnormal tire wear, adverse vehi• cle handling and reduced fuei economy. INFLATION « Too much air pressure can result in abnor• PRESSURES INFLATION mal tire wear, adverse vehicle ride and TIRE For All Loads PRESSURES handling, and increased susceptibility to MODEL USAGE Including Full Rated Load For Reduced Loads damage by road impacts. Calais, DeVille, FRO NT-"23 REAR-23 L78-15 VEHICLE OPACITY :20 0 lb . Q lb . total ! FR0NT-*24 REAR-28 SIX OCCUPANTS (3 FRONT, 3 UAI) PLUS 3O0 US. TRUNK LOAD or '1100 LI. TOTAL) Fleetwood Sixty RECOMMENDED TIRE INFLATION HttSSURK LR78-15 FR0NT-*24 REAR-24 fOUMDS PER SQUA.SE INCH ICQLD) Special Brougham igerplu i iad(110 l ) 0 lb.t o UP TO *OM? 5£« VEHICLE VEHICLE CAPACITY Load .Range B £4 28 Eldorado LOAD Ur IO FRONT REAR FR0NT-*27 REAR-22 FR0NT-»26 REAR-20 FIVE OCCUPANTS #)» 6 passe r trun k l a '750 IB. IOTAU * RECOMMENDED Tiftt SIZE DESIGNATION ™j^OAD JANGf B OR iX7j.\S I PAD RANGE I Fleetwood L7B-15 or 9 passengers plus s(CAUSE ot POSSHIE ADVENE ECFKTS OH YIMCU HANDLING, CO MOI MIX tADIAL nt TIRES WITH Seventy-Five LR78-15 200 lb. trunk load OtHft Tin Tlltl ON THE SAME VIM1CIL HFU TO OWMErj HANUAl FOR AMHTtONM INKHIMAItOR Load Range D (1550 lb. total) 1 t o 5 pass e FRONT-30 REAR-36 TYPICAL TIRE PLACARD FRONT-27 REAR-27 INSIDE GLOVE COMPARTMENT DOOR Tire pressures should be checked when the tires Commercial 8.9G-15 For all loads up to are "cold" at least once a month (and preferably Vehicle Load Range D gross vehicle weight - oftener) or before long trips or when heavily FRONT-28 REAR-40 loaded. The following points should be observed when checking and setting tire pressures: *Add one psi to front tires if equipped with Air Cushion Restraint System. 1. Cold tire pressure ratings are applicable on the tire placard. This figure represents the when a vehicle has been inoperative for 3 design capacity of the vehicle, not merely of the NEW WORN hours or more or driven less than 1 mils. tires. When towing trailers, the allowable passenger 2. Tile inflation pressure may increase as and cargo load must be reduced by an amount much as 6 pounds per square inch (psi) equal to the trailer tongue load on the trailer hitch. (See "Trailer Towing" in Section of this when hot (altar vehicle has been driven 10 1 manual.) Vehicles equipped with luggage racks do miles or at speeds of more than 60 miles not have a vehicle load capacity greater than per hour). Do not "bieed" or reduce specified on the tire placard. pressures when tires are hot from driving. Tire Wear and Rotation-uneven or abnormal 3. For continuous high speed operation (over tire wear is usually the result of incorrect inflation TIRE TREAD WEAR INDICATORS 75 mph), increase tire inflation pressure 4 pressure, improper wheel alignment, wheels being psi above the recommended pressures up diagram. Radial tires should be inspected for any out-of-balance, or poor driving habits. Under- to a maximum of 32 psi r.nld pressure for irregular wear and rotated at least every 12,000 infiation, incorrect toe or camber and fast load range B tires, or 40 psi for D load miies (more often if uneven wear is noted earlier) cornering produce different types of abnormal range tires. Sustained speeds above 75 mph according to the rotation diagram. Upon rotation, wear which can be diagnosed by your dealer. are not recommended when the 4 psi tire pressures must be adjusted in accordance with adjustment would require pressures greater The original equipment tires incorporate built- the recommendations on the tire inflation placard. than the above maximum pressures. in tread wear indicators to assist you in determining when your tires have been worn to 4. Always use a tire pressure gauge when the point of needing replacement. These indicators checking pressures as the appearance of a appear as 1/2 inch wide bands when tire tread s -T-' r tire can be deceiving. For example, radial depth is inch or less. When the indicators ply tires, in comparison with bias ply tires appear in two or more adjacent grooves, tire at the same pressure, may have the appear• replacement due to tread wear is recommended. ance of being under-inflated. To equalize wear, it is recommended that bias- 1 1 Vehicle Loading-Do not load your vehicle belted tires be rotated every 6,000 miles (or • : : : 1 beyond the vehicle capacity (total pounds) shown sooner if irregular wear develops) as indicated in FIVE-TIRE ROTATION sealants are good for no more than 100 miies of • When replacing only one tire, it should be driving at speeds not over 50 mph. A permanent paired with the tire having the least wear, vulcanized repair, plug or patch applied hum to equalize making tiaciiun. inside the tire, should be made as soon as possible. SNOW TIRES Also, the installation of an inner tube in a damaged tubeless tire is not a recommended repair if you equip your vehicle with snow tires, they procedure. should be inflated 4 psi above the recommended pressures shown on the tire placard up to a REPLACEMENT TIRES maximum of 32 psi (cold) for load range B tires FOUR-TIRE ROTATION When replacing tires, only the size, load range, and 40 psi for load range D tires. It is recom• and construction type (bias-belted, or radial) mended that vehicle speeds be limited to a NOTE: It is recommended that disc brake pads be originally installed on your vehicle are recom• maximum of 75 mph if snow tires are installed. inspected for wear whenever tires are rotated. mended. Use of any other tire size or type tire If your car is equipped with radial tires, use Tire Damage and Rspair-Tires with cuts, splits may seriously affect ride, handling, speedometer,'- only radial snow tires. odometsr calibration, vehicle ground clearance and or cracks deep enough to expose the fabric, should REPLACEMENT WHEELS be removed from service. Bulges usually indicate tire clearance to the body and chassis. The following also should be considered when replac• When replacing wheels for any reason, care internal damage, and the tire should be removed. ing tires: should be taken to insure that the wheels are Tires with questionable damage should be removed equivalent to those removed in diameter, rim from the wheel and examined by an expert. • To achieve best all around vehicle width and off-set. If an air loss occurs while driving, do not performance, bias-belted tires and bias tires WARRANTY attempt to drive on the deflated tire more than is should not be mixed on the same car. Tires are warranted by the tire manufacturers as necessary to stop safely. Driving even a short • Because of possible adverse effects on covered in the "New Vehicle Warranty And Policy distance can damage a tire beyond repair. vehicle handling, do not mix radial ply tires On Owner Service" folder furnished with your Temporary repairs, such as "blowout" patches with other type tires on the same vehicle vehicle. However, for the added convenience of or any repair made from the outside of the tire (such as bias or bias-belted snow tires). owners, many Cadillac dealers are equipped to should not be made except in emergencies. Such • It is recommended that new tires be handle tire warranty adjustments on certain makes "stop-gap" devices as plugs and aerosol-type installed in pairs on the same axle. of tires provided on 1974 Cadillac cars. TIRE TRACTION emergency purposes only. Continuous use or A decrease in driving, cornering, and braking operation at speeds in excess of 50 mph is not CAUTION: Keep canister out of reach of children traction occurs when water, snow, ice, gravel, or recommended. The Space Saver Spare tire as it contains gas under pressure. Keep hands off other material is on the road surface. Driving warranty is void if any inflation device containing metal parts of canister during inflation as it practices and car speed should be adjusted to the sealants is used. Approved inflation gases are air, becomes extremely cold and can cause personal road conditions. carbon dioxide, nitrogen, and refrigerant 22. injury. When driving on wet or slushy roads, it is Inflation instructions With Canister possible for a wedge of water to build up between 4. Place canister over valve stem and push the tire and road surface. This phenomenon, 1. Install deflated Spacer Saver Spare on car squarely onto stem until gas entering lire known as hydroplaning, may cause partial or with valve stem at the bottom and tighten can be heard. all five lug nuts. complete loss of traction, which adversely affects 5. To ensure complete draining of fluid, hold vehicle control and stopping ability. To reduce the 2. Remove valve cap and make sure valve core the canister in position for one minute possibility of traction loss, the following pre• is screwed tight in valve stem. after sound stops. Then remove canister caution,. -hoi.M U. .. UJ . ....1....^,,,., JI.'JUI.J VJC VJ»C. JEU- 3. Remove plastic cap from canister.* for disoosel in Droosr rsceotMcle 1. Slow down during rainstorms us when 6. Replace valve cap. 2. Slow down if road has standing water or NOTE: inflation pressure should be checked and puddles. adjusted to the recommended pressure shown on tire 3. Replace tires when tread wear indicators tire placard as soon as possible after installing are visible. on car. 4. Keep tires properly inflated. *lf temperature is below 20°F, canister should be For temporary assistance when traction is lost warmed on left hand defroster outlet for 10 on ice or snow, the use of AC Liquid Tire Chain is minutes to provide adequate tire inflation. recommended. Heater controls should .be on "HI", "DE• FROST", and "WARMER". Climate Control SPACE SAVER SPARE TIRE lever should be on "DEF" with temperature nm The Space Saver Spare tire is designed for INFLATING SPACE SAVER SPARE dial at 85. LiSJ Inflation Instructions At a Service Station Tire Replacement ELDORADO-lf either a frame engaging hoist or drive-on hoist is used for the Eldorado make 1. Mount wheel on car, or place on center- Mounting of the Space Saver Spare Tire by certain the centerline of the door is behind the post tire changer with lockdcwn other than authorized tire dealers is not recom• centerline of the lift post for proper weight distri• mechanism snrjaced mended. Improper mounting can cause violent bution. 2. if beads have become unseated, lubricate bursting of the tire away from the wheel which wheel and beads with soapy water or tire can result in serious personal injury. mounting lubricant before inflation. Underhody Maintenance Tire Inflation Canisters are available from 3. To seat beads, inflate tire to a maximum Cadillac dealers and tire dealers. The effects of salt and other corrosive materials of 35 psi. All except Eldorado: use ¢494941 (25 oz.) used for ice and snow removal and dust control 4. Adjust inflation to recommended pressure Eldorado: use #494942 (30 oz.) can result in accelerated rusting and deterioration shown on tire placard. of underbody components such as brake and fuel 5. On assemblies so equipped, check that Hoists-Service Lifting lines, frame, underbody floor pan, exhaust system, dust cover is pressed firmly into un• Equipment brackets, parking brake cables, etc. These corrosive threaded relief stem before road use. effects, however, can be reduced by periodic flush• The preferred type of hoist for lifting 3!! ing of the underbody with plain water. In Deflation Instructions Cadillac cars is one that engages the front suspen• geographic areas having a heavy concentration of sion and rear axle, or all four wheels. such corrosive materials, it is recommended that Remove vaive core using slotted end of valve the complete underbody be inspected and flushed cap. When using lifting equipment that engages the suspension system, the car should be centered over at. least once each year, preferably after a winter's the hoist so that the hoist arms engage the exposure. Particular attention should be given to cleaning out underbody members where dirt and CAUTION: Do not inhale gas to avoid personal flattened portion of the front suspension lower other foreign materials may have collected. injury. arms. If a frame engaging hoist is used, certain pre• If desired, your Cadillac dealer can perform this cautions must be observed. Do NOT use a frame service for you. In addition, he can provide Flatten tire and replace core and C3p. Store tire engaging hoist to raise the Fleetwood Seventy-Five recommendations on undercoating materials which in trunk compartment. Sedan and Limousine, or the Commercial Chassis. will help protect your vehicle from corrosion. COOLING SYSTEM CAPACITY Heater only. . . 21% U.S. Qts. (18¼ Imp. Qts.) (W) SPECIFICATIONS, Air Conditioned. . 23¾ U.S. Qts. (20 Imp. Qts.) Fleetwood Seventv-Five c„_|_Jkf ^ OWNER ASSISTANCE, INDEX, . .263/4 U.S.Qts. (22½ Imp. Qts.) StCnON 6 GAS STATION INFORMATION WASHER FLUID RESERVOIR-2% Qts. (2 Imp. Qts.) Specifications ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS (EXCEPT ELDORADO) Type of engine 90° V-8 overhead valve Vehicle identification Number-The Vehicle identification Number is used in license and insurance Bore and stroke 4.300 in. x 4.060 in. applications and in genera! referenca tc the automobile. Far the owner's convenience this number is Piston displacement 472 cu. in. located on top of the instrument pane! at the lower left hand corner of the windshield, where it is visible from outside the car. See General description and specifications chart in this section for V.I.N, Compression ratio 8.25:1 interpretation. ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS (ELDORADO) Type of engine 90° V-8 overhead valve FLUID CAPACITIES TURBO HYDR A-MATIC TRANSMISSION-with Bore and stroke 4.300 in. x 4.304 in. filter change: Piston displacement 500 cu. in. FUEL TANK-all models All except Eldorado 4 U.S. Qts. (3% Imp. Qts.) Compression ratio 8.25:1 Approx. 27½ U.S. Gal. (23 Imp. Gal.) Eldorado !\...... 5½ U.S. Qts. (4½ imp. Qts.) ENGINE BELT TENSIONS ENGINE OIL REAR AXLE New belts: Generator (Exc. 145 Amp. 100 lbs. 77 All except Eldorado 4 U.S. Qts. (3½ Imp. Qts.) All except Eldorado . 5 U.S. Pts (4¼ Imp. Pts.) Other belts & 145 Amp. Gen 170 lbs. With oil filter change 5 U.S. Ots. (4¾ Imp. Qts.) Belts with running time: Gen. Eldorado 5 U.S. Qts. (4% Imp. Qts.) FINAL DRIVE (Exc. 145 Amp.) 70 lbs. With oil filter change . 6 U.S. Qts. (5 Imp. Qts.) Eldorado . .4 U.S. Pts. (3'/4 Imp. Pts.) Other belts & 145 Amp. Gen 120 lbs. BATTERY SPECIFICATIONS RECOMMENDED PARTS Type of battery-Original and Replacement ... . Oelcn Energizer REUS STEM USAGE TYPE AND NUMBER Capacity, ampere hours 74 Plates, number per ceil 15 Air Cleaner Element All Engines AC Type 332C Terminal grounded Negative Fuel Filter Element All Engines (in fuel pump) AC Type 441 Volts 12 P.C.V. Valve All Engines AC Type CV 67SC Full charge specific gravity 80°F .. 1.250-1.280 Engine Oil Filter All Engines AC Type PF-30 Cranking power at 0°F 3600 Watts Transmission Filter All Except Eldorado ACTypePF-168 Transmission Filter Eldorado only AC TypePF-163 COOLING SYSTEM Radiator Cap All Models AC TypeRC-27 Thermostat Power Steering Belt Without Air Cond. 1/2" x 48 1/2" Starts to open 177°F. to 182°F. Air Cond. Compr. Belt With Air Cond. 1/2" x 60 1/2" Fuiiy open (approximately 7/16") . . . 202° F. A.i.R. Air Pump Belt Ail Exc. Commercial 1/2" x 46 1/2" Radiator cap pressure 13.5 to 16.5 PS1 Commercial 1/2" x 45 1/2" Generator Beit 42 & 63 Amp. 15/32" x 38" WHEELS AND TIRES 80 Amp 15/32" x 39" Wheel nut torque 130 ft. lbs. 145 Amp 1/2" x 57-1/2" Tire pressures See chart in Section 5 side of firewall under instrument panel), in the TUNE-UP SPECIFICATIONS Spark plugs AC Type R 45NS wiring harness (in line), or within a system Engine idle speed 600 rpm in DRIVE range. Spatjc plug gap 035" component (integral). Ignition Timing B.T.C. (@600 rpm in DRIVE) 10° Fuses and Circuit Breakers To remove the fuse block cover plate on Theft Distributor point opening* 016" Deterrent equipped cars, set system selector to r^n Distributor point dwell* 28°-32° The fuses and circuit breakers in the electrical ARM PREVENT, remove the HORN and L.j * No adjustment on High Energy Ignition System. systsm arc located if! the fuse block (on the left WINDOW circuit breakers, than remove the plate. In addition to the fuses and circuit breakers FUSE BLOCK COMPONENTS fusible links are incorporated into the wiring AND RELATED CIRCUITS system. These are wires of such a gauge that they 1. Hazard Warning Fiasher Location. will melt open before damage occurs to an entire wiring harness in the event of an electrical 2. Cornering and Parking Lights Fuse - 10 overload. See your Cadillac Dealer if fusible link AMP: ash tray iight, cornering lights, front replacement becomes necessary. side marker lights, parking lights. The headlamp circuits are protected by a circuit 3. Heater and Accessories Fuse - 15 AMP: breaker in the light switch. An electrical overload heater blower, air conditioning, Cruise on the breaker will cause the lamps to go on and Control. off, or in some cases to remain off. If this 4. Back-Up Lights Fuse - 25 AMP: back-up condition develops, have your wiring circuits lights, rear window de-fogger. checked immediately. 5. Gages and Transmission Controls Fuse - Specifications and locations of fuses, circuit 5 AMP: brake warning light, downshift breakers, and bulbs are listed on this page and solenoid, fuel gage, generator indicator, following pages. Replacement parts must be of the low oil pressure indicator., coolant temper• same type and capacity as those listed. ature indicator, anti-dieseling solenoid, trunk indicator, seat belt indicator. DO NOT use fuses of higher amperage rating 6. Directional Signal Fuse - 25 AMP. FUSE BLOCK than those recommended in the fuse chart. 7. Horn-Circuit Breaker: convertible top, door Ipcks, engine metal temperature light, 11. Windshield Wipers Fuse - 25 AMP*: Turn signal and hazard warning flashers-The horns, power seat. wipers, washer fluid indicator. turn signal flasher unit (No. 323 flasher) is located *in addition to a fuse, the windshield wiper on the underside of the steering column lower 8. Tail Lights Fuse-25 AMP: license light, motor is also protected by a circuit breaker. cover. The hazard warning flasher (No. 552 rear side marker lights, tail lights. If the motor overheats, due to overloading flasher) is located at the upper left of the fuse 9. Instrument Panel Lights Fuse - 3 AMP. block. caused by heavy snow, etc. the wipers will 1Q. Power Windows - Circuit Breaker. remain stopped until the motor cools. 12. Radio Fuse - 7½ AMP. Back-Up Lights 1156 Opera Lamp 756 13. Antenna Fuse 15 AMP. Clock 1395 Park and Turn Signal 1157NA Cornering Lights 1295 14. Slop LiyiiU and Hazard Warning riasher Radio: Dial Light 1895 Courtesy Lights: CM™ IE AMD AM/FM Band, Stereo Radio and Instrument Pane! 89 Tape Player Lamps Special* 15. Body Feed Fuse - 25 AMP: cigar lighters, Doors 212,212-1, or 212-2 Rear Control Indicator clock; courtesy lights; glove box light; map Rear Quarter 90 light; reading light, trunk light; vanity (Fleetwood Seventy-Five) 250* Rear Armrest 212,212-1, or 212-2 mirror light. Reading Light - Limousine Front... 90 Cruise Control indicators 53 Reading Lights Brougham & 75 1004 Fuel Gage 194 Rear De-Fogger Indicator 1445 Other Circuit Breakers and Fuses Glove Compartment 1816 Stop, Tail and Signal Light 1157 • Headlights Circuit Breaker (integral with Headlights: Inner 5001 Telltale and Warning Lights: Brakes, headlight switch) - 15 AMP: Twilight Outer 4000 Stop Eng.-Temp., Stop Eng.-Oil, Headlight Switch 1816 Fasten Seat Belts 194 • Sunroof Circuit Breaker - under dash. Heater or A/C Control 1816 Other Telltale Lights 161 » Track Master - in-line 4 AMP at fuse block. High Beam Indicator 194 Trunk Compartment 1003 • illuminated Vanity Mirror - 2 AMP fuse instrument Panel Cluster ...... 161 Turn Signal Indicator 194 behind mirror. License Plate Light 194 Vanity Mirror 562 Commercial 87 Wiper Switch 161 Map Light 550 Bulbs AC-Guide Lamps Marker Lamps-Side: Front-Eldorado 97A LOCATION BULB NO. Except Eldorado 194A Accessory Switch Lights 1445 Rear Eldorado 194 Ash Tray 1445 Except Eldorado 168 ^Serviceable Only By Radio Technician. General Description and Specifications STYLE WHEEL BASE LENGTH HEIGHT WEIGHT WIDTH TREAD WIDTH VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER DESCRIPTION (INCHES) (INCHES) (INCHES) (INCHES) FRONT REAR Fleetwood Sixty Special Brougham 5143 133 233.7 55,6 6 B 69 R 4 Q 100001 ITT" I ! Cadillac J -Broadcast Number Calais Sedan 4979 54.4 63.3 63.3 Series 1 Calais Coupe 4900 53.9 —Plant 130 23C.7 Sedan DeVille 5032 54.4 Body Type- -Model • Year Coupe QeViiie 492* 53.9 79.8 Engine Eldorado Coupe 4960 54.1 Body Type 126.3 224.1 63.7 63.6 Series 47 Coupe Eldorado Convertible 5019 54.5 S -Brougham 49 Sedan C-Calais 69 Sedan (Full pillar) D-DeVille 67 Convertible s Fleetwood Seventy-Five Sedan 5719 57.4 L-Eldorado 23 75 Sedan 151.5 252.2 63.3 F-Fleetwood 75 33 75 Limousine Fleetwood Seventy-FivG Limousine 5883 57.2 Z-Commercial Chassis 90 Comm'l. Chassis 63.3 Plant Engine Commercial Chassis - 157.5 255.2 - 65.0 Q—Cadiifac Det. R-472 C.I.D. E-Linden GMAD S-500 C.I.O. Owner Assistance The satisfaction and goodwill of the owners of Cadillac Products are of • Your name, address, telephone number primary concern to your dealer and the Cadillac Motor Car Division. Nor• • Vehicle Identification Number* mally, any problems that arise in connection with the sales transaction or • Dealer's name and location the operation of your car will be handled by your dealer's Sales or Service • Vehicle's delivery date and mileage Departments. It is recognized, however, that despite the best intentions of • Nature of problem. everyone concerned, misunderstandings will sometimes occur. If you have a STEP THREE-Contact the Customer Services Manager, Cadillac Motor Car problem that has not been handled to your satisfaction through normal Division, Detroit, Michigan 48232, Telephone 8254600, Area Code 313. channels, we suggest that you take the following steps: (In Canada, contact the Customer Services Supervisor, General Motors of STEP ONE-Discuss your problem with a member of dealership manage• Canada Limited, Oshawa, Ontario 416-644-6624). If after an additional ment. Frequently, complaints are the result of a breakdown in communica• review of all facts involved he feels that some further action can be taken, tions and can quickly be resolved by a member of the dealership manage• he will so instruct the Zone. In any case, your letter will be acknowledged ment, if the problem already has been reviewed with the Saies Manager or providing Cadillac's position in the matter. Service Manager, contact the Dealer himself or the General Manager. When contacting the Zone or Central Office, please bear in mind that STEP TWQ-Contact the Cadiilac Zone Office closest to you listed on the ultimately your problem likely will be resolved in the dealership, utilizing following page (or in Canada, contact the General Motors Zone office). the dealer's facilities, equipment and personnel. It is suggested, therefore, When it appears that your problem cannot be readily resolvedly the dealer• that you follow the above steps in sequence when pursuing a problem. ship without additional assistance, the matter should be called to the Your purchase of a Cadillac product is greatly appreciated by both your attention of the Zone's Customer Services Department and the following dealer and Cadillac Motor Car Division. It is our sincere desire to assist you information provided: in any way possible to assure your complete satisfaction with your vehicle. 'Available from vehicle registration, title, or plate attached to left top of instrument panel and visible through the windshield. r iadillac Motor Car Division maintains Zone Offices in the locations listed below. When calling for assistance, please ask for the Customer Services Manager. CADILLAC ZONE OFFICES IN U.S.A. CAKAGA ATLANTA DENVER 7405 Perimeter Center E. MINNEAPOLIS CALGARY 1780 S. Bellaire St. TORONTO Atlanta, Georgia 30346 7701 Normantiale Road-Edina P.O. Box 2510 Denver, Colorado 80222 1200 Eglinton Ave. East 256-1524 Area Code 404 Minneapolis, Minnesota 55435 Calgary, Alberta T2P 2M7 756-3691 Area Code 303 Toronto, Ontario M3C 1J1 835-2350 Area Code 612 243-4621 Area Code 403 BOSTON 446-5000 Area Code 416 DETROIT NEW YORK 220 Boylstan Street LONDON VANCOUVER 15565 Northland Drive 690 Kinderkamack Chestnut Hill, Mass. 02167 1991 Oxford St. E. 900 Terminal Avenue Southfield, Michigan 48075 Oradell, N.J. 07649 989-6810 Area Code 617 London, Ontario N6A 4P6 Vancouver 4, British Columbia 424-2700 Ansa Code 313 261-7171 Area Code 201 455-2400 Area Code 519 684-9444 Area Code 604 CHICAGO JACKSONVILLE PHILADELPHIA 202! Spring R.oad MONCTON WINNIPEG 4Q19 Wuodcock Drivs Cherry Hiii Plaza Oak Brook, Illinois 60S21 653 St. George St. 1345 Redwood Avenue Jacksonville, Florida 322D7 1415 Rt. #70, 654-6555 Area Code 312 Moncton, New Brunswick Winnipeg, Man. R2X 0Y9 396-5971 Area Code 904 Cherry Hill, N.J. 08034 854-1500 Area Code 506 582-2371 Area Code 204 CINCINNATI 795 2000 Area Code 80S KANSAS CITY MONTREAL 8075 Reading Road, MEXICO 5750 W.95th St. PORTLAND 5000 Trans-Canada Highway Cincinnati, Ohio 45222 MEXICO Overland Park, Kansas 68207 1500 N.E. Irving St. Pointe Claire, Quebec General Motors 841-5837 Area Code 513 Portland, Oregon 97232 281-6896 Area Code313 Montreal 730, O-uabec de Mexicrj S.A. de C.V. CLEVELAND 233-4801 Area Code 503 697-9160 Area Code 514 LOS ANGELES Av. Ejercito Nacional No. 843 23200 Chagrin Boulevard SAN FRANCISCO 15910 Ventura Blvd. OTTAWA Mexico 5, D.F. 23¾ Campus Dr. Beachwoad, Ohio 44122 Encino, Calif.91316 875 Belfast Road 545-3921 San Mateo, Calif. 94403 464-8452 Area Coda 216 38S-7770 Area Code 213 Ottawa, Ontario K1G 0Z4 574-4411 Area Code 415 237-5051 Area Code 613 HAWAII DALLAS HONOLULU MEMPHIS WASHINGTON, D.C. 1111 Frito-Lay Bldg. REGIIMA 1600 Kapiolani Blvd. 2701 Union ExtBnded Wheaton Plaza Office Bldg. Dallas, Texas 75235 681 Park St. Suite 714 Memphis, Tenn. 38112 Wheaton, Maryland 20302 357-3851 Area Code 214 Regina, Saskatchewan S4P 3E9 Honolulu, Hawaii 324-3621 Area Code 901 949-4570 Area Code 301 543-2224 Area Code 306 946-3988 83 INDEX Page NOTE: Refer to the supplementary EMISSION CONTROL Automatic Levei Control 48 SYSTEMS folder for operating and warranty information, re• Automatic Transmission lated to controlling automobile emissions. Back-Up Lights 27 Refer to the supplementary MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE Battery Fluid Level 70,96 folder for a complete schedule of the safety, emission control, Battery Gas Warning 71 lubrication and genera! maintenance required for your vehicle. Battery Specifications 78 Belts, Engine 11 < 73 Page Beits, Lap and Shoulder 11 Air Cleaner, Engine 65, 78 Boot, Convertible 49 Air Conditioning 40 Brake Parking 30 "Air Cushion" Indicator Light 33 Brake Wear Indicator --' Alarm System, Theft Deterrent 6, 54 "BRAKES" Warning Light .29, 33 Antenna , , , , . .45 Brakes, Trailer 18, 20 Antifreeze 67, 77 Braking System 29 Anti-Theft Steering Column Lock 24 Bulbs 80 Ash Trays, and Lighters „ . .. .39 Buzzer: Key 25 Appearance Care 59 Seat Belt 11 Authorized Cadillac Service 64 Temperature 21 Automatic Brake Adjustment 29 Twilight Sentinel 37 Automatic Climate Control 40 Carbon Monoxide 23 Rear System Controls 42 Checklist, Driver 4 INDEX Page Page Child Restraint 16 Courtesy Lights 38 Chrome Maintenance 62 Cruise Control 28 Circuit Breakers , 78 Customer Services 82 Cleaning-interior and Exterior 59 De-Fogger, Rear Window 43 40 Climate Control System Differential, Controlled 48 Rear System Controls 42 Door Locks 5 38 Clock Driver Checklist 4 Coat Hooks 9 Economy, Fuel 2, 41 Comfort Clip • ^3 Emergency Procedures . . .53 Console ,. , . ., . , A 5 Emission Controls Emission Control Folder Controlled Cycle Wiper System 34 Engine Braking 26 48 Controlled Differential • • • Engine Cooling 67 Controls: Steering Column 24 Engine Starting 25 29 Floor Engine Oil 65 Instrument Panel • • • -31 Engine Specifications 77 Other ". . . .48 Exhaust Gas Warning (Carbon Monoxide) 23 Convertible Top 49 "FASTEN BELTS" Indicator Light 33 "COOLANT TEMPERATURE" Indicator Light 21,34 Filler Locations, Underhood 65 67 Cooling System Care Filters: Air 65, 78 Cooling System Capacity • 77 Oil 66,78 Cornering Lights 27 Fuel 65, 78 INDEX Page tn^ ... Fine ho re Tur^ o; j .. .„ . , , rtsye •• • oiyuai anu nazarct warning Flooded Engine, Starting Fluid Capacities Hoists-Service Lifting Equipment Fluids Recommended Hood Releases . Horn Foreign Country Operation 00 indicator Lights Fuei Economy Infant Restraint Fuel Gage . instrument Pane! and Controls Fuel Requirements Fl !SP«: Jack Operation , Jumper Cables Gas Cap Removal Keys . . , Gas Station Information Lamp Monitor . Gasoiine Caution Lane-Chanae Signal GENERATOR" indicator Light Lap Belts Glass . . 11 Leather and Vinyi Trim Glove Compartment Level Control, Automatic . . Guide-Matte Headlight Control Lighter Hazard Warning Flasher Headlight Controls, Dimmer Switch Lights Head Restrainrq Litter Receptacle Loading Car . , Lock, Door.... High-Beam Indicator Lock, Steering Column INDEX Page Page Lock, Trunk, Remote-Control - 7 Power: Antenna 45 Lubricants 64 Brakes 30,70 Luggage Compartment ^ Door Locks 5 Luggage Weight Limits 73 Seat Adjuster 8 Maintenance Sen/ices 0J Steering 27, 70 Also, See Maintenance Folder Windows 9 Marker Lights 36 Radiator Cap 68> 78 38 Map Light Radio, Mobile Transmitter 47 Mirrors, Rear Viuw 10 Radios • 44 38 Mirror, Vanity 9 Rear Seat Filler Panel Monitor, Washer Fluid and Lamp 35 10 Rear View Mirrors Oil, Recommendations, Engine 65 43 Rear Window De-Fogger 66 8 Oil Filter -r^- ~ - - ? Reclining Seat-Back 9 D/ Oil Level, Checking 1 Remote Control: Mirror 1 Operating Your Cadillac •. . .. .23 Radio 45 Operation in Foreign Countries 22 Trunk Lock 7 Owner Assistance 82 Restraint, Child 16 Owner Safety Checks Maintenance Folder Restraints, Head 11 OA Parkinq * Roof, Sun .. 51 Parking Brake • • • •-2-- • • -ou Roof, Vinyl Covered 62 Polishing and Waxing 62 Safety Checks Maintenance Folder INDEX Page Schedule, Maintenance Maintenance Folder Steering Wheel, Tilt and Telescope Seat Adjustment ^ Stereo Tape Radio Seat-Back Latches ^ "STOP ENGINE OIL PRESSURE-" Seat-Back Recltner 9 Indicator Light Seat Belt Systems 11 '•'STOP ENGINE TEMPERATURE Seat Belts, Inspection and Care 16, 61 Indicator Light Sen/ice for Your Car 64 Sunroof Also, See Maintenance Folder Suspension Shoulder Belts 13, 15 Tape Player Side Marker Lights 36 Temperature Warning Signal Seeking Radio 45 Theft Deterrent System Snow Tires 74 Thermometer, Outside Temp Space Saver Spare • ° Thermostat: Engine /0 Spare Tire °°' °' • Tilt-Teiescope Steering 77 Tire, Changing Specifications " Speedometer and Odometer ". . .31 Tire Information Stain Removal Towing, Emergency Starting: Engine H> 12,25 Track Master Braking System Trailer Towing Emergency 12, 53 Transmission Fluid and Filter Steering Column Lock, Anti-Theft 24 Steering, Power 27, 70 Transmission Operation .... INDEX Page Transmitter, Mobile Radio 47 Warning Lights Tread Wear indicators ^3 Washer Fluid Indicator Trunk Lock and Remote Control 7 Washing, Waxing Tune-up Specifications ,78 Weight Turn Signals and Lane Change Feature 27 Wheel Bearings Twilight Sentinel 36 Wheel Changing Instructions Underbody Maintenance 63, 76 Window Lock-Out Switch Undercoating ®° Windows, Power Upholstery and Fabrics 331 Windshield DefrcstirvG and Defon,ging Vanity Mirror 38 Windshield Wipers, Washers, and Fluid Vehicle Identification Number 81 Zone Offices, U.S.A., Canada, Hawaii, Ventilation 23. 39> 41 Mexico Gas Station information Refer to "Service and Maintenance" Section for Further Beta.ils1 . lever up to release secondary latch, and lift hood. To close hood: * Check underhood to make certain filler caps are in place and loose items have been removed. • Pull hood down until it is about 15 inches above grille. Close hood firmly so that it latches securely. HOOD RELEASES ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK Located on left side of engine block. Check oii level as the last opera• HOOD RELEASE-AI! Cadillacs are equipped FU tion in a fuel stop. Maintain between "ADD" with an anti-theft hood latch system. The release and "FULL" marks on dipstick. handle is located on the left-hand cowl side trim GAS CAP-Located behind the license plate on ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATION-Use ait model's. Gas cap design provides two-stage panel near the parking brake pedal. Open the hood as follows: oniy high quality SE oils. The following chart removal and installation procedure. See Gas Cap will serve as a guide for selecting proper oil Removal Procedure, in Service and Maintenance * Pull ...the anti-theft hood release handle viscosity. Section. until the hood unlatches. A secondary latch is designed to prevent it from GASOLINE RECOMMENDATIONS-Use an opening further. NOTE: SAE 5W-20 oils are not recommended unleaded or low-lead fuel of at least 91 Research for sustained high-speed driving. Octane-Symbol Number 2 (unleaded or low-lead • The secondary latch lever is located under SAE 30 oils may be used at temperature fuel). Regular fuel (Symbol Number 3) should be the front center of hood. Insert hand above 40° F. used only when needed to eliminate knock. between the hood and grille center, press Gas station information (cont'd.) 1 SAE 5W-30 viscosity oii is recommended for BATTE RY—Check fluid level monthly (two Recommend ad SAE Viscosity Number j all seasons in vehicles operated in Canada. week intervals in warm weather). Add only 111! TIRE INFLATION PRESSURES-Check at colorless, odorless drinking water or distilled water 20W-2D. I0W 30.10W4U, 2MM0.20*-5l)> least monthly. Keep inflated to pressures shown to bring level to split ring in filler opening. 1 on tire placard affixed to glove compartment COOLANT-Visualiy check level in coolant IHW, SW 30.10W 30.10W40 door of your vehicle. recovery tank. Add a 50/50 mixture of high qual• WINDSHIELD WASHER-Check reservoir fluid ity ethylene glycol antifreeze and water to the / 5W-21.5W-30 level regularly. Use a washer fluid, such as GM recovery tank as required. Optikleen. 1 I 1 1 | -Ml u !fl 4(1 60 80 100 j lempeialuie Ran^e Anticipated Before Neil Oil Change. °F ENGINE OIL VISCOSITY CHAH'I 86 Part Number 160 3871 (C) Litho in U.S.A. 1974 MVMA Specifications Form Passenger Car Car Line j Manufacturer | Cadillac Motor Car Division General Motors Corporation Cadillac j Mailing Address Model Year | issued | 2860 Clark I 9-10-73 ! Detroit, Michigan 48232 1974 Revised (•) **>ose artless s $no*n aoove *i s soef ' -lulornoD-i'"* mafHjta<. l-• MVMA-4 0A 74 MVMA Specifications Form Passenger Car Table Of Contents 1 Car Models 2, 3 Car and Body Dimensions 4 Power Teams 5—9 Engine 9 Exhaust System 10 Fuel System 11 Cooling System 12, 13 Vehicle Emission Control 14—16 Electrical 17—19 Drive Units 20 Tires and Wheels 20, 21 Brakes 22 Steering 23 Suspension — Front and Rear 24 Frame 24 Body — Miscellaneous Information 25 Convenience Equipment 25 Lamp Height and Spacing 26 Vehicle Weights 27 Optional Equipment Weights 29, 30, 31 Car and Body Dimension Key Sheets 32 Index NOTES 1 The General Spec.hcat.ons nerem are those .n ettect a. date ot correlation and are su0,ect to change without not.ce oy the manufacturer UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED a Specifications apply to standard models without opt.onal equipment Significant deviations are noted 0. Nominal design dimensions are used throughout these specifications c All dimensions are in inches. MVMA-40A-74 Car Line Cadillac - All Exc. Eldorado MVMA Specifications Form Passenger Car Model Year 1974 Issued 9-10-73 Revised (.) Car Models Make. Car line. Series. Body Type Max Nwnttmt ol f*.• *i»tj»• 1 Mod'; D«~onption (Mtgr's Model Code) (Ftnnl.F'i'.in Fleetwood Brougham 6CB69S 3 & 3 Calais Sedan 6CC49 3 & 3 Calais Coupe 6CC47 3 & 3 DeVille Sedan 6CD49 3 & 3 DeVille Coupe 6CD47 3 & 3 75 Fleetwood Sedan 6DF23 3 & 3 & 3 75 Fleetwood Limo 6DF33 3 & 3 & 3 Coram Chassis 6zz MVMA-40A-74 Page 1 Car Line Cadillacj^ll.Exc. Eldorado Passenger Car Model Year ..1924 _ .... Issued ...... Revised (•) .... Car and Body Dimensions Seo Pages 29 •31 tor SAE Dimension Definitions Sril.in .M)i II 1 I >' II I .Ciirwititili'.mil M il W.ic|..n Ail dimensions to ground ;i<" lor comparative puiporiPS only Dimensions am In bo shown tor 4 l)r Body Type SAE Coram. i R»f. 6CC49 6CC47 No. 6CB69 6CD49 6CD47 6DF23 6DF33 Chassis; Width o I • J Tread - Front W101 63. 3 RJ; • J Tread • Rear W102 63.3 Maximum overall car widtft W103 79.8 Body width at No. 2 pillar W117 .. Max. front doors open W12C _ Max. rear doors open W121 — - Length Body "0" to front of dash L 30 Wheeibase U01 133.0 130.0 151.5 .157,5. 255.2 Overall car length L103 233.7 230.7 252.2 Overhanj - front L104 39.7 39.7 Overhang - rear L105 61.0 '58.0 Body upper structure length L123 112.3 108.5 129.8 _„ Body "0' line to C'L of rear wheel U27 107.0 104.0 125.5 Body -0" line to w/s cow point L130 Height Passenger Distribution (front & rear) * _ Trunk,Cargo load (lbs ) * Overall height Ht01 55.6 54.4 53.9 57.4 57.2 Cowl height H1 14 38.7 .18.2 38 ..9 38,7 Deck height H138 Rocker To ground A.2 7.9 "_.8.3 panel - \-— - _ , H112' front From front wheel C L Bottom of front door to ground H133 10.6 9. S 9.4 .KLJL_ 9.9 Rocker To ground 8.8 7.7 9.1 9.0 panel • H11 1 rear From rear wneel C I Bottom o rear door to ground H135 10.6 9.0 10.1 10.0 Windshield slope angle H122 59° Ground Clearance Bumper to ground • tront H102 10.3 •-10.8 10.5 10.1 Bumper to ground - rear H104 14.4 11.4 14.6 14.7 Angle of approach H106 17.3° 18.2° 17.6° 17.1° 9 Angle of departure H107 14.8° 11.9° 15.1 15.2° Ramp breakover angle H147 12 A" 10.9° _ _ 11-21. 11.2° Rear axle differential to ground H153 6.9 7.0 Mm running clearance (Specily) H156 6.4 5.6 O.D 6.3 •All measurements are made at the stated passenger and trunWcargo loadings Paoe 2 MVMA Specifications Form Car Line _£adillac_r All.Exc. Eldorado Passenger Car Model Year 197^ . Issued 9-10-73. Revised (.) Car And Body Dimensions Soe Pages 29 • 31 tor SAE Dimension Definitions Body Type 6CCU9 SAE 6CC47 Raf. 6CB69 6DF23 6DF33 601*9 6CD47 No. Front Compartment H Point to body "0" line L31 42.3 _ .... . _ 41,3 - - Effective head room H61 .39.3 .39.2 .. ._ 4o,3 .~9~ ~ Max. eff. leg room - accelerator L34 , 1*1.9 4cT H Point to Heel point H30 8.3 . „_ . H Pomt travel Lir 5.8 ...... Shoulder room W3 63.1 > .- -. - Hip room W5 61.7 1 -y-- .. . Upper body opening to ground H50 51.2 50.2 49. 6 51.9 .5l.7_ - . Rear Compartment H Point couple distance ISO 42.1 .38.1 37.1 61.0 62.0 . Effective head room H63 3b.3 38.2 38.1 38.4 Mm effective leg room 1 L51 44.6 40.1 39.4 43.6 H POT.! to Heel point H31 10.7 10.7 10.3 8.8_ . Mm knee room L48 11.2 7.4 6.7 ...... Rear Compartment room L3 33..9 30.8 29.9 24.8 Shoulder room W4 62.6 62.0 r-i'p room W6 61.8 61.8 ...5.6,6 ," "57.6 Upper body opening to ground H51 50.6 ij-9.1 4ct.6 52.1 ... 52.0 Luggage Compartment Usaoie luggage capacity (cu It) VI 1^.942 Leftover height "HI 95 Position ot spare tire storage Horizontal Metnod of hoidmg lid open ...Spring Station Wagon — Third Seat None Available Snouioer Room W85 hip room W86 Effective leg room L86 Effective head room H86 Seat tacmg direction Station Wagon — Cargo Space None Available Cargo iength at floor • front seat L202 Cargo iength at belt • front seat L204 Cargo width - Wheeinouse W201 Opening width at belt W204 Maximum cargo height H20I Rear opening height H202~ Cargo volume index (cu ft.) V2 W4 x L204 x H2Q1 1728 MVMA-40A-74 Page 3 MVMA Specifications Form car une caaniac PaSSenger Car Model Year I9_7A lssuecP-l°_-J3_ Revised (•) . P0W6r Teams (Indicate whether standard or optional) SAE Net bhp (brake horsepower) and net torque corrected to 85° F and 29.38 in. Hg atmospheric pressure ENGINE AXLE RATIO SERIES TRANSMISSION (Std firs!) AVAILABILITY Compr SAE Net (» RPM (Indicate A/C ratio) Displ. Carb cu. in. Ratio BHP Torque All exc 472 4BBL 8.25: L 205 365 Turbo Eldorado @ @ Hydramatic 2.93:1 3600 2000 Std + A/C 3.I5 std on llmo + opt on all others with trailer package I MVMA-40A-74 Page 4 Cadillac - All exc Eldorado MVMA Specifications Form Car Line 10 Passenger Car Model Year ^?_T^_„ lssued9-. ~73 _ Revised (•) Engine Displacement 472 Cu. In. Engine — General T/pe no cyis va'.re arr 90° - v8 - p_.y_... Bore and stroke (nominal) 4.3 x 4.06 Piston displacement, cu m 472 cu. in. Bore spacing (OL to CiL) 5.00 No system L. Bank 4 - 6 (front to rear) R Bank 3 - 5 Firing Order 4 - 2 7 - 8 Cylinder Head Material Cast Iron Cylinder Block Material Cast Iron Cyi Sleeve-Wet. dry. none None Number of Front mtg. points Rear Engine installation angie 6° 24' Taxable Oia. 2 x No Cyi horsepower 25 59.2 Recommended fuel regular — premium Regular 91 R.O.N. MIN Cylinder Head Volume (cc) 121.18 Head Gasket Thickness (Compressed) .039 Head Gasket Volume (cc) ^2- Deck Clearance (minimum) aoo^e or below b^ock) .0045 above U - -..- C^.txit'On ~r.ar->oeT Vc'j-ne .cc! 128.78 Engine — Pistons Material Aluminum Alloy With Cast Steel Struts Description and fin.sn Slipper Type Cam Ground Controlled Expansion Weignt (piston only) o; 27.84 Top land .034 - .039 Clearance 100 .0006 (limits) Skirt - .0010. Botlom -.0014 - +_,0005 No 1 ring 3.849 - 3.844 Ring groove No 2 rmg diameter 3.849 ^_ 3J344 No 3 ring 3.880 -"3.875 MVMA-40A-74 Page 5 Cadillac - All Exc Eldorado MVMA Specifications Form Car Line 1974 |SSUed 9-10-73 Revved (.) Passenger Car Model Year Engine Displacement 472 cu. in. No 1 on or comp comp _ r ,'">C!'On i:op to No 2. Oii or comp. comp cottomi No 3. oil or comp oil Description - #1 Molybedenum Filled Cast Iron material, coating, Compres• etc #2 Phosnhate Coated Cast Iron sion Width .0070-.0785 Gap .013-.025 Description - Multi Piece Steel -3te-a coat ^3 Chrome Plated Rail ! A'3:i .175 - -184 .. _ ...... _. 1 Gap ,ni5 - .055 - Expanders Yes Engine - Piston Pins SAE 1010 Steel Material Length 3."03C Oiameter ._- ,9999 . Locked in rod. in Locked in Rod piston, floating, etc Type In rod or piston None Bushing Material None In piston .0002 - .000½. Clearance In rod Press Fit Direction & amount offset in piston ,Q6n toward max. thrust_s_jde Engine - Connecting Rods Material GM 84M Arma Steel Weight (oz ) 28.86 Length (center to center) 6.75 . AT - 20 Steel backed Material & Type M -39O Steel backed Bearing Overall length .826 Clearance (limits) .0005 - .0028 End Play .008 - .020 (Total two rods) MVMA-40A-74 Page 6 MVMA Specifications Form Car Line Cadillac - All EXC Eldorado Passenger Car Model Year ^7^ |Ssued 9-10-73 Revised (.) Engine Displacement hj2 Cu. In. Engine—Crankshaft Material Ifrdular Cast Iron Vioration aamper lype Rubber Absorption End tnrust taken by bearing (No.) #3.Center main Crankshaft end play 002 - .012 Material & type M-100 durex steel backed M-^-00 aluminum steel backed Clearance .0001 - .0026 No 1 3.250 - 1.1925 No 2 3.250 - 1.0595 Mam Journal No 3 dia. and 3.250 - 1.0670 (inside) 1.258 (outside) oearing bearing No 4 3.250 - 1.0595 overall No. 5 lengtn 3.250 - 1.1925 No. 6 None No 7 None Dir & amt cyl offset RH Forward .kf LH Rearward .Uj No bolts/main org cap 2 Crankpin journal diameter 2.50 Engine—Camshaft Location Center of V Material GM 120M cast iron Material Bearings Steel backed babbitt Number 5 Gear or cnam silent chain Crankshaft gear or 388U sprocket material Sintered iron GM M Type of Camshaft gear or Dr>ve sprocket material Die cast alum - with nylon covered teeth No of links Timing chain Width .750 Pitch .500 MVMA-40A-74 Page 7 _ , . Cadillac - All Exc Eldorado MVMA Specifications Form Car Line Mode! Year . .197½ lssued9-10-.73... _. Revised (.) Passenger Car Engine Displacement 472 cu. m. Engine—Valve System _STD HyOraui'C "Hers (S"j . opl NA)^ Valve rotate, type NONE (intake, exhaust) Rocker ratio 1.72: 1 Operating Intake Auto tappet clearance (indicate not Auto or cold) Exhaust Opens !SBTC) 21' .001 JTappet Lift 1 .001 Tappet. Lift J doses i"A8Ci II Tappet Lift_ ' Du-a: - cleg » 312" .001 33C' 73 .001 Tappet Lift £>-=_;• ^ -iff i*C ' 55° .001 Tappet Lift j Djratiri- oeg ! ' " 300° .001 Tap_pet_ Lif t_ Vaive open overlap i-eg ) 76" .001 Tappet Lift. Material 1041 Alum Steel Overall length - 4.9o> Actual overall heaa dia _ 2.000 Angle of seat & face (deg j Seat in head 45° valve face 44' Seat insert material None Stem diameter .3420 - .3413 Stem to guide clearance .0010 - .0027 Lift ( va-ve -pe" 156-166 @ 1.456 ; o Ca in j Valve closed Inner None spring (io (» 'h ) press & iength vaive open None (lb M m ) Material DF 20 Overall length Actual overall head dia 1.625 Angle of seat & face (deg.) Seat 45' Zaes_. 44 °_ Seat insert material None Stem diameter ^18 - .3¾- -• Stem to guide clearance .0012 - .0028 Lift (<& zero lash) Ml Exhaust Valve closed Outer 60-65 @ 1.9½ spring (lb (d in.) press & length Valve open 159 - 169 @1.473 (lb fa in ) Vaive closed Inner None spring (lb @ in ) press & length Valve open (lb fa in ) None MVMA-40A-74 Paqe 8 Cadillac - AllExc Eld.orad.o_ MVMA Specifications Form Car Line Passenger Car Model Year ._ 197^ Issued 9-10-73-. Revised (•) Engine Displacement hj2 Cxi. In. Engine — Lubrication System Main bearings Pressure Connecting rods Pressure Type of Piston pins iuorica- Splash non Camshaft bearings Pressure (splash. pressure, Tappets Pressure nozzle) Timing gear or chain Metered Flow Cylinder walls Splash Oil pump type Spur Gear' Normal oil pressure (lb (a engine rpm) @ _3_0_ mph electric 0 press sending un t (eiect or mech ) Tvce 0" •"';a*e ficaiing. stationary) stationary C ' te- s>stem (fun now part other) "full flow Filter replacement (element, complete) complete Capacity ot cease, less filter-refill (qt) T~qts & 1 qt. Filter Above +20 °F 20W 20 - 20W 50 - 10W 30 10W ^0 - 20W hO low - 5W30 - low 30 - low ^o Oil grade recommended (SAE viscosity 0° to +60°F ano temperature range) Below +20°F 5W 20 - 5W 30 Engine service reqmt (SO. SE. etc ) SE Engine — Exhaust system Type (single, single with cross-over, duai. other) Single with Crossover MutHer No & type (reverse How. One reverse flow with separate resonator at rear straight thru, separate resonator) Exhaust oipe dia Branch Exhaust 2.2^ ,oh2 - .0½ Laminated l0 D wai; thick ) Mam Intermediate 2.50 .Ch2 - .Oh2 Laminated Tan pipe dia (0 D & wall thickness) 2.25 x .075 aluminized MVMA-40A-74 Page 9 MVMA Specifications Form Car Line Cadillac - All ExcEldorado 197^ Issued 9-10-73 Revised (•) Passenger Car Model Year Engine Displacement 1+72 Cu. In. Engine Fuel System (See supplemental page tor Details of Fuel Injection, Supercharger, elc. it used) Induction type: Carburetor, fuel injection, supercharger Carburetor Refill capacity (U. S gals.) Fuel Approx. 27 usable gallons Tank Filler location back of license plate.. Type (elec or mech ) mechanical Fuel Locations lower left side of engine Pump Pressure range Xt2JL_rJ?IIo.~KJ30Qjrgm Vacuum booster (std . optional, none) none sleeve in tank Fuel Type AC pleated paper in fuel pjugvp, woven saran F.iter Locations ~ in fuel pump + in fuel tank Choke type remote pocket in manifold Intake manifold heat control (exhaust or water) Exhaust (no heat valve) Carbure• Air cleaner Standard dry pack single inlet.... . tor type Optional idle speed Manual (spec neutral Automatic "600 rpm drive A/C off or dnve) Idle A/F mix Carburetor Supplementary Information 1 Carburetors No Used 3a>'.;. Engine 1 Model Usage Transmission and Type Dispi | Make j Model _ j—1 1 All ex Eld Turbo Roch ; ^BBL 1 1 3/3 prim i Hydramatic i 2 l/h sec i i i Paqe '0 MVMA-4nA-74 Cadillac All Exc Eldorado MVMA Specifications Form Car Line Model Year _197|± Issued 9-10-73 Revised (.) Passenger Car Engine Displacement hj2 cu. in. Engine — Cooling System Type system (pressure, pressure vented. atmospheric other} Pressure Radiator cap relief valve pressure 13..2..-16.5. psi Circula• Type (Choke bypass) bypass tion inermostat Starts to open at (^]_ 177°-182° Type (Centrifugal, other} centrifugal - dual outlet GPM 1000 pump rpm 19 . . .. Water Number ol pumps pump one Dnve (V-oeU. other) . V-Belt " " Bearing type 5pjAle_rp_w_b£LLl bearings By-pass recirculation type (inter exl) Internal Radiator core type (cross-flow, vertical cellular tube ana fin. other) Tube and Center Witn neater (qt) _gl»3 (26.8 on 697 car .with a/c std equip) Cooling system Without heater (qt) .._ Heater Std equip. capacity Opt equipment-speofy (qt i ...... 2^ with F/C • Water iackets full length of cyi (yes no) - .. _. yes W,v.er an .irounri cylinder (yes nol . .. yes Nunmfr type :>nd I- Molded (molded straiynt) Lower Inside diameter 1.50 IMiirnnor ,jnd type I- Molded (molded strd'gnt) Madialor Upper nose inside diameter 1.50 Number ana type None (molded straight) By p.iss Inside diameter None 0 0 Numper of nl,ides & spacing T@ 61° - 53° - ^0C 67 - 36 - 67° - 36° D-.rnetpr 18" flatio-'an to CMnkwilt rev 1.2^:1 Fan cutout type Fluid drive Bearing type _ Single.row ball Fan A Generate or alternator B . 'Drive Water Pump Deits .. . . _ . . A (maicate Power Steering C belt used by letter) Air Conditioning C . Air pump_ A 'Drive Belt Dimensions Angle of V 36° 360 360 Nominal iength (SAE) 38.O 60.5 .500 Mo .500 MVMA-40A-74 Page 1 V Cadillac - All Exc Eldorado MVMA Specifications Form Car Line. Passenger Car Model Year !97^ Issued 9jjj^,-T3 Revised (•).. Engine Displacement' hj2 CM. in. Vehicle Emission Control T/pe 'Air iniection. engine modifications, other) Air Injection Type semi - articulated vane Displacement 19.3 cu. in. 1 rev. Air Drive ratio 1.2:1 Injection Pump Drive type Belt Relief valve (type) Spring Loaded Valve Filter (describe) Centrifugal Air distribution (head, manifold. c;c ) Cylinder Heads _——— — = c .-! 0* entry Cylinder Heads •- e:r c- tjoe : a .250 .a ve t\ce Elastomer Disc & Plate B-=:-' e protect.on ttype) Diverter valve T vpe controlled How ^¾¾!!¾ P°rHFEDERAL re^€oF?M ^11,1 , j open orifice, other) variable Flow "~ variable__flow __" " tunaust Valve type Diaphragm actuated spool Emission Vaive location Control rear of intake manifold Exhaust Control energy source Carb. vacuum port exhaust press, transducer-. Gas Recirculation Exhaust source cross over System Exhaust cooler type none Orifice no. and size Point of exhaust inaction i spacer), carburetor, Floor of intake manifold man.told other) Other Type (ventilates to atmos . Standard induction induction system, other) Optional none Make and model AC Spark Plug Div . Location Right rocker cover to carburetor Control Energy source (manifold Manifold Vacuum Crankcase Unit vacuum, carburetor, other) Emission Control Control method (variable Spring Loaded Valve orifice, fixed orifice, other) Variable Orifice Discharges (to intake manifold, other) Carburetor Complete System Air mlet (breather cap otner) air cleaner Flame arrestor (screen other) check valve MVMA-40A-74 Page 12 MVMA Specifications Form Car Line Cadillac - _All Exc Eldorado Passenger Car Model Year . ^97^ |Ssued9-lQ-73 Revised (•) Engine Displacement V72 cu. in. Vehicle Emission Control (Continued) Thermal expansion volume (cu ft) ,^5 CU. ft. Pressure relief location fibs ! Cap 25-37 in. water Vacuum relief Fuel location (lbs ) Cap 15 - 25 in. water Tank Vapor-iiquid vapor dome separator type Vapor vented to Charcoal Canister (crankcase. Evaporative canmster. other) Emission Control Vapor vented to Intern al Carbu• (crankcase. retor canmster, other) Storage provision Charcoal canister (crankcase. canmster. other) Vapor Storage Volume (cu ft) or capacity (grams) 600 Grams Control valve type Carburetor Purge Port MVMA-40A-74 Page 13 Cadillac All Exc Eldorado MVMA Specifications Form Car Line. 197¾; | 9-10-73 . Revised (.). Passenger Car Model Year SSued Engine Displacement W(2 in. Electrical — Supply System Make ana Model Delco Remy 1980219 Voltage Rig & Total Plates _12_ypit 15 plate 0 SAt Designation No 1 J.6°0_Jfet ts_ @ 0 _ Battery Location Radiator- cradle - right handside underhood Terminal grounded Negative Make Delco Remy 11009^0 110101$ _1117lM.. Gene-ator Model 1100937 h2 amp 63 amp"(a/c) 80 amp (697) lV? amp (coma). Tyoe ana w-s -eutra:} Charge @ idle_ 3.2^:1 . None - part 0f_ alternator. ass.' y, Moae Type Closing voltage generator rpm Cutout (a Regulator relay Reverse current to open Regu• Voltage lated Current Voltage Temperature test Load condi• tions Other Electrical — Starting System va-e Delco Remy Mode. 1108521" _. t.'-y. Rotation (cinve end view) Clockwise Engagement type Spiral Spline & over running clutch Pinion mesnes (front, rear) ~ i.Zront__ Pinion Motor Number Dnve Manual ~N7"A. ol teeth Fiywneel Auto. Manual " N.A/"_1"" Flywheel tooth face width Auto .500 MVMA-40A-74 Page 14 Cadillac - All Exc Eldorado MVMA Specifications Form Car Line Passenger Car Model Year 197¾ Issued 9-l°-73 Revised (•) Engine Displacement h-(2 Cu. In. Electrical — Ignition System — Distributor — TOTS 1 Breaker gap (in ) Cam angle (deg ) 2tr - 320 1 Brnr arm tension (oz ) 19 - 23 oz Manual - Distributor Automatic Delco Remy - 1112835 & 1112836 j — Manual Timing Automatic 10° BTDC CENTRIFUGAL ADVANCE VACUUM ADVANCE Cranksnaft Degrees at Engine RPM Crankshaft Deg. at In of Mercury Distributor Model Start intermediate Maximum Maximum 1112835 i 0° @800 I 8°-12°@ 1200 18°-22° <^000 0° @ k"-6" 18° @ 10½" 1112836 0° @ 800 j 8°-12° @ 1200 l8°-22° @5000 0° @ 8"-10" 18° » III2839 (H.E.I.) optional with 11128 11128U0 (H.E.I.) optipnal with 11128; I MVMA-40A-74 Page 15 Car Line Cadillac All Exc Jlldorado MVMA Specifications Form 1 Model Year 9T4 |Ssued9l.l?^T3 Revised (.) Passenger Car Engine Displacement 472 cu. in. Electrical—Ignition System Conventional - Std . Opt, N A Std Type T'ansistonzeo • Std . Opt . N A Ovt...... _ Other (specify) _-._„_- . _ Make Delco Remy ...... Model . Coil Engine stopped 2.-+0 Amps Engine idling 1.25 Make AC Spark Plus Div Model R-45 NS _ i —-" Spark Thread (mm) ID, MM .. Plug Tightening torque (lb. ft.) 25 lb. ft. _ „ . _ ._ Gap .035 ... Conductor type Resistant Core . - Cable Insulation type Neoprene Spark plug protector Hypalon Electrical—Suppression *See Below Locations & type Electrical—Instruments and Equipment Type AC Spark Plug Speed• ometer Trip odometer (std opt. N A ) STD ...... Charge indicator - type Tell Tale Temperature indicator • type Tell Tale (Eng. coolant &_metalX- Oil pressure indicator • type Tell..Tale F.,e nd.cator • type Gauge .. ... Wina- Type - Standard 3 speed electric _ . sn-eiq w,per Type - Optional 3 speed elect._w±th_ delay {variable 1_ Type - Standard electric . . . sn.e'O Type - Optional Opt delay with auto shut off washers_ Type FA & D (DeVille & Fleetwood & .Calais )Hi_^C,'ljopt« all series Number used Amp draw (each) 5.2 amps Other Trunk Warning Lite Low washer fluid ( opt; with" lamp" monitors Low Brake Cruise & seat belts * PACKARD ELECTRIC DIST. RESISTANCE WIRE .3 MFD ON COIL FEED TERMINAL .5 MFD ON GEN. REG. FEED TERMINAL MVMA-40A-/"4 Page 16 MVMA Specifications Form Car Line Cadillac - All Exc. Eldorado Passenger Car Model Year 127**-. .. Issued 9-10-73 Revised (•) Engine Displacement kj2 Cu. In. Drive Units—Clutch (Manual Transmission) Mane & type Not Available Type pressure piaie springs Total spring load (lb.) No of clutch driven discs Material Outside & inside dia. Total eff. area (sq. in.) Clutch facing Thickness Engagement cushion• ing method Type & method Release bearing of lubrication Methods springs, Torsional damping friction material Drive Units—Transmissions Manual 3-speed (std . opt. N A ) N. A. Manual '4-speed (std . opt. NA ) N. A. Automatic (std opt. N A ) Std. Drive Units — Manual Trans. Number of forward speeds Not Available In first In secona Transmis• In third sion ratios In fourth Synchronous meshing specity gears Shift ever location Capacity (pt) Type recommended Lubricant Summer SAE vis• cosity Winter number Extreme cold MVMA-40A-74 Page 17 Cadillac - All Exc Eldorado MVMA Specifications Form Car Line 197^ |SSUed 9-10-73 Revised (.) Passenger Car Model Year Engine Displacement ^ k-J2 Cu. In. 3 speed fully automatic ;with fixed stator converter Type (aescnoe'r Seiec.o' ;ocauon Steering; Column 2.09 Gear Ratios 1.00 (third) "1.48 ~ (second) 12 L1 82 mph (76 mph - o~p~t axle) 78 mph on.Limo 82_jxpjL^Qjnm_chass±s_ Max. upshift speed - drive range " " ) 61- •" " " TL-11-.-1 - Max. kickdown speed - drive range 31 Number of elements 2.2:1 Torque Max. ratio at stall converter Type of cooling (air, liquid) Liquid - water to oil 13.038 Nominal diameter Capacity - refill (pt 1 Lubricant Type recommended Fluid - Dexron Soeciai transmission features Description Hypoid cone clutch Limited Slip differential type^ Dnve Pmion Offset " 2 " No of differential pinions Pinion adjustment (stum other) shim Pinion oearmg ad) (shim other) collapsible spacer roller^ Wheel bearing type Capacity (pt) Type recommended API G15 (controlled diff spc .lub) Lubricant Summer .90. SAE vis• cosity Winter _90_ ._. Extreme cold 3° Axle ratio 2.93 i^d_+_a/c_)_ 3.15 onJLimo & Comm chassis Pinion Ik Z " 13 .J~„.' .. No of leeth Ring gear hi .. hi Ring Gear 0 D 9T43B~ 9.^35 Page 18 MVMA-40A-74 1 1 Exc# MVMA Specifications Form Car Line iL^i- ^ A^ Eldorado Model Year .J-97A Issued 9-10-73 Revised (•) Passenger Car Engine Displacement k'(2 cu. in. Drive Units—Propeller Shaft Number used 1 std. car (1-2 piece on limo & comm euassi; T e .'straKjnt lube tooe-n-luoe. v0 Exposed - Straight Tube .ntemai-external dampe' elc ) Manual 3--iaeed trans N.A. Outer rjia'm x length* > Manual 4-soeed trans wan N.A. thick• ness 3.50 x 6^.56 x .065 Brougham Automatic transmission 3.50 x 6I.5I+ x .065 Calais & DeVille Type (plain None (std car) Ball bearing (Limo & Comm chassis) Intr1'- anti-lriction) mi."j'ate bearing Lubrication itittmg pre pack prepacM Type internally splined ] Numoei ot Vflh 32 Spline 0 D 1*395 (major dia.) Mn»f •••<••• Mtq No Saginaw N-.imrjur used 2 (std car) .. .3 (Lime & Comm chassis).. Tvpe (Pal; .and trunnion, cross) double, cross cardan bolted flange to flange Rear attac '•.. bolt clamp, etc ) Type (olam, needle roller am. friction) Bearing lunric (tilting, pre pack prepack) leaf springs (comm chassis) L-'-i.P :a«-'n througn i;,-.rfii,e tuoe ir 1""S springs) four link arms (all exc comm)_ Torque taken through (torque tuoe leaf springs (comm chassis) or arms, springs) four link arms (all exc comm) •Center to center ol universal joints, or to centerlme ot rear attachment. Front 2.75 - 2.25 x kh.62 x .083 (Limo & comm chassis) Rear 2.75 - 2.25 x 38.53 x .083 (Limo) Rear 2.75 - 2.25 x kk.K8 x .083 (Comm chassis) MVMA-40A-74 Page t9 Cadillac All Exc_Eldorado MVMA Specifications Form Car Line 197^ issued _9~l9zLL Revised (.) Passenger Car Model Year Body Type And/Or Engine Displacement, Etc. Brougham Calais Limo Comm 6CB 6 DF Chassis Drive Units — Tires And Wheels (Standard) L78-15/D 3.90-15 75" Size load range, ply L 78-15/3 L78-15/3 belted bias bias Type (bia». radial etc belted bias belted bias 30 PSI 28 Maximum fr?r 2k PSI 2k Pol PSI load inflation (- 36 PSI kO PSI pressure (cold) Rear 28 PSI J 28 PSI 7IO Rev -mile (a 45 mpn 715 _ 710 - steel Type & material Trucentric Rim (size & flange type) 15-6JK ' Type (bolt or stud) Stud Attachment Circle diameter Numoer & size _five 1/2 x 20 Spare wheel (same or other) same Same as above except whitewall Size, load range ply Type (bias, radial, etc ) Wheel type & material Rim (size & flange type) Size, load range, ply "' LR 78-15/B LR78-15/B LR78-I5/D Type (bias, radial, etc ) Radial ' " " radial radial ~ Wheel type & material RI'TI (size & flange type) 5 je 'cao range ply Tvce ;0'as radiai etc ) A-eei type & material) P m (sne & flange type) S'/e ioad range ply Type (bias, radial, etr. 1 Wheel type & material Rim (size & flange type) Size load range piy Type (bias radial etc i - • -- Wheel type & mater.J> R,m (size & flange type) Brakes — Parking Type of control Foot Operated - Vac released Location of control Left Side Below Inst. Panel Operates on Rear Service Brakes Type (interna; or external) 'N.A. :f sepa- Drum Oiameter N.A. rale lrori service Lining size (length x N.A. praxes width x thickness) Page 20 MVMA-40A-74 Car Line _ Cadillac All Exc._ Eldorado MVMA Specifications Form Model Year . 197¾.. _ Issued.._9rl°-I3 ... Revised (•) Passenger Car Body Type And/Or Engine Displacement All Exc. Eldorado Brakes — Service N.A. STD. Brake Type (Std DDI N A ) "STD _ single Piston 1 N.A. " STD Type (proportion delay Special Metering and proportioning Vaivir.g metering, other) (No proportioning. on. limp...or_c_fimm.je.hassis ) Power B.-a«e (sto opt. N A ) STD Booste- Type (remote integral etc ] Delco - Tandem vacuum tMective area (sq 'm ) • Frt.38.36 Rear 101.75 7+2.28 116.80 Gross lining' area (sq in | •• Swept area (sq m ) ••• ' 2UO.0O 188.50 From Effectiveness Rear None Diameter Front (nominal) Rear 12" Drum Type and Composite Cast Iron material Outer working Diameter Inner working diameter 7__90 Ret: 1.285 . Mater ai & type (vented solid) Full Cast Vented ..2...15/.16 - ;er zee Pea' 15/16 _ . (1" oj__ comm. chassis). ~ 1.125 ace Vaster —LTS—• ~_ j ' Cylinder S:-OKe Peaai arc ratio . .37¾: 1 Line pressure at 100 ip peaai ioad i4bo PSI . . Front bhoe None Clearance Rear .015 Anti-smd device 'ype (std ;pt N A Electronic & Vacuum - opt Bcnoea or r.ueted riveted Material molded asbestos Prim or 5.4 x 1.92 x .41 Size out- Front (length » ooard Wheel width x Second lAx.1.9.2 x ,4.4 thickness) Or iO- ooard Segments oer shoe B'ake unmg Material Molded Asbestos Prim or 11.00 x 2.5 x .23 Size out• Rear (length x board Wheel width x Second 12.36"x 2.5 x .26 thickness) or in• board Segments per shoe Excludes rivet holes, grooves, chamfers, etc Includes rivet holes, grooves, chamfers, etc ' Total swept area tor tour brakes (Widest lining contact width for each brake x its contact circumference ) MVMA-40A-74 Page 2! _ Cadillac - All Exc. Eldorado MVMA Specifications Form car un. — ^u;^io-T3_ R^'W J Passenger Car Mode. Year . issued Steering N. A. _ Manual (std opt.. NAI_ Power (std opt MAI Type and Tilt & Telescope Adiustaoie description steenng wheel (tiit. swing other) (std . opt . NA) OPT N. A. Manual Wheel diameter _15^1 Power _(p°y^ steering std) M'JMQ^^M^IC^L^ JL^I2- 59-6 ^ornm.^ Outside Wan to wall (i & O 45 BaYille.) (limo) Iron! Curo to euro (l & M ".63 {_Bi^ja^iauX-^5^1L-CC^sia_Sfi..DeVille) 51.65..-(limo) 56.6 diamete' Wan to wan (i & ' i t'eer! Inside rear Curo to curb (I & ') N.A. Type Make Manual Gear Ralios Overall No wneel turns (slop to Stop) _ _ Coaxial ypp tec nkago etc ) Make ...Saginaw Steering Gear Typ« .-..Roi^Y. valve - recirculating ball ( variable ratio 16.O-I3.O 17.5 straight ratio corr$°ch*as P.iwe' Gear Gear Ratios Overall ___;_ _ !7.8 -9.O 19.5 Purip driven by Belt No whnei turns (slop to stop) 3_lA .3...3A (Limo & Comm chassis) Type parallelogram Location .front or rear Rear Linkage of wheeis otner) Transverse Drag link itrans or iongit) Tie rods lone or two) Two _ ©_6° inclination at camber (deg ) 6° Spherical joints Uoper Steering Bearings A«iS Lower Spherical Joints_ (type) Thrust Spherical Joints + 1/2° -1/2° (-1/2°" 1 /2° Wni. Align Caster (deg ) to to -" l ) Limo (range at u 0 Camber (deg ) __+3/«" 3 ; JZJ3 -"'5/8"" curb wt & to - /8 L.H. + ;_to RH " preferred) Toe-in (outside track inches) 1/16 to 3/16 toe in _ Steering spindle & |Oint type Spherical Joints Inner bearing .8U30 7T8435 ~ " ' Diameter Outer bearing 1.344 7 1.354 , . " Wheel Spindle Thread size 3/½ - 20 unef"" 3A . .Mod Thd Bearing type Tapered Roller Page 22 MVMA-40A-74 MVMA Specifications Form Car Ljne Cadillac - All Exc Eldorado Passenger Car Model Year .. 197-+ Issued ... J^^-~1=L Revised (•) Body Type And/Or Engine Displacement •+72 cu. in. Suspension — General (Set! SuppK'm«nl page Irir clirt.t Provision for car !ev"'ing Auto level control std on Limo and Brougham Provision for brake flip control infrt & r^ar^uspensign_ geometries Provision lor acc sauat control in rear susp. geometry _ Special provisions for —— (sissors jack on car .acking Bumper Jack comm chassis) SnocK Type direct acting aosoroer Delco front & Make rear Piston dia 1" Otner special features Pliacell Air Reservoir Suspension — Front Tyoe Independent Coil Ful: Jounce ""T.36 Travel Full Rebound (coil. leaf, other) Type Coil Mater.?! SAE 9260 Steel Size (coil aesign height & 1.0 . Spring 10. k.O" I.D. Par length x aia ) 75" x Spring rate (lb per in ) 385 - ^25 ^85 (limo & comm. .chassis) Rate at wheel (lb. per m ) 96 - 106 121 (limo & comm. .chassis) Type (link. Iinkless. link Stabilizer trameiess) Material & bar diameter SAE 1065, 1085 0.75 dia Suspension — Rear (comm chassis) Type and description h link _ _ (Hotchkiss - comm chassis? Drive and torque taken through links (Leaf spring) Type (coil. leaf, other) coil leaf Material SAE 9260 steel . SAE..5l60 steel Size (length x width, coil design 8.36 x 5.50 I.D. 56.5" long x 2.50" v/id- height & 1 D . bar length & dia ) Spring Spring rate (lb per in ) Jll2JLAJlj_495.-BrauX- (-120 lim°) (235 coram chassis) Rate at wheel (lb. per in ) (108.5 C & D) (115 * Brou) (1*4-5 *limo). (235 Comm chassi.;) Mounting insulation type Rubber It No ot leaves N.A. 7 leaf Shackle (comp or tens ) t N.A. Comp. Type (link. Imkless. trameiess) N.A. N.A. Stabilizer Material & bar diameter N.A. N.A.. Track bar type N.A. .. N.A. * Auto level control - std. MVMA-40A-74 Page 23 Car Line MVMA Specifications Form Cadillac - All Exc Eldorado 10 Passenger Car Model Year _..19_7A Issued?" "?? Revised (•) Body Type All Exc Eldorado Frame Type and description (Separate frame, unitized frame, partially • unitized frame) Separate Perimeter Frame Body — Miscellaneous Information Drs. hinged! Front doors Front (front, rr.) Rear doors Front Type of finish (lacquer, enamel, other) Acrylic Yes-— Hood counterbalanced (yes. no) Hood release control (internal, external) Internal Vehicle Indent. No location Windshield lower L.H. side, frame, trans, eng. Engine No location Rear upper portion of cyl block and L. side of trans, Theft protection - type Ignition key start & strg col. lock-ign warning buzz Vent window control method Front None___ ...... (crank, friction pivot) Rear Front Full Depth Foam (6CC & oCD) coil .spring. (6CB & 6nw )_ Seat cushion type Rear 3rd seat Front Seat back type Rear 3rd seal Wmdsnieid glass type (i e . Compound Curve smgie curved • laminated plate) Side giass type (i.e.. curved • Curved-Tempered plate tempered piate) Tempered Plate curved - tempered plate three 6cc^7 6CCU9 6DF23 piece) 6CB69 6CDU7 6CDU9 6DF33 Wmasnieid glass exposed surface area 1702.6 15^2.7 1702.6 1700.2 Side glass exposed surface area 1772.0 1525.2 17^7.0 21U6.7 Backlight giass exposed surface area 788.9 99^-7 962.9 650.1 Total giass exposed surface area "~ I+263.5""' I+662.6 W12.5 U+97.0 Center partition glass on 6DF33 83O.63 MVMA-4QA-74 Page 24 MVIvIA Specifications Form Passenger Car Body Type ALL EXC ELDORADO J Convenience Equipment Side windows Std Power Ven; windows N.A. windows Backlight or tailgate N.A. Pcwer seats (specify type as 2 way pwr std - 6 way pwr opt. well as availability) Reclining front seat back (R-L or both) Talisman Brougham - opt right side only.. Radios (specify type as Am-Fm - Opt. AM-FM stereo opt. limo well as availability) AM-FM - Stereo - Tape - Opt. AM-FM-Stereo-Remote control QPt. Rear seat speaker Std. with radio Power antenna Std. with radio. Clock Std. (electronic_dlgJLjtall A r conait.oner '.specify type ana ava:iab Speed warning device N.A. Speea control device Opt ignition lock lamp JLJU Dome lamp 3td. Glove compartment iamo Std. Luggage compartment lamp Std. Underhood lamp Courtesy lamp Std. Map lamp Std. Cornering light lamp Std. Rear wmdow defroster Opt. electrically neated Rear winoow defogger Opera Lamps Opt, on Brougham.A J5_ Comm Lamp Height And Spacing* 6CB69 6CC 6CD 6DF23 6DF33 Chassis Headlamp Highest" (H125) Lowest 26.60 26.62 27.12-... _27.03 27.19 Height above Highest ground to Tail .. center of bulb (Hi 26) Lowest 25.58 26.13 26.04 26.07 .19. CI or marker 25 Front 24.85 24.87 25.44 25.28 ,44 Sidemarker Rear 24.85 25. up 25..31 25.3¾. '26..91 ins'de 22.92 22 22 22.90 22.92 Headlamp .92 .92 Outside" 30.50 30.50 30.50 30.50 30.50 O'Stance from Inside 16.87 16.87 16.81 16.87 23.24 C L of car to Tail center of bulb Outside 22.93 22.93 _22_91... 22.93 26.3.O Front 37.30 37.30 37.30 _ J3.7,JO 3.7.3O Directional Rear 22.93 & 16.87 22.93 & 16.87 22.73 22. 23-24 "Measured with passenger load ana trunk/cargo load specified m Car and Body Dimension section]_6.87 16^87 "If single headiamps are used enter here MVMA-4QA-74 Page 25 All Exc Eldorado MVMA Specifications Form Car Line 197^ Issued .9-10-73 Revised (•) Passenger Car Model Year Vehicle Weights CURB WEIGHT * (Pounds) % PASS WEIGHT OlSTRIBUTION SHIPPING WEIGHT " Pass. In Front Pass In Rear (Pounds) Model Front Rear 1 oiai Front Rear Front Rear f>CV,f>Q 2795 2503 5298 51¾ 1 DUW _ . ~ 2686 2357 50U3 1+900 01.1-4- (.—. 21+03 5121 1+979 | 6CC^9 2718 f)CT)kl 2698 2369 5067 i+92*+ ! 1^" 1 _.^______~—2JJ+ ——————2 21+32 517^ 5032 WVv i/T 7 1 6DP23 ^107 2761 5868 5719 j 3178 285^ 6032 --J ... 5883 1 6DP3-^/-3- „—_ .. 1 1 „ _ , _. . .._ 4 1 j 1 • i i ... — --1 j ' ••••• 1 1 1 1 _ . • • - 1 i . i • - ..... ... .. _ j . ! -i_ . ..- | 1 { 1 i ... • Reference - SAE Aerosoace-Automotive drawing standards. Section E t 02 (d). Shipping weight definition - MVMA-40A-74 Page 26 MVMA Specifications Form car une ,ui EXC sidorado Passenger Car Model Year issued 2-10-: Optional Equipment Weights WEIGHT (Pounds) ] Remarks ! Equipment O^erentiai Weights Front Rear Total (All Exc (Std. Eauip on fln+-n n l'matp Control 125 -3 122 693) 69.7J i 20.1 , Stereo S.S. Radio 12.2 7-9 _ n IT Pi AM/FM P,B. Radio 11.2 •7.0 17.0 13. k 8.3 OUSI tJU -L ctf-J~ r\au.iw 21.7 10.9 20.8 (Series 682 Only) j 6 Way Bench Seat 9.9 i 6.0 6.i+ 12.U (Series 681-683 Only) 60-U-O ( 6Wav Seat)Driver (6Way Seat) Pass. 1 9.-+ 10.1 19.5 (, Series 001-003 unxy; 1 20.0 Dual Comfort Seat 10.2, 9.8 I 6 Way Bench Seat i 6.0, 6.6 j 12.6 — —1 17.3 683 Coupe • Cabriolet Roof 3__l ik.l 8.1 (Series 683 Onlv) • Vinyl Roof r 2.2! 5.9 Q i 7. (Series 697 Onlv) O Vinyl Roof ,r~5 lj 12.0 Sedans 1 Power Door Locks 4- -+.5 7-5 12.5 Coupes ; i Power Door Locks 6 6.5 1 T.nnrn Monitors | l l 2 .-+ 1 ! T x. ^l-ppri nc .6 1 T — I x 0Q X t_>ucci 6.3 9 (Series 683 Onlv) 2.71 — . i Pnwpr Trunk Lock i -k.2 1U.9 10.7 1 i _.. .. —i 1 Cruise Control 5 6 —±— 1 ...... Defoccer 1 • X _£J O - 1.6 .9 2.0 !1 R ti iM- ixi i rroi-yx r _ , . i -.-+ 2 •< I Headlamp cntr ... Controlled Diff 5 - .. 1 . — Auto Level Control _T if 11 1 0 - . — '• Acx Horn 2.3 -.3 i X^LXJV ± xv J. * JV ______—r (Series — j Crier a Lamps 1.5 1.5 681-697) . _ . ... . Vinyl Trim j 1.5 5 (qprips 682) (Series 6Q7 onlv) - - - i Rear Radio Control j 3 3 6 ~1 1 TVafk Master 1 10.1 1.9 12 (Series _ Sun Roof 10.1 13.3 23.3 681-683) 1 i TrailPT Package 13.0 12.0 - - l _. _ 1 X 1 x^. .,..1 -*. — -L w^^- <_^p-1'w —— -1 .. . — Ti-nnk Mat 7 7 ! —. i 1 j ___ |. _____ i ! ...... ------• ' - - - . . ( i __l | : -i i .... — -•i i .. -- I —. 1 1 i i I ! . I i 1 .. . MVMA.40A-74 Page 27 ^ , . Cadillac - All Exc Eldorado MVMA Specifications Form Car Line . ... Model Year ... 197JL Issued -2 Revised (.) Passenger Car .9 ,0=11.. Body Typo - All Exc Eldorado Vehicle Fiducial Marks Fiducial Mark Define Coordinate Location Number * Front Rear Fiducial Mark nducia; to Ground Coordinate Location of Mark at Curb Fiducial Mark Number 11.3 6CB69 10.6 6CC-+T&-+9 L-6l 30.3 ront 6CD*+7&-+9 H-81 5.1 11.5 6DF23 11.3 6DF33 16.7 6CB69 L-62 (1-+9.5 6CB) Rear 1-+.1 6CC1+7&-+9 H-82 9-3 6CD-+7&-+9 17.1 6DF23 17.2 6DF33 • Reference — SAE Recommended Practice. J182 Page 28 MVMA-40A-74 MVMA Specifications Form Passenger Car Exterior Car And Body Dimensions — Key Sheet Width MVMA-40A-74 Page 29 MVMA Specifications Form Passenger Car Exterior Car And Body Dimensions — Key Sheet Dimension Definitions H112 ROCKER PANEL. TO CiROUND ••• FRONT [he vert.ca' Width Dimensions dimension from ground to cottom of rocker panel excluding W101 WHEEL TREAD — FRONT Measured at centerhne of tires. flanges Measured to the outside of sheet metai at foremost wuh nominal camber, at ground point of rocker panei W102 WHEEL TREAD — REAR Measured at centerlme of tires H133 BOTTOM OF DOOR TO GROUND CLOSED — FRONT is the same point on the aoor as H132 dimension, with door at ground. closed W103 MAXIMUM OVERALL CAR WIDTH Include bumpers, mold• ings, or sneei metal protrusions Measured to outside of H111 ROCKER PANEL TO GROUND — REAR The vert.cal dimension from ground to bottom of rocker panel, excluding metai. flanges. Measured to the outside of sheet metal at front W117 MAXIMUM BODY WIDTH AT NO 2 PILLAR. Measured across body at No. 2 pillar, excluoing hardware and applied of rear wheel opening. moldings HI35 BOTTOM OF DOOR TO GROUND. CLOSED — REAR s '.VI20 MAXIMUM OVERALL CAR WIDTH. FRONT DOORS OPEN measured m same manner as H133 s measured to outside of sheet metal with front doors in H122 WINDSHIELD SLOPE ANGLE. The a~'tre oetweO' a ~a»im m noia-open position r u tical line and the wmosnield surface at za ce"s* ~e W12*. MAXIMUM OVERALL CAR WIDTH. REAR DOORS OPEN On compound-curvea windsn.eics :re c - C" :' " -. ". s ~easurea in same manner as W120 is used and limited to that section c' me w - — - -. : Length Dimensions comprehended by an 18-inch c^oro L30 VERTICAL ZERO LINE TO ACTUAL FRONT OF DASH. If H125 HEADLAMP CENTERLINE TO GROUND is measured .et-- actual Front of Dash is to the rear of Body Zero Line, it cally to the center of ihe upper iamp is identified by a minus (—) sign H126 TAILLAMP CENTERLINE is measured vertically from L101 WHEELBASE. ground to the centerlme of the upper bulb L103 OVERALL LENGTH. Include bumper guards if standard Ground Clearance Dimensions H102 BUMPER TO GROUND — FRONT Minimum dimension equipment includes bumper guards L104 OVERHANG — FRONT. Measured from C/L of front wheels to front of car. including bumper guards if standard equip• H104 BUMPER TO GROUND — REAR Minimum dimension ment. includes bumper guards L105 OVERHANG — REAR. Measured from C/L of rear wheels H106 ANGLE OF APPROACH The angle between grcu.n.<: .-3-: a line tangent to the front tire static loaded radius a' . r-d to rear of car. including Dumper guards if standard equip• the first point of interference, i e.. bumper, guard g-a.e ment deflector, fender or otner component, excluding '•-7--,9 L123 BODY UPPER STRUCTURE LENGTH AT CAR plate This dimension may be determined graphica v '".< CENTERLINE The horizontal dimension from the Cowl Point reporting purposes to the Deck Point. H107 ANGLE OF DEPARTURE The angle between yrC-_,- : , : L127 VERTICAL ZERO LINE TO CENTERLINE OF REAR WHEELS. a line tangent to me rear tire static loaded raaius ,r -.- A horizontal dimension. the first point of interference. 1 e , bumper. gjard :• >••• L130 VERTICAL ZERO LINE TO WINDSHIELD COWL POINT. The deflector, tail pipe fenaer or other component -><-. horizontal dimension from the vertical zero line to the license plate This dimension may be determine--; ): • theoretical intersection of extended windshield glass plane cally for reporting purposes. and normal cowl surface H147 RAMP BREAKOVER ANGLE The supplement c ramp angle (180' minus included ramp angle) over Height Dimensions car can pass without interference, measured w.tn ca' • H101 OVERALL HEIGHT — DESIGN Measured with the vehicle on a level surface, using lines tangent to arcs of front in Manufacturer's Design Weight attitude. rear static ioaded radii and intersecting at point on unner H114 COWL POINT TO GROUND Measured at vehicle center- side of car wnich defines the smallest angle line. H153 REAR AXLE DIFFERENTIAL SYSTEM TO GROUND s Hi 38 DECK POINT TO GROUND Measured at vehicle centerline minimum clearance HI 56 MINIMUM RUNNING GROUND CLEARANCE Location c measurement on the car is to be clearly recorded MVMA-40A-74 Page 30 MVMA Specifications Form Passenger Car Interior Car And Body Dimensions — Key Sheet Dimension Definitions W6 HIP HOOM — REAR The lateral dimension through H Point Front Compartment Dimensions to trimmed body sunaces Depress loose side wall cloth L31 H POINT TO VERTICALZERO LINE — FRONT is a horizontal to trim foundation or other obstruction when such construc• dimension. tion exists EFFECTIVE HEAD ROOM — FRONT The dimension from H51 UPPER BODY OPENING TO GROUND—REAR The ver• H61 H Point to the headlining, plus a constant of 4.0 inches, tical dimension from a point on the trimmed body open• measured along a line 8" to rear of vertical. ing to the ground, measured 13.0 inches forward of MAXIMUM EFFECTIVE LEG ROOM — ACCELERATOR. the H Point. L34 Measured along a diagonal line from the Manikin ankle Luggage Compartment Dimensions pivot center to the H Point plus a constant of 10.0 inches. V1 LUGGAGE CAPACITY — USABLE. The total luggage com• For treadle type accelerator pedals, the leg room is partment luggage capacity in cubic feet with tne tire ar,_ measured with the Manikin's right foot on the accelerator tools in place. pedal and tne Manikin Heel Point at Accelerator Heel Point. AH other types of accelerator pedals will be measured with H195 LIFTOVER HEIGHT Vertical dimension from the highest ;r>e Manikin foot angle set at 87" and the shoe touching point on the luggage compartment low?' opening to tne pedat ground, excluding corner radii Station Wagon — Third Seat Dimensions H30 H POINT TO HEEL POINT — FRONT The vertical dimension from the H Point to tne Accelerator Heel Point. W85 SHOULDER ROOM — THIRD SEAT Tne m.r.- ~ _;e-~ dimension between the door garnish moldings or '-aresi L17 H POINT TRAVEL. The horizontal dimension between the H Point in the most forward and rearward seat positions. interference. Measured at H Point station W86 HIP ROOM — THIRD SEAT. The lateral dimension through W3 SHOULDER ROOM — FRONT. The minimum lateral dimen• sions between the door garnish moldings or nearest inter• H Point to trimmed surfaces. ference, measured at the H Point station. L86 EFFECTIVE LEG ROOM — THIRD SEAT. Measured along HIP ROOM — FRONT The lateral dimension through the W5 a diagonal line from ankle pivot center to H Point piu H Point to trimmed body surfaces. Depress loose side wall a constant of 10 0 inches With rear-facing third seat, fooi cloth to trim foundation or other obstruction if such is positioned in foot well or to nearest interference with construction exists rear end or rear closure. H86 EFFECTIVE HEAD ROOM — THIRD SEAT The dimension H50 UPPER BODY OPENING TO GROUND — FRONT. The verti• cal dimension from a point on the trimmed body opening from H Point to the headlining, plus a constant of 4 0 inches to the ground, measured at the H Point station. Measured along a line 8° to rear of vertical Rear Compartment Dimensions Station Wagon — Cargo Space Dimensions H POINT COUPLE DISTANCE. The horizontal dimension L202 CARGO LENGTH AT FLOOR — FRONT SEAT The hon zon - 150 r from the front seat H Point to the rear seat H Point. tal dimension, measured at the floor level from the rea EFFECTIVE HEAD ROOM — REAR The dimension from of the front seat back to the normal inside limiting interfer• ence on the tailgate, on the car centerline H63 the H Point to the headlining, plus a constant of 4.0 inches, measured along a line 8° to rear of vertical. L204 CARGO LENGTH AT BELT — FRONT SEAT The nomortai MINIMUM EFFECTIVE LEG ROOM — REAR Measured dimension measured from the top rear of front seat oacx to a vertical extension line from the normal inside limiting L51 along a diagonal line from the ankle pivot center to the interference at the top of the tailgate, on the car centernne H Point plus a constant of 10.0 inches, with the foot positioned to the nearest interference between the seat W201 CARGO WIDTH —WHEELHOUSE. The minimum horizontal structure and toe. instep or lower leg dimension, measured between wheelhousmgs at floor H POINT TO HEEL POINT — REAR. The vertical dimension level. H31 from the H Point to the Manikin Heel Point on the depressed W204 OPENING WIDTH AT BELT. The minimum horizontal dimen• floor covering sion, measured between the nearest normal inside limiting interferences of the rear opening at the top of the tailgate L48 MINIMUM KNEE ROOM — REAR. The minimum dimension from the Manikin knee pivot center to the back of the front H201 MAXIMUM CARGO HEIGHT. The maximum vertical dimen• seat back. sion, measured from the top of the floor covering to the headlining, on the car centerline. L3 REAR COMPARTMENT ROOM. The horizontal dimension from the back of front seat to front of rear seat back at H202 REAR OPENING HEIGHT. The vertical dimension measured height tangent to the top of rear seat cushion from the top of the floor covering to the normal inside limit• ing interference at the top of the rear opening, on the car W4 SHOULDER ROOM — REAR. The minimum lateral dimen• sion between the door garnish molding or nearest inter• centerline. with both tail and liftgates fully open. ference. Measured at H Point station V2 CARGO VOLUME INDEX BEHIND FRONT SEAT The total volume in cubic feet above the normal load floor and benir the front seat with the liftgate and tailgate closed W4xL204xH201 1728 MVMA-40A-74 Page 31 MVMA Specifications Form Passenger Car Index 8ub|act Subject Pag* No. 14 Kingpin (Steering Axis) Alternator 18 Automatic Transmission . 22 Lamp height and spacing Axis. Sleermg 4. 18 Legroom Axle. Rear Lengths — Car and Body . . . . 14 Lifters, valve Battery 6. 7. 9 Linings — Clutch, Brake Bearings. Engine .... 11 Lubrication Belts — Fan. Generator. Water Pump 20. 21 Luggage Compartment . Brakes — Parking, Service .. 16 Models Cable — Ignition .... 22 Motor. Starting Camber .... 7 Camshaft Muffler Capacities 11 Passenger Capacity Cooling System 10 Passenger Weight Distribution . Fuel Tank Piston Pins & Rings Luoncants . 9 Pistons En^ne Crankcase 17. 18 Power Brakes Transmission .... 18 Power Steering Rear Axle .... 1 Power Teams Car Models Propeller Shaft. Universal Joints Car and Body Dimensions .. 2 Pumps — Oil. Fuel Width .. 2 Water Length ... 2 Height 2 Radiator — Cap. Hoses Ground Clearance . .. 3 Ratios — Axle Front Compartment ... . 3 Compression Rear Compartment 3 Steering Luggage Compartment . , 3 Transmission Station Wagon — Third Seat . . 3 Rear Axle Station Wagon — Cargo Space 10, 13 Regulator — Generator Carburetor 22 Rims Caster ... 10 Rings. Piston . Choke. Automatic .. 17 Rods — Connecting Clutch — Pedal Operated .. 16 Coil, ignition . . . 6 Seats Connecting Rods . .. . 25 Shock Absorbers. Front & Rear Convenience Equipment . 11 Spark Plugs Cooling System .. 7 Speedometer Cran Passenger Car Manufacturer Car Line Cadillac Motor Car Division Cadillac General Motors Corpt Eldorado Mailing Address Model Year Issued: 9-10-73 1974 2860 Clark Revised (•) Detroit, MI 48232 The -ntormat'on contained herein is prepared, distributed by and is so'ety me responsibility o* the automooi'e manufacturing ircnodny i;> w'-ose products il relates iju^st.iv.* these soecifications snoutd be directed to the manufacturer *mose address is snown above Thts specification 'orm was devoiop*M r>v rtutomobile manuMt:tunng n«"pj the auspices ot the Motor Vehicle Manufacturers Association MVMA-40A-74 MVMA Specifications Form Passenger Car Table Of Contents 1 Car Models 2, 3 Car and Body Dimensions 4 Power Teams 5—9 Engine 9 Exhaust System 10 Fuel System 11 Cooling System 12, 13 Vehicle Emission Control 14—16 Electrical 17—19 Drive Units 20 Tires and Wheels 20.21 Brakes 22 Steering 23 Suspension — Front and Rear 24 Frame 24 Body — Miscellaneous Information 25 Convenience Equipment 25 Lamp Height and Spacing 26 Vehicle Weights 27 Optional Equipment Weights 29, 30, 31 Car and Body Dimension Key Sheets 32 Index V0The General Specifications herein are those .n effect at date of compilation and are subject to change without nonce by the manufacturer 2 UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED: a. Specifications apply to standard models wnthout optional equipment. Significant deviations are noted b. Nominal design dimensions are used throughout these specifications, c All dimensions are in inches. kivuA.jinA-74 Cadillac Eldorado MVMA Specifications Form Car Line 197**- issued 9-10-73 Revised (•) Passenger Car Model Year Car Models Make. Car lina. Series, Body Type Max. Nuinbi'i ot I'.'issiniqoiK Model Description (Mtgr's Model Code) (Front/Rear) Fleetwood Eldorado Coupe 6EIA7 3 & 3 Fleetwood Eldorado Conv. 6EL67 .3 & 3 MVMA-40A-74 Page 1 Cadillac Eldorado MVMA Specifications Form Car Line .._ 1974 Issued ?j_^C^T3__ Hevjsed (.) _._ Passenger Car Model Year Car and Body Dlm©n*l0nS SeePages 29 - 31 tor SAE Dimension Definitions All dimensions to ground are for comparative purposes only. Dimensions are to be shown lor. 4-Dr Sudan. 2 Or H t . 4 l)r H I .Convertible and Station Wagon Body Typo SAE Rtf. 6EL47 6EL67 No. Width Tread - Front W101 63.7 Tread - Rear W102 63.6 Maximum overall car width W103 79.8 . Body width at No. 2 pillar W117 78.8 Max. front doors open W120 Max. rear doors open W121 Length Body "0" to front of dash L 30 Wheelbase L101 126.3 Overall car length L103 224.1 Overhang - front L104 42.9 Overhang - rear L105 54.9 ••—1 . -— •"• <• ' • 100— ... • — — • Body upper structure length L123 101.9 '5 Body "0" line to C/L of rear wheel L127 100.3 Body "0" line to w/s cowl point L130 Height + Passenger Distribution (front & rear) * i 3 Trunk/Cargo load (lbs.) * Overall height H101 54.1 54.5 Cowl height H114 3«.4 Deck height H138 Rocker To ground 7.9 panel - H112' From front wheel C/L front Bottom o front door to ground H133 10.2 Rocker To ground 8.5 panel - H111 rear From rear wheel C'L Bottom o rear door to ground H135 Windshield slope angle H122 59" Ground Clearance Bumper to ground - front H102 9.9 Bumper to ground - rear H104 12.6 Angle of approach H106 15.4° Angle of departure H107 14.9° Ramp breakover angle H147 12.5°- Rear axle differential to ground H153 11.9 . . .. Min. running clearance (Specify) H156 5.7 (Flywheel Hag to Grd) V All measurements are made at the stated passenger and trunk/cargo loadings MVMA-40A-74 Page 2 C adillac Eldorado MVMA Specifications Form Car Line 197^ ._ Issued 9.-10-73.. „. Revised (•) Passenger Car Model Year Car And Body Dim0n«l0.n» See Pages 29-31 for SAE Dimension Definitions Body Type SAE 6EL67 Ref. 6ETJ+7 No. L50 • 33^1 H Point couple distance "35.1 Elective head room H63 37.1 Mn effective 'eg room L51 35-'f = — =5-7710.—o0 ~ r> 0inl to Heel point H31 M«n Knee room L48 3.1 . —T Rear Compartment room L3 26. 1 62. b 61.4 Shoulder room W4 56.6 Hip room W6 Upper body opening to ground H51 Usable luggage capacity (cu ft) Liftover height H195 Position of spare'tire storage Horizontal... Method of holding lid open Spring Shoulder Room W85 None Available H-O room W86 . Elective ;eg room L86 _ Elective nead room H86 Seat 'acing direction — • MVMA-40A-74 Page 3 Cadillac Eldorado MVMA Specifications Form Car Line 197^ Passenger Car Model Year Issued ?J^pJlD Revised (•) POW©r TOflinS (Indicate whether standard or optional) SAE Net bhp (brake horsepower) and net torque corrected to 85° F and 29.38 in. Hg atmospheric pressure ENGINE AXLE RATIO SERIES TRANSMISSION (Std first) AVAILABILITY Displ. Compr SAE Net @ RPM (Indicate A/C ratio) Carb. cu. in. Ratio BHP Torque 6EL47 500 IfBBL 8.25: 210 380 Turbo-Hydramatic 3.07:1 1 @ @ 6EL67 2.73:1 3600 2000 opt MVMA-40A-74 Page 4 MVMA Specifications Form Car Line Cadillac Eldorado Model Year issued 9-10-73 Revised (•) Passenger Car 1974 Engln* Displacement 500 cu, in. Engine — General Type, no cyls , v3lve arr 90 - V8 - O.V. Bore and stroke (nominal) 1)-.3 x 4.304 Piston displacement, cu in. 500 cu. in. ______.... . Bore soacino. (C/L to C/L) 5.00 2 - 4 - 6 - 0 No. system L. Bank (front to rear) R. Bank 1-3-5-7 Pinna Order 1-5-6-3-4-2-7-8 Cylinder Head Material cast iron — Cylinder BIOC'K Material cast iron C/' See.e-Wet dry none none .. * ='om 2 —- CC -5 =ea- 1 E-13 ">e -sa a: on ang.e 0° • Taxaoie Dia 2 x No Cyi 59.2 norsepower 2 5 ..._... - — .. _ Recommended fuel 91 R.O.N. Min regular — premium Cylinder Head Volume (cc) 121.18 - Head Gasket Thickness (Compressed) .039 Head Gasket Volume (cc) 9.5 Deck Clearance (minimum) .0045 above (above or below plock) \'..n-p^~i ^omoustior" 136.81 Engine — Pistons Material Alum allov with cast in steel struts slipper type cam ground Description and finish controlled expansion Weight (piston only) 01 26.08 _. Top land .0^4 - .039 Clearance Top .0006 - . 0010 (limits) Skirt Bottom -.0014 - +.0005 No 1 ring ^.849 - 3.843 Ring groove No. 2 ring ^.849 - 3.843 . diameter No. 3 ring 3.880 - 3.874 MVMA-40A-74 Page 5 MVMA Specifications Form car Line Cadillac .?1-^8^ Passenger Car Model Year 1971*- Issued 9-1°-:73 ._. Revised(•) Engine Displacement 500 cu. in. Engine - Piston Rings No 1. oil or comp i comp Function (top to No 2. oil or comp. comp bottom) No. 3. oil or comp. oil Description - #1 Molybdenum filled cast iron material, coating, #2 Phosphate coated cast iron Compres- etc. Width .0770 - .0785 Gap .013 - . 025 Description - Multi piece steel material, coating, chrome plated rail etc Width .175 - .ltw- Gap . 015 - .055 Expanders yes _ . . Engine - Piston Pins Material SAE 1010.Steel Length 3.030 ...... 1 Diameter •229> - ..,9999 Locked in rod. in Locked in Rod piston, floating, etc. Type In rod or piston None . Bushing Material None _ _ In piston .0002 - .OOOlt Clearance In rod Press fit _ Direction & amount offset in piston .060 toward max thrust side _. _ Engine - Connecting Rods Material G.M. 81t-M arma steel Weight (oz ) za.Ob Length (center to center) 6.75 Material & Type AT 20 steel backed M 390 steel backed Bearing Overall length .826 Clearance (limits) .0005 - .0028 End Play .008 - .020 (total two rods') MVMA-40A-74 Paqe 6 Car Line Cadillac Eldorado_ MVMA Specifications Form 197k Issued 9_rl°.-T2 Revised (•) Passenger Car Model Year ± Engine Displacement 500 cu. in. Nodular cast iron Vibration clamper type Rubber Absorption End thrust taken by bearing (No.) #3~center main .002" -" .012" __ Crankshaft end play M-100 durex steel backed Material & type M-kOO aluminum steel backed .0001 - .0026 No 1 3.250 - 1.1925 No 2 3.250 - 1.0595 3.250 - 1.0670 (inside) I.258 (outside) Mam Journal No 3 bearing dia. and bearing No. 4 3.250 -1.0595""' overall 3.250 - 1.1925 length No 5 No 6 none No none _ _ .4f~ Dir & amt cyi. offset RH forward LH~~re~arward .kl 2 " 2.500 Crankpm pumal diameter Engine—Camshaft Center of V Material G.M. 120M cast iron Material Steel backed babbit Bearings Number "5 Gear or chain silent chain Crankshaft gear or sintered iron GM 3884M sprocket material Camshaft gear or Type of Die cast aluminum with nylon covered teeth Drive sprocket material No of links W" Timing chain Width Pitch .500 MVMA-40A-74 Page 7 Cadillac Eldorado MVMA Specifications Form Car Line issued9-lQr-73_ Revised (•) Passenger Car Model Year Engine Dt.pla cement 500 cu. in. Engine — Lubrication System Main bearings __jDressure Connecting rods pressure Type ot Piston pins _ splash _ lubrica• tion Camshaft bearings pressure (splash. pressure. Tappets pressure nozzle) Timing gear or chain metered flow Cylinder walls splash Oil pump type spur gear Normal oil pressure (lb. (5 engine rpm) _ 3Jj_-£o_@" 36 mph OH press, sending unit (elect, or mech.) electric Type oil intake (floating, stationary) stationary Oil filter system (full flow, part., other) . \fj^l.I2-9¥. Filter replacement (element, complete) complete Capacity of c/case. less filter-refill (qt) __ 5~qts + 1 qt for filter ' _^ Above +20 °F 20W20 - 10W30 - 10W*K) - 20W40 - 20W50 00 to +6O°F low - 5W30 - 10W30 - lowUo Oil grade recommended (SAE viscosity and temperature range) Below +20°F 5W20 - 5W30 Engine service reqmt (SD. SE. etc ) SE Engine — Exhaust system Type (single, single with cross-over, dual, other) Single with crossover Muffler No & type (reverse flow, straight thru, separate resonator) One reverse flow with separate crossover "" "_"e3diaust~2.2T" "Tofe laminated "~ Exhaust pipe dia Branch Inl^^e^ilite^.5D'' ,0U2 " Laminated (0 D . wall thick ) Mam Tail pipe dia (0.0 4 wall thickness) 2725 . 075" aluminized MVMA-40A-74 Page 9 Car Line Cadillac Eldorado MVMA Specifications Form Passenger Car Model Year 3-97^ lssued9-10-73___ Revised (•) Engine Displacement 500 cu. in. Engine—Valve System Hydraulic litters (S'd . opt. NA) Std Valve rotator, type None (intake, exhaust) Rocker ratio 1.72:1 Operating Intake Auto tappet clearance (indicate not Auto or cold) Exhaust Opens CBTC) 21c .001 Tappet Lift Intake Closes (°ABC) 111° .001 Tappet Lift Duration (deg.) 312c .001 Tappet Lift Opens (°8BC) 73° .001 Tappet Lift Exhaust Closes (*ATC) 55° .001 Tappet Lift Duration (deg.) 305* .001 Tappe'tLift Valve open overlap (deg.) .001 Tappet Lift Material 1041 Aluminum Steel_ Overall length Actual overall head dia. 2.000 u Angle ot seat & face (deg.) Seat in head 45 valve"face 44° Seat insert material none Stem diameter .3420 - .3413 Stem to guide clearance .0010 - .0027 Lift ((5) zero lash) 45JL Valve closed Outer 60 - 65 @ 1.946 spring (lb Valve closed Inner spring (lt> ft'm.) none press. & length Valve open (tt>. («• in ) none Material DF - 20 Overall length ^.998 Actual overall head dia. 1.625 Angle of seat & face (deg.) Seat 45' Face 44° Seat insert material none Stem diameter .3418 - .3411 Stem to guide clearance .0012 - .0029 Lift (@ zero lash) .^73 Valve closed Outer 60-65 @ 1.946 spring (lb. @ in.) press.& length Valve open 159-169 @1.473 (lb. tain) Valve closed Inner spring (lb. @ in.) none press. & length Valve open (lb. @ in.) nore MVMA-40A-74 Page 8 Car Line __ Cadillac jldorado MVMA Specifications Form Passenger Car Model Year 197^ issued 9-10-73 Revised (.) Engine Displacement 500 cu. in. Engine — Fuel SyStem (See supplemental page lor Details Of Fuel Iniection. Superch.irqnr. Hi. if us>.-t| Induction type Caiouretpr. fuel injection, supercharger carburetor _ Refill capacity (U. S. gals.) usable Fuel approx. 27 gal Tank Filler location back of license plate. Type (elec or mech.) mechanical Fuel Pump Locations lover left side of engine Pressure range 5.25 - 6.50 @ 1800 Vacuum booster (std.. optional, none) none Fuel Type AC pleated paper in fuel pump, woven saran sleeve in tank Filter Locations In fuel pump and in fuel tank Choke type remote pocket in manifold intake manifold heat control Exhaust (no heat valve) •e«- id'e speed Manual (spec neutral Automatic 600 rpm drive A/C off or drive) Idle A.F mix. Carburetor Supplementary Information Carburetors No Used Engine BarrH Model Usage Transmission r- and Type Displ. Make Modol 6ETJ+7 13/8 prim 500 Turbo Roch 4BBL 2 l/U sec 6EL67 Hydramatic Pane 1f) MVMA Specifications Form car une _ Cadillac Eldorado Passenger Car Model Year 197 Issued 9-10-73 Revised (•) . „ Engin* Dfepiacwffwnt 500 cu. in. Engine — Cooling System Type system (pressure, pressure vented. atmospheric, other) Pressure Radiator cap relief valve pressure ~ 16.5.. PSI Circula• Type (choke, bypass) Bypass. tion thermostat Starts to open at (T) Type (centrifugal, other) Centrifugal dual outlet GPM 1000 pump rpm .19_.. Water pump Number of pumps one Drive (V-belt. other) V- Belt Bearing type Double row ball bearing, 3 .'-cast 'eo'c Jason type i/nter ext) internal ^aaiator core type (crcss-f'c* Tube & Center .eiical. ceiiu-ar. tube ano fin. other) With heater (qt) 21.3. Cooling system Without heater (qt) Heater -JStd. Equip capacity Opt equipment-specify (qt) ....?3..8..with A/C Water jackets full length of cyl (yes. no) yes Water all around cylinder (yos. no) yes [~Numb«r and type 1 - molded (molded, straight) Lower Inside diameter 1.50 Number and type 1 - molded (molded, straight) Radiator Upper nose Inside diameter 1.50 Number and type (molded, straight) none By-pass Inside diameter none Number of blades & spacing 7 @ 611-.53' _ ko° - 67° - 36e 67° - 36° Diameter 18" fan Ratio-fan to crankshaft rev 1.24:1 Fan cutout type .. fluid drive Bearing type single row ball Fan "_A Generator or alternator "' B " "Drive Water Pump belts _A (indicate Power Steering belt used C by letter) Air Conditioning _C A 'Drive Belt Dimensions c D E Angle of V 36° 36° 36° Nominal length (SAE) ^5.5 38.0 60.5 A/idtn .500 .46o| .50c MVMA-40A-74 Page 11 Car Line MVMA Specifications Form Cadillac Eldorado Model Year 197^ Issued 9-1?^73_ Revised (•) Passenger Car Engine Displacement 500 cu. in. Vehicle Emission Control Type 'Air inaction, engine modifications, other) Air Injection Type semi - articulated vane Displacement 19.3 cu. in./rev . Air Drive ratio 1.2:1 Injection Pump Drive type belt Relief valve (type) spring loaded valve Filter (describe) centrifugal Air distribution cylinder head (head, manifold, etc ) Air Point of entry cylinder head _• System Injection tube i d. .250 Check valve type Elastomer disc and plate Backfire protection (type) diverter valve Type (controlled flow, Carburetor port | FEDERAL Exhaust pressure | CALIFORNIA open orifice, other) controlled variable flow- ^SBE HSF^* ...... Exhaust Valve type Diaphragm actuated spool Emission Valve location Control rear of intake manifold Exhaust Control energy source carb vacuum post exh. press, transducer Gas Recirculation Exhaust source cross over System Exhaust cooler type none Orifice no. and size Point of exhaust injection (spacer), carburetor, Floor of intake manifold manifold, other) ... Other — • - - • - _ Type (ventilates to atmos.. Standard Induction induction system, other) Optional none Make and model AC Spark Plug Div. Location Right rocker cover to carburetor Energy source (manifold Control Manifold Vacuum Crankcase Unit vacuum, carburetor, other) Emission Control Control method (variable Spring loaded valve - variable orifice orifice, fixed orifice, other) Discharges (to intake carburetor manifold, other) Complete System Air inlet (breather cap. other) air cleaner • Flame arrestor (screen, other) check valve _ MVMA-40A-74 Page 12 MVMA Specifications Form Car Line Cadillac Elder ado Passenger Car M°deiYear - lssued 9-1Q-T3— Revised <» Engine Displacement 500 cu. in. Vehicle Emission Control (Continued) Thermal expansion volume (cu ft.) .45 CU. ft. Pressure relief location (lbs.) Cap 25 -3T in. water Vacuum relief • Fuel location (lbs.) Cap 15 - 25 in. water Tank Vapor-liquid separator type Vapor Dome Vapor vented to Charcoal Canister (crankcase. E/apcrawe cannister. other) E-nss-or- - v'aoor vested to Internal "arpj- (crankcase. 'Stor cannister other) - Storage provision Charcoal Canister (crankcase. cannister. other) Vapor Storage Volume (cu. ft.) or 600 capacity (grams) grams Control valve type carburetor purge port MVMA-40A-74 Page 13 Cadillac Eldorado MVMA Specifications Form Car Line .. Passenger Car Model Year ...191^ . issued 9-10-73 Revised (•) Engine Displacement 500 cu. in. Electrical — Supply System Make and Model DelcoRemy __ Voltage Rtg. & Total Plates 12 volt - .15. piate C SAE Designation No "3600' watts @ 0 Battery Location Radiator Cradle Right Front Side - Underhood Terminal grounded Negative _ Make Delco Remy 1100940 ~~~~ J100937~A7C Generator Model or Type and rating ""¢2 amp 63. Amp__^C_ Alternator Output at engine idle (neutral) charge @ idle Ratio—Gen to Cr/s rev. 3.25:1 Make Part of Generator Model Type Closing voltage (a generator rpm Cutout Regulator relay Reverse current to open Regu• Voltage lated Current Voltage Temperature •test Load condi• tions Other Electrical — Starting System Make Delco Remy Starting Model IIO8522 Motor Rotation (drive clockwise end view) Engagement type spiral spline and over running clutch Pinion meshes (front, rear) front Pinion 79..:. Motor Number Drive Manual of teeth Flywheel N.A. Auto. Manual Flywheel tooth N.A. face width Auto. .500 MVMA-40A-74 Page 14 Cadillac Eldorado MVMA Specifications Form Car Line Model Year 1974 Issued _9_T1QTI3_ Revised (•) Passenger Car Engine Displacement 500 cu. in. Distributor Distributor Automatic Delco Remy 1112837 - 1112838 Manual Timing Automatic 10° BTDC VACUUM ADVANCE CENTRIFUGAL ADVANCE Uankshatt Deg. at In. ot Mercury Crankshaft Degrees at Engine RPM ; Distributor Model Maximum Maximum Start Start Intermediate 16° - 20c 0° @4" - 6" 18° @ 10 l/2" '1112837 0° @ 800 6° - 10° @ @ 5000 i 1200 c 8" 18° @ 14 1/2" 1112838 0° @ 800 16° - 20 0° @ - 10" 6° - 10C @ 5000 @ 1200 1112841 (H.E.I.) optional with 112837 1112842 (H.E.I.) 0ptioiia l with III2838 MVMA-40A-74 Page 15 Cadillac Eldorado MVMA Specifications Form Car Line . - 1 Passenger Car Model Year 197 *- issued 9.-10^73—_ Revised (•) Engine Displacement 500 cu. in. Electrical—Ignition System Conventional - Std . Opt.. N.A. Std Type Transistorized - Std . Opt- N. A Other (specify) Make Delco Remy Model 1115434 Coil Engine stopped 2.40 Amps iEngine idling 1.25 AC Spark Plug Division Make -45 Model R - NS Sea* fhread (mm) I4MM T.gntenmg torque (lb. ft) 25 lb. ft. Gap .035""' Conductor type resistant core Cable Insulation type Neoprene Spark plug protector Hypalon Electrical—Suppression See Below Locations & type Electrical—Instruments and Equipment Type AC Spark Plug Speed• ometer Trip odometer (std. opt.. N. A.) STD Charge indicator - type Tell tale Temperature indicator - type Tell tale (coolant & engine metal) Oil pressure indicator - type Tell tale . Fuel indicator - type Wind• Type - Standard 3 speed electric shield wiper Type - Optional 3 speed elect. with variable delay,. Wind• Type - Standard electric shield washer Type - Optional Opt delay with auto shutoff delay . Type Solenoid vibrating - diaphragm F-A-D. Horn Number used 3. Amp draw (each) 3..2. Trunk warning light - low brake cruise Other Low washer fluid - std. Packard Electric - Dist. resistance wire .3 MFD on coil feed terminal .5 MFD on gen. reg feed terminal Ground straps - trans,to dash 1* MVMA-40A-74 Page 16 ;adlllac Eldorado MVMA Specifications Form Car Line Issued 9-10-73 Revised (•) Passenger Car Model Year Engirt* Displacement 500 cu. in. Drive Units—Clutch (Manual Transmission) Make & type None Available Type pressure plate springs Total spring load (lb.) No of clutch driven discs Material Outside 4 inside dia Totai eff area (sg. in.) Clutch facing Thickness Engagement cushion• ing method Type & method Release bearing of lubrication Methods: springs, Torsional damping friction material Drive Units—Transmissions Manual 3-speed (std.. opt. N.A.) N.A. Manual 4-speed (std.. opt. N.A ) Automatic (std.. opt.. N A ) Std. Drive Units — Manual Trans. Number of forward speeds N.A. in »-st 1- secona Tra-smiS- in m.rd jipn ratios In fourth In reverse Synchronou s meshing, specify gears Shift lever location Capacity (pt.) Type recommended Lubricant Summer SAE vis• cosity Winter number Extreme cold MVMA-40A-74 Page 17 Car Line -QadiiLlacL.. Eldprado „.. MVMA Specifications Form Model Year 19.71* Issued 9-10-73 _ Revised («) Passenger Car Engine Displacement 500 cu. in. Drive Units—Automatic Transmission Turbo - Hydramatic Trade name 3~speed fully automatic with 3 elements fixed Type (describe) stator_cony^rJe^^ Selector location indicator in cluster above strg. colm. P 2.09 ~ Sear 0~ Ratios "I7T30" third) 12 (second) LV 76 mph Max. upsnift speed - drive range 70 Max kickdown speed - drive range mph Number of elements 3 2.2 Torque Max ratio at stall convertor Type of cooling (air. liquid) Liquid water to oil 13 .,038 Nominal diameter 11 Capacity - refiHJpO approx pts. Lubricant Type recommended fluid - Dexron Soeoai transmission Driven through a chain from eng. mtg. conv features Description Ring Gear 8s Pinion Limited Slip differential, type N.A. Drive Pinion Offset None No of differential pinions Pinion adjustment (shim, other) shim Pinion bearing adj. (shim, other) shim Wheel bearing type Jtap^reji jroller._ Capacity (pt.) type recommended extreme pressure mineral oil Lubricant Summer 90.J SAE vis• cosity Winter .90 number Extreme cold .20 Axle ratio 3.07:1 ._2*I3-opt. . — i-T- Pinion — 15 No. of . —— 1—— teeth Ring gear 43 hi ...... 1 ' .- -~ Ring Gear C) . D. 9.9^7 9.954 MVMA-40A-74 Page 18 Cadillac Eldorado MVMA Specifications Form Car Line Passenger Car Model Year 197¾- issued 9-10-73 Revised (.) Engine Dtopla cement 500 cu. in. Drive Units—Propeller Shaft (1 Number used Two piece right &,Left) Type (straight tube, tube-m-tube. Exposed - Internal damper, RH side only internal-external damper, etc.) N.A. Manual 3-speed trans Outer diam x N.A. length" x Manual 4-speed trans. wall thick• ness 1.295 x 17.05 solid Automatic transmission Type (plain, none Inter• anti-lriction) mediate bearing Lubrication (litting. prepack) Type none Slip Number ol teeth Yoke Splme O D Make and Mtg No Saginaw Number used " ~ ' J 'Center to center of universal joints, or to centerline ot rear attachment. MVMA-40A-74 Page 19 Cadillac Eldorado MVMA Specifications Form Car Line Issued Revised (•) Passenger Car Model Year 197^ _ 9-10-73 Body Type And/Of Engine Displacement, Etc. 6EIA7 & 6EL67 Size load range, ply L78 x 15/B Belted Bias Type (bias, radial. etc| Maximum Front 27. _ load inflation f- 22 pressure (cold) Rear Rev /mile Attachment Circle diameter 5" Number 4 size 1/2 x 20 Sca-e *neei vsa<->e or omen same Drive Units — Tires And Wheeis (Optional) L78/B whitewall 5ije. :oad range ply belted bias Type (bias, radial, etc ) trucentric wheel Wheel type & material Rim (size 4 flange type) 15 6JK Size, load range, ply _ LR 78/B whitewall Type (bias, radial, etc ) ._ rarli al Vheel type 4 material ,-t.m (size1 44 flange type) Size, load range^ly _ Type (bias radial, etc ) .VBee! type 4 material) = - s •:«• i 'a^ge type) 3 M car •i-.gepiy type ,pias. radial, etc ) Wheel type & material Rim (size 4 flange type) Size. Ipad range, ply Type (bias, radial, etc ) Wheel type 4 material Rim (size 4 flange type) Type of control Foot_operated. - vac released Location of control ___ _left side below inst panel Operates on ~ ~ Hear service brakes — Type (internal or external) It sepa• Drum diameter " ~ '_ ' ' N.A. rate from service Lining size (length x N.A. brakes width x thickness) Page 20 MVMA-40A-74 MVMA Specifications Form Car Line..-gadillac Eldorado Passenger Car Model Year .197¾- Issued 9."1°"!? Revised (.) Body Type And/Or Engine Olaplacement 6ELUY - 6EL6T Brakes — Service Front N.A. Drum Rear Std 3rake Type (std . opt N A ) Front STD - single piston Disc Rear """N.A." STD Seif adiustmg (std.. opt. N A.) Type (proportion, delay, Metering frt - proportioning rear Special Valvirg metering, other) Power Brake (std . opt.. N.A ] ...STD . Booster Type (remote, integral, etc ) _ JDelco. Tamden- - vacuum 38.3.6 frt 80 rear Effective area (so m.)' _ 84 " Gross lining area (sq m ) •• •_ 225.00 " 138 " Swept area (so. >n ) •** Front Effectiveness Rear Front none Diameter (nominal) Rear 11.0 Drum Type and Full Cast Iron Finned material Outer working diameter 11.000 Inner working diameter 6.910 Rotor Tnickness _ 1.205 Material & type (vented'solid) Full Cast Iron Vented Front " " 2 15/16 Weei Cyl• inder pore Rear "_' 15/16 1.125" Bore Master ~~~ 1 Cylinder Stroke .48" Pedal arc ratio 3 Ma Line pressure at 100 lb. pedal load l400 psi _ Front none Shoe Clearance Rear .015 opt Anti-skid device type (std . opt_ NA)_ e^ecta^ni^^ jrac uum Bonded or riveted riveted Material DM 5_4-70_ molded asbestos Prim or 5.4_x i.92x .41 Size out• Front (length x board Wheel width x Second, x .44 thickness) or in• board Segments per shoe Brake H H lining Material I^shall _3l44"pri"& "3152 sec. molded.asp. Prim, or ' "9.06 x 2.00 x .20 Size out• Rear (length x board Wheel width x Second 12.OO"x 2.00 x .20 thickness) or in• board Segments per shoe 1 • Excludes rivet holes, grooves, chamfers, etc. ** Includes rivet holes, grooves, chamfers, etc. Total swept area for lour brakes (Widest lining contact width for each brake x its contact circumference ) MVMA-40A-74 Page 21 Cadillac Eldorado - MVMA Specifications Form Car Line — 197^- issued9J_10_I3 Revised (.) Passenger Car Model Year 6ELj+7 & 6EL6J Steering N.A.. Manual (std opt . NA) STD Power (std . opt. NA) Type and Adiustabie Tilt & Telescope steering wheel description (lilt, swing, other) (std . opt. NA) opt Manual N.A. Wheel diameter Power 15.5 Wall to wall (I & r) Outside T6T86~" T Iron! jrr.«g Cu'0 to curb (I & r.) T3MT aa~.etei Wan to wall (I & r.) i*ee:i Inside rear Curb to Curb (I. & r.) N.A. Type Make Gear Manual Gear Ratios Overall No wheel turns (stop to stop) Type (coaxial linkage, etc ) coaxial Make Saginaw Steering Gear Rotary valve - recirculating ball Type variable ratio 16"~.0 - 13.0 ' Gear Gear Ratios Overall 21 1 16.1 - il»..3 Pump driven by belt" No wheel turns (slop to stop) -2"5A"' ; . . ' Type • parallelogram _ Location (front or rear front Linkage of wheels, other) Drag link (trans or longit) transverse _ _ Tie rods (one or two) two Inclination at camber (deg ) 11_1@_P „ Upper Spherical joints Steering Bearings Axis Lower Spherical .joints „ (type) ^Thrust Spherical joints Whl Align Caster (deg) +1/2° to - 1/2° (range at Camber (deg) +3/8° to"^78^LH +i/8° to - 5/8° RH curb wt & preferred) Toe-in (outside track inches) +1/16" to -j?i6" _. . Steering spindle & joint type Spherical joints Inner bearing 2.00 Diameter Outer bearing 2^00_..._ Wheel Spindle Thread size 1.00 - 20 Bearing type tapered roller Page 22 MVMA-40A-74 MVMA Specifications Form Car Line Cadillac Eldorado.. „ Passenger Car Model Year Issued 9^10^73 __ Revised (.). Body Type And/Or Engine Displacement 6EL47 - 6EL67 Suspension — General (See Supplement page lor det;nlr> on An ••.ir.penMon) Provision lor car leveling! Front - Torsion Bar Adj &_Auto_level control.? rear Provision lor brake dip control in frt & rear suspension geometrie s Provision for acc. squat control in rear suspension geometry Special provisions tor bumper type car jacking Shock Type direct action absorber Delco front & Make rear Piston dia. 1" Pliacell air reservoir Rebound cut off & Other special features integral bump stop in frt shocks Suspension — Front T/oe Independent Torsion Bar. Ful. Jounce 3.1V __ -ave t F^ ^eoourd (coii. leat. other) 3.01" "."« Torsion Bar Mate-?- 5l60 H • S>ze ..coii design height & 1 D . 1 Spr-ng 1.064 Max 53.3 * long eff length bar length x dia ) Spring rate (lb per in ) 465 lb in/deg Rate at wheel (It per in.) 125 lb/in Type (link, linkless. link Stabilizer trameless) Material & bar diameter SAE 5160H 1.093 A 1*1 „ Suspension — Rear Type and description 4 link Drive and torque taken through frt wheel drive Type (coil. leaf, other) coil Material SAE 926O Steel Size (length x width, coil design 10.08 x 5.50 I.D. height & ID . bar length & dia.) Spring Spring rate (lb. per in.) 88 lbs/in Rate at wheel (lb. per in.) 88 lbs/in Mounting insulation type rubber If No. of leaves N.A. leaf Shackle (comp. or tens.) N.A. Type (link, linkless. frameless) Linkless Stabilizer Material & bar diameter SAE 1090 .9^7" Track bar type N.A. MVMA-40A-74 Page 23 Cadillac Eldorado MVMA Specifications Form Car Line. Passenger Car Model Year_Jr9Tjt_ Issued ._9_"A°"H._ Revised (.). Body Type 6EL47 * 6EL6T Frame Type and description (Separate frame, Separate Perimeter Frame unitized frame, partially - unitized frame) Body — Miscellaneous Information Ors. hinged] Front doors Front (front, rr.) Rear doors Type of finish (lacquer, enamel, other) ^rylic Hood counterbalanced (yes. no) yes Hooo release control (internal, external) Internal Vehicle Indent. No location Windshield lwr frame left side - eng - trans. Engine No location Rear upper portion of cyl block - L. side of trans. Theft protection - type Ign key start - strg col lock - Ign warning buzz Vent window control method Front None (crank, friction pivot) Rear None Front Full depth foam jeat cushion type Rear Full depth foam 3rd seat Front .Full depth foam Seat back type Rear Full depth foam.. 3rd seat Windshield glass type (i.e.. Compound curve - laminated single curved - laminated plate) Side glass type (i.e.. curved - curve tempered tempered plate) Backlight glass type (i.e.. compound curve tempered curved - tempered plate, three piece) 6EIA-7 6EL67 Windshield glass exposed surface area 1511.4 "1445.I Side glass exposed surface area 1267.5 1531.2 Backlight glass exposed surface area 1022.4 738.I 3714.4 Total glass exposed surface area 3501.1; MVMA-40A-74 Page 24 MVMA Specifications Form Car Line Cadillac Eldorado. Passenger Car Model vp«r -971* Issued9^10-73. Body Typs 6EL47 & 6EL67 Convenience Equipment Side windows STD . _ Power Vent windows N.A...... _. windows Backlight or tailgate N.A, . Power seat 3 (specify type as 2-way pwr - std well as avaliability ) Reclining front seat back (R-L or both) Radios (specify type as AM-FM - opt AM-FM stereo - opt well as availability) Stereo AM-FM Integral tape - opt Rear seat speaker std withradio Power antenna std with radio C'OCk electronic digital - std A.- conditioner (specify type automatic climate control - opt a-a availability) Speed wam.ng device N.A. Speed control device Opt. Ignition lock lamp N.A. Dome lamp Std. Glove compartment lamp Std. Luggage compartment lamp Std. Underhood lamp N.A. Courtesy lamp STD. Map lamp Std. Cornering light lamp Std. Rear window defroster opt. electrically heated Pear window defogger ... Lamp Height And Spacing* Headlamp Highest" 25.0 (H125) Lowest 26.87 .__ Heignt above ground to Tail Highest 32.7 center of bulb (HI 26) Lowest or marker 2^.72 Front Sidemarker 25.56 .-• Rear 24.69 . .... Inside Headlamp 22.25 Outside" 28.64 . _ : Distance from Inside 16 C/L of car to Tail .50 . center of bulb Outside 25.46 ... . Front .96 Directional ^5 Rear 16.50 & 25.46 .. "Measured with passenger load and trunk/cargo load specified in Car and Body Dimension section **lf single headlamps are used enter here. MVMA-40A-74 Page 25 MVMA Specifications Form Car Line KldoradQ., 197k Issued 9-3-0-T3 Revised (•) Passenger Car Model Year Vehicle Weights % PASS WEIGHT OISTRIBUTION CURB WEIGHT * (Pounds) SHIPPING Wt IGHI ' Pass In Front Pass In Rear Model (Pounds) Front Rear Total Front Rear Front Rear 4960 6EL 47 3010 2095 5105 6EL 67 3004 217*5 5179 5019 I •Reference - SAE Aerospace-Automotive drawing standards. Section E 1.02 (d). Shipping weight definition - MVMA-40A-74 Page 26 MVMA Specifications Form car une. ___Eifead_ PaSSenger Car Model Year Issued9-1Q-T3.__ Revised (.) Optional Equipment Weights WEIGHT (Pounds) Remarks Equipment Differential Weights Front Rear Total Auto Climate Control 124 -If 120 Stereo SS Radio 8.7 J.k 16:.1 AM-"F/M P B. Radio 7.7 13.0 Stereo Tape Radio 9-9 7.8 17.7 6-Way Bench Seat 5.8 '6.8 12.6. Dual Comfort Seat 9-9 10.1 . 20.0 60-40 6 way driver 5.7 6.7 12.4 60-40 6 way Pass 9.0 10.6 19.6 .. Vinyl Roof 2 6.2 8.2 . ... Cabrolet Sun Roof 13.2 28.3 M.5 „ . . . — Cabrolet Roof 3.5 13.8 17.3 - - 1 Sun Roof 9.7 14.2 24.2 ... . . —* Power Door Locks 5.B 6.7 12.5 1 T 8s T Steering .6 .4 1 ...... J Leather Trim 2.5 6.5 9 Power Trunk Lock -3.8 14.5 10.7 Cruise Control 5 l 6 Defocser l 1 i 1.6 .9 2.5 1 "RH Mirror 1.14. l*XJ—- -» ^1 ——- : Headlamp Cntr 2.5 -.5 2 | Auv. Horn 1.6 .9 2.5 Track Master 10.0 2.0 12 j j .„ . . .. — - 1 . . . _j -, . -\ . . • MVMA-40A-74 Page 27 MVMA Specifications Form Car Line , ,-^11^ Eldorado . Passenger Car Model Year ,.197^ issued 5^Q£L3_ Revised (.). Body Type " 6EL47 & 6EL67 Vehicle Fiducial Marks Fiducial Mark Define Coordinate Location Number " Front Rear Fiducial Mark nduoai to Ground Coordinate Location of Design Load Mark at Curb Number Fiducial Mark Weight Front L-61 30.3 11.1 H-81 5.1 Rear L-62 136.3 l6.5 H-82 9.3 • Reference — SAE Recommended Practice, J182 MVMA-40A-74 Page 28 MVMA Specifications Form Passenger Car Exterior Car And Body Dimensions — Key Sheet Width 1 W103 W120 W121 win, W101 W117 Length 4 Height Ground Clearance l 123 Interior Car And Body Dimensions — Key Sheet Width Front Compt Rear Compt Vertical Zero Line-*) in Third Seat Cargo Space m L204 H201 ' - - / «. L202 ——— MVMA-40A-74 Page 29 MVMA Specifications Form Passenger Car -xterior Car And Body Dimensions — Key Sheet Dimension Definitions^ H112 ROCKER PANEL TO GROUND — FRONT. The vertical Width Dimensions dimension from ground to bottom of rocker panel, excluding W101 WHEEL TflEAO — FRONT. Measured at centerline of tires. flanges. Measured to the outside of sheet metal at foremost with nominal camber, at ground. point of rocker panel. W102 WHEEL TREAD — REAR. Measured at centerline of tires H133 BOTTOM OF DOOR TO GROUND. CLOSED — FRONT is the same point on the door as H132 dimension, with door at ground. closed. W103 MAXIMUM OVERALL CAR WIDTH. Include bumpers, mold• ings, or sheet metal protrusions. Measured to outside of H1.11 ROCKER PANEL TO GROUND — REAR The vertical dimension from ground to bottom of rocker panel, excluamg metal. flanges. Measured to the outside of sheet metal a' front W117 MAXIMUM BODY WIDTH AT NO. 2 PILLAR. Measured of rear whoe! opening. across body at No. 2 pillar, exclude hardware and applied moldings H135 BOTTOM OF DOOfi TO GROUND, CLOSED - REAR is measured in same maimer as Ht33 W120 MAXIMUM OVERALL CAR WIDTH. FRONT DOORS OPEN is measured to outside of sheet metal with front doors in H122 WINDSHIELD SLOPE ANGLE. I he ::'kii«: between a ver• maximum hold-open position. tical line and the windshield surface at car ceiVerime On compound-curved windshields the chord of the a'C W121 MAXIMUM OVERALL CAR WIDTH, REAR DOORS OPEN is used and limited to that section of the windshieH is measured in same manner as W120 comprehended by an 18-inch chord Length Dimensions H125 HEADLAMP CENTERLINE TO GROUND is measured verti• L30 VERTICAL ZERO LINE TO ACTUAL FRONT OF DASH. If cally to the center of the upper lamp. actual Front of Dash is to the rear of Body Zero Line, it H126 TAILLAMP CENTERLINE is measured vertically from is identified by a minus (—) sign. ground to the centerline of the upper bulb. LI 01 WHEELBASE. Ground Clearance Dimensions L103 OVERALL LENGTH. Include bumper guards if standard H102 BUMPER TO GROUND — FRONT. Minimum dimension equipment. includes bumper guards L104 OVERHANG — FRONT. Measured from C/L of front wheels H104 BUMPER TO GROUND — REAR. Minimum dimension. to front of car. including bumper guards if standard equip• includes bumper guards. ment. H106 ANGLE OF APPROACH The angle between ground ana L105 OVERHANG — REAR. Measured from C/L of rear wheels a line tangent to the front tire static loaded radius arc a^a to rear of car. including bumper guards if standard equip• the first point of interference, i.e., bumper, guard, gravei ment deflector, fender or other component, excluding license L123 BODY. UPPER STRUCTURE LENGTH AT CAR plate This dimension may be determined graphically for CENTERLINE The horizontal dimension from the Cowl Point reporting purposes to the Deck Point. H107 ANGLE OF DEPARTURE The angle oetween grour.o L127 VERTICALZERO LINE TO CENTERLINE OF REAR WHEELS. a line tangent to the rear tire static loaded radius arr. ai'o A horizontal dimension the first pcmt of interference, i.e.. bumper, guard yrav" L130 VERTICAL ZERO LINE TO WINDSHIELD COWL POINT. The deflector, tail pipe, fender or other component, exciurj''' i horizontal dimension from the vertical zero line to the license plate This dimension may be determined grru • theoretical intersection of extended windshield glass plane cally for reporting purposes. and normal cowl surface. HU7 RAMP BREAKOVER ANGLE The supplement of mciu'J--" Height Dimensions ramp angle (180° minus included ramp angle) over *r .• car can pass without interference, measured with car sit' • H101 OVERALL HEIGHT — DESIGN. Measured with the vehicle on a level surface, using lines tangent to arcs of from a° m Manufacturer's Design Weight attitude. rear static loaded radii and intersecting at point on unaer Hi 14 COWL POINT TO GROUND Measured at vehicle center- side of car which defines the smallest angle. line. H153 REAR AXLE DIFFERENTIAL SYSTEM TO GROUND .s , Hi 38 DECK POINT TO GROUND. Measured at vehicle centerline. minimum clearance. H156 MINIMUM RUNNING GROUND CLEARANCE. Location c measurement on the car is to be clearly recorded. MVMA-40A-74 Page 30 MVMA Specifications Form Passenger Car Interior Car And Body Dimensions — Key Sheet Dimension Definitions W6 HIP ROOM — REAR. The lateral dimension through H Point Front Compartment Dimension* to trimmed body surfaces. Depress loose side wall cloth L31 H POINT TO VERTICAL ZERO LINE—FRONT is a horizontal to trim foundation or other obstruction when such construc• dimension. tion exists. EFFECTIVE HEAD ROOM — FRONT. The dimension from H51 UPPER BODY OPENING TO GROUND—REAR. The ver• H61 H Point to the headlining, plus a constant of 4.0 inches, tical dimension from a point on the trimmed body open• measured along a line 8° to rear of vertical. ing to the ground, measured 13.0 inches forward of MAXIMUM EFFECTIVE LEG ROOM — ACCELERATOR. the H Point. L34 Measured along a diagonal line from the Manikin ankle Luggage Compartment Dimensions pivot center to the H Point plus a constant of 10.0 inches. V1 LUGGAGE CAPACITY — USABLE. The total luggage com• For treadle type accelerator pedals, the leg room is partment luggage capacity in cubic feet with the tire and measured with the Manikin's right foot on the accelerator tools in place pedal and the Manikin Heel Point at Accelerator Heel Point. All other types of accelerator pedals will be measured with H195 LIFTOVER HEIGHT. Vertical dimension from the highest the Manikin foot angle set at 87° and the shoe touching point on the luggage compartment lower opening to the pedal. ground, excluding comer radii. H30 H POINT TO HEEL POINT—FRONT. The vertical dimension Station Wagon — Third Seat Dimensions from the H Point to the Accelerator Heel Point. W85 SHOULDER ROOM — THIRD SEAT. The minimum lateral H POINT TRAVEL. The horizontal dimension between the dimension between the door garnish moldings or nearest L17 H Point in the most forward and rearward, seat positions. interference. Measured at H Point station. W86 HIP ROOM — THIRD SEAT. The lateral dimension through W3 SHOULDER ROOM — FRONT. The minimum lateral dimen• sions between the door garnish moldings or nearest inter• H Point to trimmed surfaces. ference, measured at the H Point station. L86 , EFFECTIVE LEG ROOM — THIRD SEAT. Measured along HIP ROOM — FRONT The lateral dimension through the W5 a diagonal line from ankle pivot center to H Point plus H Point to trimmed body surfaces Depress loose side wall a constant of 10.0 inches With rear-facing third seat, foot cloth to trim foundation or other obstruction if such is positioned in foot well or to nearest interference with construction exists rear end or rear closure H86 EFFECTIVE HEAD ROOM — THIRD SEAT. The dimension H5C UPPER BODY OPENING TO GROUND — FRONT. The verti• cal dimension from a point on the trimmed body opening from H Point to the headlining, plus a constant of 4 0 inches to me ground, measured at the H Point station. Measured along a line 8° to rear of vertical Rear Compartment Dimensions Station Wagon — Cargo Space Dimensions L50 H POINT COUPLE DISTANCE. The horizontal dimension L202 CARGO LENGTH AT FLOOR — FRONT SEAT. The horizon• from the front seat H Point to the rear seat H Point. tal dimension, measured at the floor level from the rear EFFECTIVE HEAD ROOM — REAR. The dimension from of the front seat back to the normal inside limiting interfer• H63 the H Point to the headlining, plus a constant of 4.0 inches, ence on the tailgate, on the car centerline measured along a line 8° to rear of vertical. L204 CARGO LENGTH AT BELT — FRONT SEAT The nonzcntai MINIMUM EFFECTIVE LEG ROOM — REAR. Measured dimension measured from the top rear of front seat bac* L51 along a diagonal line from the ankle pivot center to the to a vertical extension line from the normal inside limiting interference at the top of the tailgate, on the car centerline H Point plus a constant of 10.0 inches, with the foot positioned to the nearest interference between the seat W201 CARGO WIDTH —WHEELHOUSE. The minimum horizontal structure and toe. instep or lower leg. dimension, measured between wheelhousmgs at floor H POINT TO HEEL POINT — REAR. The vertical dimension level. H31 from the H Point to the Manikin Heel Point on the depressed W204 OPENING WIDTH AT BELT. The minimum horizontal dimen• floor covering sion, measured between the nearest normal inside limiting interferences of the rear opening at the lop ol the tailgate L48 MINIMUM KNEE ROOM — REAR. The minimum dimension from the Manikin knee pivot center to the back of the front H201 MAXIMUM CARGO HEIGHT. The maximum vertical dimen• seat back. sion, measured from the top of the floor covering to the headlining, on the car Centerline. L3 REAR COMPARTMENT ROOM. The horizontal dimension from the back of front seat to front of rear seat back at H202 REAR OPENING HEIGHT The vertical dimension measured height tangent to the top of rear seat cushion. from the top of the floor covering to the normal inside limit• ing interference at the top of the rear opening, on the car W4 SHOULOER ROOM — REAR. The minimum lateral dimen• sion between the door garnish molding or nearest inter• centerline, with both tail and liftgates fully open. ference. Measured at H Point station. V2 CARGO VOLUME INOEX BEHIND FRONT SEAT The total volume in cubic feet above the normal load floor and behmc the front seat with the litigate and tailgate closed W4xL204xH201 1728 MVMA-40A-74 Page 31 MVMA Specifications Form Passenger Car Index Page No. Pago No. Sublect Sublect 2? 14 Kingpin (Steering Axis) Alternator 18 Automatic Transmission 22 Lamp height and spacing .'•ft 3 Axis. Steering '4' 18 Legroom 2 Axle. Rear Lengths -- Car and Body 8 14 Lifters, valve Battery 21 6. 7, 9 Linings — Clutch, Brake . Bearings, Engine 9. 17, 19 11 Lubrication Belts — Fan. Generator. Water Pump 20, 21 Brakes — Parking. Service - Luggage Compartment » J 16 1 Cable — Ignition Models 22 14 Camber Motor. Starting 7 9 Camshaft Muffler Capacities 11 1 Passenger Capacity Cooling System 10 26 Fuel Tank Passenger Weight Distribution . i. 6 Lubricants Piston Pins & Rings 9 ). 6 Engine Crankcase Pistons 18 21 Transmission 17. Power Brakes 18 21 Rear Axle Power Steering 1 4 Power Teams • Car Models 19 Car and Body Dimensions Propeller Shaft. Universal Joints 2 10 Width Pumps — Oil, Fuel 2 11 Length Water 2 Height 2 11 Ground Clearance Radiator — Cap. Hoses 3 . 18 . Front Compartment Ratios — Axle 3 4.5 Rear Compartment Compression 3 22 Luggage Compartment Steering 3 . 18 Station Wagon — Third Seat Transmission 3 . 18 Station Wagon — Cargo Space Rear Axle 4. 10, 13 14 Carburetor Regulator — Generator . 22 . 20 Caster Rims 10 . 6 Choke. Automatic Rings, Piston 17 6 Clutch -- Pedal Operated Rods .— Connecting — 16 Cod. Ignition. 6 24 Connecting Rods Seats 25 23 Convenience Equipment Shock Absorbers, Front & Rear . 11 16 Cooling System Spark Plugs . 7 . 16 Speedometer Crankshaft . . . 5 . 23 Cylinders and Cylinder Head Springs — Front & Rear Suspension .. 23 Stabilizer (Sway Bar) — Front 4 Rear . 14 Dimension Definitions Starting System Key Sheet —• Exterior 29, 30 22 Steering 29. 31 16 Key Sheet — Interior Suppression — Ignition, Radio 15 . 23 Distributor — Ignition Suspension — Front 4 Rear 14, 15, 16 Electrical System 9 12. 13 Tail Pipe Emission Controls . 24 Theft Protection Engine I i 5 Thermostat. Cooling Bore Stroke. Type , 5 Timing — Valve. Ignition .. 3 1^ Compression Ratio 4. 5. 10 20 Displacement . Tires 22 5 Toe in F ring Order. Cylinder Numbering • j| 18 Torque Converter General 4 4 eneral Information. H.P 4 Torque . 2=4 Identification Number Location Torque — Engine 9 0. 17. 18 Lubrication Transmission — Types 4 0. 17 18 Power Teams Transmission — Automatic 9 4. 10. 17 Exhaust System Transmission — Manual 18 25 17 Equipment Availability Transmission — Ratios 2 Tread 11 3 Fan. Cooling Trunk Luggage Capacity 28 22 Fiducial Marks Turning Diameter 10 Filters — Engine Oil Fuel System 9. 24 24 Frame Unitized Construction . 23 19 Front Suspension Universal Joints. Propeller Shaft 10. 13 Fuel. Fuel Pump. Fuel System 8 ... 10 Valves — Intake 4 Exhaust . Fuel Injection 24 Vehicle Identification Number 14 14 Generator and Regulator Voltage Regulator 24 Glass 11 25 Water Pump 2g 27 Heignt (Lamps) Weights Headroom — Body 3 22 2 Wheel Alignment 2 Heights — Car and Body Wheelbase Horns 16 20 4 Wheels & Tires 22 Horsepower — Brake ... Wheel Spindle o Widths — Car and Body Ignition System 15 24 20 Windshield Inflation — Tires 16 Windshield Wiper and Washer Instruments .. 16 MVMA-40A-74 Page 32 1974 MVMA Specifications Form Passenger Car Manufacturer Car Line Cadillac Motor Car Division Cadillac General Motors Corp<. Eldorado Mailing Address Model Year Issued: 9-10-73 2860 Clark 197^ Revised (•) Detroit, MI U8232 The information contained herein is prepared, distributed oy and is solely the responsibility of the automobile manufacturing company 10 whose products it relates Ou^sti.H^ « on. •• these specifications should be directed to the manufacturer whose address is shown above This specification torm was developed ny automobile manufacturing ronipjiws • the auspices ot the Motor Vehicle Manufacturers Association MVMn.anA.74 MVMA Specifications Form Passenger Car Tablt Of Contents 1 Car Models 2,3 Car and Body Dimensions 4 Power Teams 5—9 Engine 9 Exhaust System 10 Fuel System 11 Cooling System 12. 13 Vehicle Emission Control 14—16 Electrical 17—19 Drive Units 20 Tires and Wheels 20.21 Brakes 22 Steering 23 Suspension — Front and Rear 24 Frame 24 Body — Miscellaneous Information 25 Convenience Equipment 25 Lamp Height and Spacing 26 Vehicle Weights 27 Optional Equipment Weights 29, 30. 31 Car and Body Dimension Key Sheets 32 Index NOTES 1 The General Specifications herein are those m effect at date of compilation and are subject to change without notice Oy the manufacturer 2 UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED; a Specifications apply to standard models without optional equipment Significant deviations are noted b Nominal design dimensions are used throughout these specifications, c All dimensions are in inches. M\/MAJOA-74 ":> „ .. Cadillac Eldorado MVMA Specifications Form Car Line ._. Passenger Car Model Year 2&l!± Issued 5.-.10=23- Revised (•) Car Models Make. Car line. Series. Body Type Max Number ol P.isM^iqots Model Description (Mfgr's Model Code) (f fiwit/RBar) Fleetwood Eldorado Coupe 6EL4T 3 & 3 Fleetwood Eldorado Conv. 6EL67 3 & 3 MVMA-40A-74 Paoe 1 MVMA Specifications Form Car Line .._ Cadillac Eldorado Passenger Car Model Year ..___i9_liL__ Issued 9^i9zD Revised (•) Cat and Body DiniOnSiOnS Seepages 29-31 tor SAE Dimension Definitions All dimensions to ground are lor comparative purposes only. Dimensions are to be shown for 4-Dr Sudan. 2 Dr H t 1 l)r Hi Convertible and Rl*no(i Wacjun Body Type wain Tread - Front W101 63.7 Tread • Rear W102 6^.6 Maximum overall car width W103 79.8 . Body width at No. 2 pillar W117 78.8 Max. front doors open W120 Max. rear doors open W121 itIF*" Length Body "0" to front of dash L 30 Wheelbase L101 126.3 Overall car length L103 224.1 Overhang - front 1104 k2.9 Overhang - rear L105 5*+.9 Body upper structure length L123 101.9 108.5 Body "0" line to C/L of rear wheel L127 100.3 Body "0" line to w/s cowl point 1130 Height Passenger Distribution (front & rear) * 3+3' Trunk/Cargo load (lbs.) * Overall height H101 5^.1 5^.5 Cowl height H114 38.4 " Deck height H138 II I To ground H112' 7.9 From front wheel GL 8ottom o front door to ground H133 10.2 Rocker To ground panel - H111 8.5 rear From rear wheel C/L Bottom of rear door to ground H135 Windshield slope angle H122 59" Ground Clearance Bumper to ground • front H102 9.9 Bumper to ground - rear H104 12.6 Angle of approach H106 15. V Angle of departure H107 14.9° Ramp breakover angle H147 12.5° Rear axle differential to ground H153 11.9 Min running clearance (Specify) H156 5.7 (Flywheel Hag to Grd) 'All measurements are made at the stated passenger and trunk/cargo loadings MVMA.4na.74 Paoe 2 Cadillac Eldorado MVMA Specifications Form Car Line 197^ Passenger Car Model Year ._ Issued 9-10-T3_. _ Revised (•) Car And Body Dimension* se« Pages 2-9 3 1 (or SAE Dimension Definitions Body Type SAE R«f. 6EIA7 6EL67 No. Front Compartment H Point to body "O" line L31 ^2.3 Effective head room H61 38.1 38.9 Max. eft leg room - accelerator L34 1*2.5 H Point to Heel point H30 8.2 H Point travel L17 5.8 Shoulder room W3 63.1 Hip room W5 61.7 Upper body opening to ground H50 50.0 Rear Compartment H Point couple distance L50 33.1 Elective head room H63 37.1 38.1 M -i effective'eg room LSI 35.7 f aomt to Heel pomt H31 10.8 Mm knee room . 148 3.1 Rear Compartment room L3 26.1 Shoulder room W4 b2.b &L.1+ . Hip room W6 56.6 Upper body opening to ground H51 Luggage Compartment Usable luggage capacity (cu ft) VI 12.^99 IO.28I Liftover height H19S Position of spare'tire storage Horizontal Method ot holding lid open . Spring Station Wagon — Third Seat Shoulder Room W85 None Available H;o room W86 Elective !eg room L86 £"ect've nead room H86 Seat 'ac.ng direction Station Wagon — Cargo Space Cargo length at floor - front seat L202 Cargo length at belt • front seat L204 Cargo width - Wheelhouse W201 Opening width at belt W204 Maximum cargo height H201 Rear opening height H202 Cargo volume index (cu ft) V2 W4 x L204 x H201 1728 MVMA-40A-74 Page 3 MVMA Specifications Form Car Line Cadillac Eldorado Passenger Car Model Year 1971*- Issued 9-10-73 Revised (•) P0W8r TttSmS (Indicate whathar standard or optional) SAE Nei bhp (brake horsepowar) and net torque corrected to 85* F and 29.38 in Hg atmospheric pressure ENGINE AXLE RATIO SERIES TRANSMISSION (Std first) AVAILABILITY Compr SAE Net @ RPM Displ. Carb. (Indicate A/C ratio) Ratio BHP Torque 6ELUT 500 i^BBL 8.25: 210 380 Turbo-Hydramatic 3.07:1 6EL67 1 @ @ 3600 2000 opt 2.73:1 MVMA-40A-74 Page 4 MVMA Specifications Form Car Line Cadillac Eldorado Passenger Car Model Year 1974 |3sued 9-10-73 Revised (•) Engine Displacement Engine -— General Type, no cyls.. valve arr 90 - V8 - O.V. Bore and stroke (nominal) 4.3 x 4.304 Piston displacement, cu in 500 cu. in. Bore spacing (C/L to C/L) 5.00 No. system L. Bank 2-1).-6-.8 (front to rear) R, Bank 1-3-5-7 Firing Order 1 •- 5 -6-3-^-2-7-8 Cylinder Head Material cast iron Cylinder Block Material cast iron Cv S'eeve-W et dry ione none V-ce^ ! z'om 2 ~Z sc -3 ae». 1 E-'j ie "sta •avon ang.e 0° Taxasie Dia 2 x No Cyi 59-2 norsepower 2 5 Recommended fuel regular — premium 91 R.O.N. MLn Cylinder Head Volume (cc) 121.18 Head Gasket Thickness (Compressed) .039 Head Gasket Volume (cc) 9.5 Deck Clearance (minimum) (above or below block) .0045 above VtirvTn,--"! Comoustior Z-r~ce- .:»-•« -.cc- 136.81 Engine — Pistons Material Alum alloy with cast in steel struts slipper type cam ground Description and tmish controlled expansion Weight (piston only) oz -26^.08. Top land .034 - .039 Clearance Top (limits) Skirt .0006 - . 0010 Bottom -.0014 - +.0005 No 1 ring 3,8^9 - 3.843 Ring groove No 2 ring diameter 3.849 - 3.843 No 3 ring 3.880 - 3.874 MVMA-40A-74 Paoe 5 MVMA Specifications Form Car Line Cadillac Eldorado Passenger Car Model Year 197^ . Issued 9-10:73 Revised (•) Engine Displacement 500 cu. in. Engine - Piston Rings No 1 oil or comp comp (top to No 2. oil or comp. comp No. 3. oil or comp. oil Description - #1 Molybdenum filled cast iron material, coating, #2 Phosphate coated cast iron Compres etc. sion Width .0770 - .0785 Gap .013 - . 025 Description - Multi piece steel material, coating, chrome plated rail '•v; etc Width .175 - .184 Gap . 015 - .055 Expanders yes Engine - Piston Pins Material SAE 1010 Steel Length ...3.030.. Diameter ... -999> -.^9999 .. Locked in rod. in Locked in Rod piston, floating, etc. Type In rod or piston Bushing None Material None In piston .0002 - .0004 Clearance In rod Press fit Direction & amount offset in piston .060 toward max thrust side Engine - Connecting Rods Material G.M. 84M arma steel Weight (02 ) 28.86 Length (center to center) 6.75 Material & Type AT 20 steel backed M 390 steel backed Bearing Overall length .82^ Clearance (limits) .0005 - .0028 End Play .008 - .020 (total two rods') MVMA-40A-74 Paoe 6 MVMA Specifications Form Car Line — Cadillac Eldorado 197U 10 Passenger Car Model Year Issued 9_-- .lT3 Revised (•) Engln* Dlaplaoament 500 cu. in. Engine—Crankshaft Material Modular cast iron Vibration damper type Rubber Absorption End thrust taken by bearing (No ) #3 center main Crankshaft end play .002 - .012 M-100 durex steel backed Material & type M-^00 aluminum steel backed Clearance .0001 - .0026 No 1 3.250 - 1.1925 No 2 3.250 * 1.0595 Mam Journal No 3 dia and 3.250 - 1.0670 (inside) 1.258 (outside) bearing oearing No 4 3.250 - 1.0595 overall length No 5 3.250 - 1.1925 No 6 none No 7 none Oir & ami cyl offset RH forward .kj LH rearward ,kj No bolts/main brg cap 2 Crankpm journal diameter 2.500 Engine—Camshaft vocation Center of V Material G.M. 120M cast iron Material Steel backed babbit Bearings Number 5 Gear or c ham silent chain Cranksha ft gear or sintered iron GM 3884M sprocket Tiatenal Type of Camshaft gear or Drive sprocket naterial Die cast aluminum with nylon covered teeth I No of links kti Width .750 Pitch .500 MVMA-40A-74 Page 7 MVMA Specifications Form Car Line Cadillac Eldorado Passenger Car Model Year 197^ Issuecf9rl0r73 Revised (•).._._' Engine Displacement 500 cu. in. Engine — Lubrication System Main bearings pressure Connecting rods pressure Type of lubrica Piston pins splash tion Camshaft bearings pressure pressure. Tappets pressure Timing gear or chain metered flow Cylinder walls splash Oil pump type spur gear Normal oil pressure (lb. <5 engine rpm) 35-¾) @ 30 mph Oil press, s ending unit (elect, or mech.) electric Type ail int ake (floating, stationary) stationary Oil filter sys>te m (full flow. part., other) full flow Filter replac.emen t (element, complete) complete Capacity of c/case. less filter-refill (qt) 5 qts + 1 qt for filter Above +20°F 20W20 - 10W30 - 10W*«) - 20V&0 - 20W50 0° to +60°F 10W - 5W30 - 10W30 - 10WU0 Oil grade rtscommende d (SAE viscosity and temper ature range) Below +20°F 5W20 - 5W30 €ngme service reqrnt (SO. SE. etc.) SE Engine — Exhaust system Type (single, single with cross-over, dual, other) Single with crossover Muffler No. & type (reverse flow, straight thru, separate resonator) One reverse flow with separate crossover - Exhaust pipe dia Branch "_ _ "'eSausV"2.25"''"' *ToU2 laminated (O D . wall thick) Mam "Intermediate' "2^50 T0U2 Laminated" Tail pipe dia (0 0 & wall thickness) 7 . "ZI7Z2725'T~' 7075 aluminized MVMA-40A-74 Page 9 MVMA Specifications Form car une „. Cadillac Eldorado Passenger Car Model Year 1974 .. Issued9-10-73..._ Revised (•) Engine Displacement 500 cu. in. Engine—Valve System Hydraulic lifters (S'd,. opt. NA) Std Valve rotator, type None (intake, exhaust) Rocker ratio 1.72:1 Operating Intake tappet Auto clearance (indicate not Auto or cold) Exhaust Opens CBTC) 21" .001 Tappet Lift Intake Closes ('ABC) Timing 111° .001 Tappet Lift (based on Duration (deg.) 312° .001 Tappet Lift top of ramp Opens ("BBC) 73" .001 Tappet Lift points) Exhaust Closes CATC) 55° .001 Tappet Lift Duration (deg.) 308° .001 Tappet Lift Valve open overlap (deg.) 76" .001 Tappet Lift • Material 1041 Aluminum Steel Overall length 4.985 Actual overall head dia. 2.000 Angle of seat & face (deg.) Seat in head 45° valve face 44° Seat insert material none Stem diameter .3420 - .3413 Stem to guide clearance .0010 - .0027" Lift («» zero lash) Intake 457 Valve closed Outer 60 - 65 @ 1.9½ spring (lb @ in.) press. & length Valve open 156 - 166 @ 1.489 (lb & in ) Valve closed Inner spring (lb (ii'in) none press & length Valve open (lb «i in.) none Material DF - 20 Overall length 4.998 Actual overall head dia. 1.625 Angle of seat & face (deg.) Seat 45° Face 44° Seat insert material none Stem diameter .3418 - .3411 Stem to guide clearance .0012 - .0029 Lift «§> zero lash) Exhaust .473 Valve closed Outer 6O-65 @ 1.946 spring (lb @ in.) press & length Valve open (lb. <» m ) 159-169 @1.473 Valve closed Inner spring (lb @ in.) none ss. a len) Valve open Jtfl (lb (a) in ) none MVMA-40A-74 Page 8 MVMA Specifications Form Car Line Cadillac Eldorado Passenger Car Model Year ^-97^ Issued 9-10-73 Revised (•) Engine Displacement 500 eu. in. Engine — Fuel System (See supplemental page lor Details Ol Fuel Injection Supercruirqoi. U~-y*- A. • c-eane' Standard dry pack single inlet 'yoe Optional _ idle speeo Manual - (spec neutral Automatic or drive) 600 rpm drive A/C off idle A/F mix. Carburetor Supplementary Information Engine Carburetors No Used Barrt.'l Model Usage Transmission and Type Displ. Make Modol Si/f 6EIA7 1 3/8 prim 500 Turbo Roch hBBL 1 6EL67 Hydramatic 2 l/k sec MVMA-40A-74 Paqe 10 MVMA Specifications Form Car Line — Cadillac Eldorado Passenger Car Model Year 197' Issued ?~^°-"73. Revised (•) Eitgln* Dteptacemant 500 cu. in. Engine — Cooling System Type system (pressure, pressure vented, atmospheric, other) Pressure Radiator cap relief valve pressure PSI Circula Type (choke, bypass) Bypass. tion thermostat Starts to open at m 177° - l82' Type (centrifugal, other) Centrifugal - dual outlet GPM 1000 pump rpm Water 19 . pump Number of pumps one Drive (V-belt. other) V- Belt Bearing iype Double row ball bearing :sss •ec-'Cjiaiion !yoe I'lter ext) internal ^aamor co^e type (crcss-'c* >eticai. cellular, tube ana im. otnei) Tube & Center With heater (qt) Cooling 21.3 system Without heater (gt) Heater - Std Equip capacity Opt equipment-specify (qt) 23.8_with A/C Water jackets lull length of cyl (yes. no) __.. yes Water all around cylinder (yes. no) yes Number ;ind type (molded, straight) Lower 1 - molded Inside diameter 1.50 Number and type (molded, straight) 1 - molded Radiator Upper nose Inside diameter 1.50 Number and type (molded, straight) none By-pass inside diameter none 0 Number of blades & spacing 7 @ 61°"..-.5.3° - 4o° - 67° - 36 -- 67° -- 36« Diameter 18" fan Ratio-tan to crankshaft rev _. 1.24:1 Fan cutout type fluid drive Bearing type __"~_singl e row ball Fan x Generator or alternator "B" "Drive belts Water Pump A (indicate Power Steering belt used C by letter) Air Conditioning C A A 1 'Drive Belt Dimensions B c 0 E '• H Angle of V 36° 36° 36° Nominal length (SAE) ^5.5 38.0 60.5 N<-l\n .500 .460 • 50C MVMA-40A-74 Page 11 MVMA Specifications Form Car Line. Cadillac Eldorado Passenger Car Model Year 1971* Issued 9-10-73 Revised (•) Engine Otoptecanwnt 500 cu. in. Vehicle Emission Control Type (Air injection, engine modifications, other) Air Injection Type semi - articulated vane Displacement 19.3 cu. in. /rev. Air Drive ratio Injection 1.2:1 Pump Drive type belt Relief valve (type) spring loaded valve Filter (describe) centrifugal Air distribution cylinder head (head, manifold, etc j Air Point of entry iniection cylinder head System Injection tube i d .250 Check valve type Elastomer disc and plate Backfire protection (type) diverter valve Type (controlled flow, Carburetor port | FEDERAL Exhaust pressure I CALIFORNIA regulated controlled open orifice, other) controlled variable flow _ variable flow Valve type Diaphragm actuated spool Valve location rear of intake manifold Exhaust Control energy source Gas carb vacuum post exh. press, transducer Recirculation Exhaust source System cross over Exhaust cooler type none Orifice no. and size Point of exhaust injection (spacer), carburetor, Floor of intake manifold manifold, other) Other Type (ventilates to atmos . Standard Induction induction system, other) Optional none Make and model AC Spark Plug Div. Location Right rocker cover to carburetor Control Energy source (manifold Unit vacuum, carburetor, other) Manifold Vacuum Control method (variable Spring loaded valve - variable orifice orifice, fixed orifice, other) Discharges (to intake carburetor manifold, other) Complete System Air inlet (breather cap. other) air cleaner Flame arrestor (screen, other) check valve MVMA-40A-74 Page 12 MVMA Specifications Form p«t^ cadiiiac Eldorado PaSSenger Car Model Year.. JL2ZL___ Issued 9-10-73 Revised (•) Engine Displacement 500 cu. in. Vehicle Emission Control (Continued) Thermal expansion volume (cu ft.) .^5 CU. ft. Pressure relief location (lbs.) Cap 25 -37 in. water Vacuum relief Fuel location (lbs.) Cap 15 - 25 in. water Tank Vapor-liquid separator type Vapor Dome Vapor vented to Charcoal Canister (crankcase. Evapcratwe cannister. other) £rliss!0r - Zf*"3- vapor veiled tc Internal *arr>j- i crankcase. 'etor cannister other) - Storage provision Charcoal Canister (crankcase. cannister. othet) - Vapor Storage Volume (cu. ft.) or capacity (grams) 600 grams Control valve type carburetor purge port MVMA-40A-74 Page 13 Cadillac Eldorado MVMA Specifications Form Car Line Passenger Car Model Year ...197^ issued 9-10-73 Revised (•) Engine Displacement 500 cu. in. Electrical — Supply System Make and Model Delco Remy voltage Rtg & Total Plates 12 volt - 15 plate SAE Designation No. 3600 watts @ 0° Battery Location Radiator Cradle Right Front Side - Underhood Terminal grounded Negative Make Delco Remy Generator Model 110091-0 1100937 A/C or Type and rating kz' amp 63 Amp A/C Output at engine idle (neutral) charge @ idle Ratio—Gen to Cr/s rev 3-25:1 Make Part of Generator Model Type Closing voltage Cutout (a generator rpm relay Regulator Reverse current to open Regu Voltage lated Current Voltage Temperature •test Load '*• condi tions Other Electrical — Starting System Make Delco Remy Starting Model 1108522 Motor Rotation (drive clockwise end view) Engagement type spiral spline and over running clutch Pinion meshes (front. rear) front Pmton 9 Motor Number Drive Manual of teeth Flywheel N.A. Auto. 166 Flywheel tooth Manual N.A. face widtr \ Auto .500 MVMA-40A-74 Page 14 MVMA Specifications Form r.»,Mn« Cadillac Eldorado PaSSenger Car Model Year 197^ Issued .J^10-I3_ Revised {•) Engine emplacement 500 cu. in. Electrical — Ignition System — Distributor Breaker gap (in.) .016 """"^ Cam angle (deg.) 28° - 32° Brkr arm tension (oz.) 19-23QZ. Manual Automatic Delco Remy III2837 - III2838 Manual - Timing Automatic 10° BTDC CENTRIFUGAL ADVANCE VACUUM ADVANCE Distributor Crankshaft Oegrees at Engine RPM Crankshaft Deg at In of Mercury Model 1 1 Start Intermediate Maximum Slart Maximum ^1112837 0° @ 800 6° - 10° 16° - 20° 0° @4" - 6" 18° @ 10 1/2" @ @ 1200 5000 1 ' m 2838 0° @ 800 6° - 10° 16° - 20° 0° @ 8" - 10" 18° @ Ik 1/2" @ @ 5000 1200 1112841 (H.E.I.) optioi lal with 112837 1112842 (H.E.I.) optior al with III2838 j 1 t 1 1 1 1 • • J MVMA-40A-74 Page 15 MVMA Specifications Form Car Line Cadillac Eldorado Passenger Car Model Year ,_ ^Tj* Issued 9_-lQr 12 Revised (•) Engine Displacement 500 cu. in. Electrical—Ignition System Conventional - Std.. Opt.. N.A. Std Type Transistorized - Std.. Opt.. N. A Opt Other (specify) - Make Delco Remy Model Coil 1115^ " " "~ Engine stopped 2.1*0 Amps Engine idling 1.25 Make AC Spark Plug Division Model R-^5 - NS Sza'k Thread (mm) 0 - l^MM -s T'gMenmg torque (lb. ft) 25 lb. ft. Gap .035 Conductor type resistant core Cable Insulation type Neoprene Spark plug protector Hypalon Electrical-—Suppression See Below '.ocations & type Electrical—Instruments and Equipment Speed Type AC Spark Plug ometer Trip odometer (std. opt.. N. A.) STD Charge indicator - type Tell tale Temperature indicator - type Tell tale (coolant 85 engine metal) Oil pressure indicator - type Tell tale Fuel indicator - type Gauge Wind- Type - Standard 3 speed electric wiper Type - Optional 3 speed elect, with variable delay Wind- Type - Standard electric washer Type - Optional Opt delay with auto shutoff delay Type Solenoid vibrating - diaphragm P-A-D Horn Number used 3 Amp draw (each) 5.2 Other Trunk warning light - low brake - cruise Low washer fluid - std. Packard Electric - Dist. resistance wire .3 MFD on coil feed terminal •5 MFD on gen. reg feed terminal Ground straps - trans,to dash MVMA-40A-74 Page 16 MVMA Specifications Form Car Line Cadillac Eldorado Passenger Car Model Year 197^ Issued 9-10-73 Revised (•) Engine Displacement 500 cu. in. Drive Units—Clutch (Manual Transmission) Make & type None Available Type pressure plate springs Total spring load (lb) No of clutch driven discs Material Outside & mside dia. Total e« area (so, m.) Cute* facmg Thickness Engagement cushion ing method Release Type & method Bearing of lubrication Torsional Methods: springs, damping friction material Drive Units—Transmissions Manual 3-speed (std.. opt. NA| N.A. Manual 4-speed (std.. opt. N.A ) Automatic (std.. opt., N A ) Std. Drive Units — Manual Trans. Number of forward speeds N.A. in ••-st i" secono T'3-iS-niS- in tniro i'on !at>os In fourth In reverse Synchronous meshing, specify gears Shift lever location Capacity (pt.) Type recommended Lubricant Summer SAE vis cosity Winter number Extreme cold MVMA-40A-74 Page 17 MVMA Specifications Form Car Line Cadillac. Eldorado Passenger Car Model Year 19.7^- Issued 9-10-73 Revised (•) Engine Displacement 500 cu. in. Drive Units—Automatic Transmission Trade name Turbo - Hydramatic 3 speed full;;f automatic with 3 elements fixed Type (describe) stator converter & chain drive Selector location indicator in cluster above strg. colm. P - 1 - Ft 2.09 Gear N - Ratios D 1.00 (third) . L2 r.iRJ (second) LV 2..48 (first) Max upsnift speed - drive range 76 mph Max kickdown speed - drive range TO mph Number ot elements 3 . Torque Max ratio at stall 2.2 convenor Type of Cooling (air. liquid) Liquid water to oil Nominal diameter 13.038 Capacity - refill (pt) Lubricant approx 11 pts. Type recommended fluid - Dexron Soecial tran smission •eatu'es Driven through a chain from eng. ratg. conv Drive Units—Axle Type (front, rear) Front Description Ring Gear & Pinion Limited Slip differential, type N.A. Drive Pinion Offset None No ot differential pinio IS 2 Pinion adiustmeni (snmn . other) shim Pinion bearing adj (shim, other) shim Wheel bearing type tapered roller Capacity (pt) 4 pts Type recommended extreme pressure mineral oil Lubricant Summer SAE vis 90 cosity Winter 90 number Extreme cold 90 Axle Ratio Tooth Combinations (See page 4 for axle ratio usage) Axle ratio 3.07:1 -_2*73-opt. Pinion —llf No of —15 teeth Hing gear ~w Ring Gear O. D. 9.947 _Ju 9.954 MVMA-40A-74 Page 18 MVMA Specifications Form _ , Cadillac Eldorado Car Line Passenger Car Model Year 19lh issued 9-10-73 Revised {•) Engirt* Otaptooanwrtt 500 cu. in. Drive Units—Propeller Shaft Number used Two (1 piece right & Left) Type (straight tube, tube-m-lube. internal-external damper, etc.) Exposed - Internal damper, RH side only N.A. Manual 3-speed trans Outer diam x length" x N.A. wall Manual 4-speed trans. thick ness 1.295 x 17.05 solid Automatic transmission Type (plain, Inter anti-lnction) none mediate bearing Lubrication (lilting, prepack) Type none Slip Yoke Number ol teeth Spline O D Make and Mtg No Saginaw Number used jf joints Type (ball and trunnion, cross) Universal (2) tri-pot ball & trunnion ..(2). RZEPPA (outboard) lOinis Rear attach (u-bolt. clamp, etc ) spline & nut outboard; through bolted inboard Type (plain. needle rollers with tri pot joints anti-lnction) Bearing f- ball with W-WPPt .jnint.R Lubric (tilting, prepack) pre packed permanent Dnve taken through (torque tube or arms springs) frt suspension Torque taken through (torque tube or arms, springs) power plant supports 'Center to center ol universal |Oints. or to centerline of rear attachment. MVMA-40A-74 Page 19 MVMA Specifications Form Car Lme Cadillac Eldorado Passenger Car Model Year . 3-97^- Issued 9-10-73 Revised (•) Body Type And/Or Engirt* Oteplacemant, Etc. 6EIA-7 & 6EL67 Drive Units — Tires And Wheels (Standard) Sizn load range ply L78 x 15/B Type (Dia= raduil . etc ) Belted Bias Maximum LU Front a load inflation '"."."."_.' ".'.'.'.'... '.'."'....' "T27.. . pressure (cold) Rear 22 Rev Brakes — Parking Type ot con rol .FQQi operated - vac released Location of control left side below inst panel Operates or Rear service brakes Type (internal or external) " " " N.A. rate from Drum diameter N.A. service Lining size (length x brakes N.A. width x thickness) MVMA-40A-74 Page 20 »Or^ MVMA Specifications Form Car Line Cadillac Eldorado Passenger Car Model Year _ 1?7{|- „. _ Issued 9,-10^T3_ Revised (•). Body Typa And/Or EnglfM Ot»plac*ment 6ETA'( - 6EL6T Brakes — Service F ront Drum N.A. f Brake Type tear __...Std (std opt.. N A) Front STD - single pis.ton Disc : Rear ~ "' " * ~ "•'" "N.A. SeM adiustmg (std.. opt. N A) STD Special Type (proportion, delay, Metering frt - proportioning rear Valvir.g metering, other) Power Brake (std opt, N A ) STD Booster Type (remote, integral etc ) Delco Tamden-- vacuum Effective area (SQ 'm )* _ _ _A8*l6. frt .. 80 rear Gross fining area (sq in ) •• T2.28 " 85 " • ." ' Swept area (sq m ) *•• 225.00 " 138 " f"ron t ftear Front none Diameter (nominal) Rear . 11.0 Type and material Full Cast Iron Finned Outer working a a meter 11.000 Inner working di ameter Rotor 6.9IO Thickness 1.205 Mat ;; Master Bore 1.125 Cylinder Stroke 1.1*8 Pedal arc ratio 3.55.-1 Line pressure at 100 lb pedal load 1500 psi Shoe Front none Clearance Rear .015 Anti-skid de vice type (std . o Dt N A ) electronic 8s vacuum - opt Be nded or riveted riveted Material DM 5^70 molded asbestos Prim or 5.5 x 1.92 x .1+1 out Front (length x board - Wheel width x Second 5.5 x 1.92 x .55 thickness) or in board Brake Segments per shoe 1 lining Material Marshall H 3155 pri &.H 3152 sec. molded asb, Prim or ~ " ._"___ 9.00 x 2.00 x .20 Size out Rear (length x board Wheel width x Second ___ ,12.00 x 2.00 x .20 thickness) or in board Segments p<; r shoe 1 • Excludes rivet holes, grooves, chamfers, etc " Includes rivet holes, grooves chamfers etc *•* Total swept area tor tour brakes (Widest lining contact width for each brake x its contact arcumlerence | MVMA-40A-74 Page 21 MVMA Specifications Form Car Line Cadillac Eldorado Passenger Car Model Year ^-97^ Issued9-lQrl3 Revised (•) 6EIA7 & 6EL67 Steering Manual (std opt . NA) N.A. Power (std . opt NA) STD Type and Adjustable Tilt & Telescope steering wheel descr ption (std. opt. NA) opt Manu al N.A. Wheel diameter Powe 15.5 Outside Wall t 0 wall (1 & r) 1*6.86 Turning front Curb ocurb (1 & r.) 43. M3. a>a~eter Want owall (1 & r) iteeti Inside - rear Curb 0 Curb (I & r) - • Type N.A. Make - Gear Manual Gear - Ratios Overall - No wheel turns (stop to stop) - Type (coaxial linkage etc ) coaxial Make Saginaw Steering Gear Type Rotary valve - recirculating ball ower Gear Gear variable ratio 16".0 - 13.0 Ratios Overall 16.1 - 1^.3 Pump driven by belt No wheel turns 1 stop to stop) 2 3A Type parallelogram Location (front or rear Linkage of wheels, other) front Drag link (trans Dr longit) transverse Tie rods (one or wo) two tnclinaiior at camber (deg ) 11° @ 0 Steering Upper Spherical .ioints Bearings Axis Lower (type) Spherical .ioints Thrust Spherical .ioints Whl Align Caster (d( +1/2° to - 1/2° (range at Camber ( 3eg) curb wt & +3/8° to -3/8° LH +1/8° to - 5/8° RH preferred) Toe-m (outside track inches) +1/16" to -l/l6" Steering spi ndle & joint type Spherical .ioints Inner bearing 2.00 Diameter Wheel Outer bearing 2.00 Spindle Thread size 1.00 - 20 Bearing t\ pe tapered roller MVMA-40A-74 Page 22 MVMA Specifications Form Car Ljne Cadillac Eldorado Passenger Car Model Year i?7_ Issued 9-10-73 ____ RevJsed (#) Body type And/Or Engine Displacement 6EIA7 - 6EL67 Suspension — General (See Supplement page for delmls on An 'ji'.iit-nMon) Provision lor car lewting Front - Torsion Bar Adj & Auto level control, rear Provision (or brake dip control in frt & rear suspension geometries Provision (or ace squat control in rear suspension geometry Special provisions for car lacking bumper type Shock Type direct action absorber Make Iront & Delco rear Piston dia. 1" Other speci at ieatures Pliacell air reservoir Rebound cut off & integral bump stop in frt shocks Suspension — Front T/oe Independent Torsion Bar Ful Jounce *-ave 3.14" ^ ''eoourd (coii. leal other) 3.01" T: -i Torsion Bar Mater •? • 5160- H S'ze icoii design height & ID . Spr.ng 1.064 Dia x 53.34 long eff length bar length x dia ) Spring rate (lb per in.) 465 lb in/deg Rate at wheel (lb per in.) 125 lb/in Type (link, linkless. link Stabilizer trameless) Material & bar diameter SAE 516OH 1.093 dia. Suspension — Rear Type ana description 4 link Drive and tcjrqu e ta ken through frt wheel drive Type( coil. leaf, other) coil Material SAE 9260 Steel Size (length x width, coil design height & ID . bar length & dia ) 10.08 x 5.5O I.D. Spring Spring rate (lb per in.) 88 lbs/in Rate at wheel (lb. per in.) 88 lbs/in Mounting insulation type rubber it No. of leaves N.A. leaf Shackle (comp. or tens) N.A. Type (link, linkless. frameless) Linkless Material & bar diameter SAE 1090 .Q^7" dia "_'_"'__ ~~_ Track bar type N.A. MVMA-40A-74 Page 23 MVMA Specifications Form Car Line Cadillac Eldorado _ Passenger Car Model Year__i?Tz__ Issued. Jl"1.,~H Revised (•).. Body Type 6EIAT & 6EL6T Frame Type and description (Separate frame, Separate Perimeter Frame unitized frame, partially - unitized frame) Body — Miscellaneous Information Ors. hinged Front doors Front (front, rr.) Rear doors Type of finish (lacquer, enamel, other) _Acrylic_ Hood counterbalanced (yes. no) yes Hooa release control (internal, external) Internal vehicle indent No location Windshield lwr frame left side - eng - trans, Engine No location Rear upper portion of cyl block - L. side of trans. Theft protection - type Ign key start - strg col lock - Ign warning buzz Vent window control method Front None (crank, friction pivot) Rear None Front Full depth foam ieal cushion type Rear Full depth foam 3rd seat Front Full depth foam Seat bacK type Rear Full depth foam 3rd seat Windshield glass type (i.e.. Compound curve - laminated Single curved - laminated plate) Side glass type (i e curved • curve tempered tempered plate) Backlight glass type (i e . compound curve tempered curved - tempered plate, three piece) 6EL4T 6EL0T Windshield glass exposed surface area lgll.U- "1W5.1 Side glass exposed surface area 1267.5 I53I.2 Backlight glass exposed surface area JLQ22JT 738.1 Total glass exposed surface area 3801:3 371¾.¾ MVMA-40A-74 Page 24 MVMIA Specifications Form Car Line Cadillac Eldorado Passenger Car Model Year ___12Iz_._ Issued SbiPj-73 Revised (•) Body Type 6EL1+7 & 6EL67 Convenience Equipment Side windows STD Power Vent windows N.A. Backlight or tailgate N.A. Power seals (specify type as 2-way pwr - std well as availability) Reclining front seat back (R-L or both) Radios (specify type as AM-FM - opt AM-FM stereo - opt well as availability) Stereo AM-FM Integral tape - opt Rear teat speaker std with radio Power antenna std with radio C'ock electronic digital - std A > conditioner (specify type automatic climate control - opt a-o availability) Speed warring device N.A. Speed control device Opt. ignition lock lamp N.A. Dome lamp Std. Glove compartment lamp Std. Luggage compartment lamp Std. Underhood lamp N.A. Courtesy lamp STD. Map lamp Std. Cornering light lamp Std. Rear window defroster opt. electrically heated Rear window defogger Lamp Height And Spacing* Headlamp Highest" 25.0 (H125) Lowest 26.87 ground to Tail Highest 32.7 center of bulb (H126) Lowest or marker 2^.72 Front Sidemarker 25.56 Rear 2k. 6Q Inside Headlamp 2P.2S Outside" 28. 6k Distance from Inside Tail 16.SO center ol bulb Outside 2S.U6 Front Directional ^5. q6 Rear 16.so & 25M 'Measured with passenger load and trunk/cargo load specified in Car and Body Dimension section "If single headlamps are used enter here. MVMA-40A-74 Page 25 MVMA Specifications Form Car Line fildorgflo Passenger Car Model Year 197^ Issued 9-10-73 Revised (•) Vehicle Weights CURB WEIGHT * (Pounds) % PASS WEIGHT OISTRIBUTION SHIPPING WHGHI " Model Pass. In Front Pass In Rear Front Rear Total (Pounds) Front Rear Front Rear 6EL hi 3010 2095 5105 kQ6o 6EL 67 300^- 2175 5179 5019 - ' — j 1 1 ! i • • • -f 1 .. .,. _...j ..... , J 1 1 ! ! 1 l 1 . ..J •Reference - SAE Aerospace-Automotive drawing standards. Section E 1.02 (d) •* Shipping weight definition - MVMA-40A-74 Paqe 26 MVMA Specifications Form CarUne Eldorado. Passenger Car Model Year 191^ Issued 9.-10-72-- Revised (•) Optional Equipment Weights WEIGHT (Pounds) Equipment Differential Weights Remarks Front Rear Total Auto Climate Control 124 -4 120 Stereo SS Radio 8.7 7.4 16:.1 7.7 AM-FM P.B- Radio ' • I n.o Stereo Tape Radio 9-9 7.8 17.7 6-Way Bench Seat 5.8 6.8 12.6. Dual Comfort Seat 9-9 10.1. 20.0 60-40 6 way driver 5.7 6.7 12.4 60-kO 6 way Pass 9.0 10.6 19.6 Vinyl Roof 2 6.2 8.2 Cabrolet Sun Roof 13.2 28.3 41.5 Cabrolet Roof 3.5 13.8 17.3 Sun Roof 9.7 14.2 24.2 Power Door Locks 5.8 6.7 12.5 • T & T Steering .6 .4 1 | Leather Trim 2.5 6.5 9 Power Trunk Lock -3.8 14.5 10.7 Cruise Control 5 1 6 DefoKRer _ 1 1 j RH Mirror 1.6 .9 2.5 Headlamp Cntr 2.5 -.5 2 Aux. Horn 1.6 .9 2.5 Track Master 10.0 2.0 12 • ' ' | MVMA-40A-74 Page 27 MVMA Specifications Form Car Line .. __C_adi_llac Eldorado . Passenger Car Model Year 3-97** Issued 3=10-73 Revised (•). Body Typ* 6E1J+7 & 6EL67 Vehicle Fiducial Marks Fiducial Mark Define Coordinate Location Number * Front Rear Fiducial Mark Mducia. Mark Coordinate Location of to Ground Design Load at Curb NumOer Fiducial Mark Weight Front L-6l 30.3 11.1 H-81 5.1 Rear L-62 136.3 I6.5 H-82 9-3 • Reference — SAE Recommended Practice. J182 MVMA-40A-74 Page 28 MVMA Specifications Form Passenger Car Exterior Car And Body Dimensions — Key Sheet Width Length 4 Height Ground Clearance I '23 H1A7 - (Ramp B'eatiove' r Angte) i ^r^Efr HI12 Hill L127- •I 104- -L!0t- -LI05- L103- Interior Car And Body Dimensions — Key Sheet Width Front Comet Rear Compt H50 Vertical Zero Line-* Third Seat Cargo Space MVMA-40A-74 Page 29 MVMA Specifications Form Passenger Car exterior Car And Body iintension s — Key Sheet Dimension Definitions Width Dimensions H112 ROCKER PANEL TO GROUND — FRONT The vertical dimension from ground to bottom of rocker panel, excluding W101 WHEEL TREAD — FRONT. Measured at centerline of tires, flanges. Measured to the outside of sheet metal at foremost with nominal camber, at ground. point of rocker panel. W102 WHEEL TREAD — REAR. Measured at centerline of tires H133 BOTTOM OF DOOR TO GROUND. CLOSED — FRONT is at ground. the same point on the door as H132 dimension, with door W103 MAXIMUM OVERALL CAR WIDTH. Include bumpers, mold closed. ings, or sheet metal protrusions Measured to outside of Ht11 ROCKER PANEL TO GROUND — REAR The vertical metal. dimension from ground to bottom of rocker panel, excluamg W117 MAXIMUM BODY WIDTH AT NO. 2 PILLAR. Measured flanges. Measured to the outside of sheet metal a' front across body at No. 2 pillar, excluding Hardware and applied of rear wheel opening moldings H135 BOTTOM OF LiOOft fO GROUND, CLOSHD — REAR is W120 MAXIMUM OVERALL CAR WIDTH. FRONT DOORS OPEN measured in same m.ii.M.r as HI33 is measured to outside of sheet metal with front doors in H122 WINDSHIELD SLOPE ANGLE. I ho ::'irjl<: between a vor maximum hold-open position. tical line and the windshield surface at oar cetVertme W121 MAXIMUM OVERALL CAR WIDTH. REAR DOORS OPEN On compound-curved windshields the chord of tlif; a'C is measured in same manner as W120 is used and limited to that section of the windshioM Length Dimensions comprehended by an 18-mch chord H125 HEADLAMP CENTERLINE TO GROUND is measured verti L30 VERTICAL ZERO LINE TO ACTUAL FRONT OF DASH. If cally to the center of the upper lamp. actual Front of Dash is to the rear of Body Zero Line, it is identified by a minus (—) sign. H126 TAILLAMP CENTERLINE is measured vertically from ground to the centerline of the upper bulb. L101 WHEELBASE. L103 OVERALL LENGTH. Include bumper guards if standard Ground Clearance Dimensions equipment. H102 BUMPER TO GROUND — FRONT Minimum dimension L104 OVERHANG — FRONT Measured from C/L of front wheels includes bumper guards to front of car. including bumper guards if standard equip H104 BUMPER TO GROUND — REAR. Minimum dimension ment. includes bumper guards. L105 OVERHANG — REAR. Measured from C/L of rear wheels H106 ANGLE OF APPROACH The angle between ground ana to rear of car. including bumper guards if standard equip a line tangent to the front tire static loaded radius arc ana ment the first point of interference, i.e.. bumper, guard, gravel deflector, fender or other component, excluding license L123 BODY UPPER STRUCTURE LENGTH AT CAR plate. This dimension may be determined graphically for CENTERLINE The horizontal dimension from the Cowl Point reporting purposes to the Deck Point. H107 ANGLE OF DEPARTURE The angle oetween ground a->:: L127 VERTICALZERO LINETO CENTERLINE OF REAR WHEELS. a line tangent to the rear tire static loaded radius arc a<'.c. A horizontal dimension the first pcml of interference, i.e.. bumper, guard yrav" L130 VERTICAL ZERO LINE TO WINDSHIELD COWL POINT. The deflector, tail pipe, lender or other component. exciuO',vj horizontal dimension from the vertical zero line to the license plate This dimension may be determined grot/ theoretical intersection of extended windshield glass plane cally for reporting purposes. and normal cowl surface. H147 RAMP BREAKOVER ANGLE The supplement ot .nciu'>-i Height Dimensions ramp angle (180° minus included ramp angle) over «>• .' car can pass without interference, measured with car sitt • ; H101 OVERALL HEIGHT — DESIGN. Measured with the vehicle n in Manufacturer's Design Weight attitude. on a level surface, using lines tangent to arcs ol front a •) rear static loaded radii and intersecting at point on unaer- H114 COWL POINT TO GROUND. Measured at vehicle center- side ot car which defines the smallest angle line. H153 REAR AXLE DIFFERENTIAL SYSTEM TO GROUND is a Hi 38 DECK POINT TO GROUND. Measured at vehicle centerline. minimum clearance H156 MINIMUM RUNNING GROUND CLEARANCE Location of measurement on the car is to be clearly recorded MVMA-40A-74 Page 30 MVMA Specifications Form Passenger Car Interior Car And Body Dimensions — Key Sheet Dimension Definitions Front Compartment Dimensions W6 HIP ROOM — REAR The lateral dimension through H Point to trimmed body surfaces. Depress loose side wall cloth L31 H POIN T TO VERTICAL ZERO LINE — FRONT is a horizontal to trim foundation or other obstruction when such construc dimension. tion exists. H61 EFFECTIVE HEAD ROOM — FRONT. The dimension from H51 UPPER BODY OPENING TO GROUND—REAR. The ver H Point to the headlining, plus a constant of 4.0 inches, tical dimension from a point on the trimmed body open measured along a line 8° to rear of vertical. ing to the ground, measured 13.0 inches forward of L34 MAXIMUM EFFECTIVE LEG ROOM — ACCELERATOR. the H Point. Measured along a diagonal line from the Manikin ankle Luggage Compartment Dimensions pivot center to the H Point plus a constant of 10.0 inches. For treadle type accelerator pedals, the leg room is V1 LUGGAGE CAPACITY — USABLE. The total luggage com measured with the Manikin's right loot on the accelerator partment luggage capacity in cubic feet with the tire and pedal and the Manikin Heel Point at Accelerator Heel Point. tools in place All other types of accelerator pedals will be measured with H195 LIFTOVER HEIGHT. Vertical dimension from the highest the Manikin foot angle set at 87" and the shoe touching point on the luggage compartment lower opening to the pedal ground, excluding comer radii. H30 H POINT TO HEEL POINT — FRONT The vertical dimension Station Wagon — Third Seat Dimensions from the H Point to the Accelerator Heel Point. W85 SHOULDER ROOM — THIRD SEAT. The minimum lateral L17 H POINT TRAVEL. The horizontal dimension between the dimension between the door garnish moldings or nearest H Point in the most forward and rearward, seat positions. interference. Measured at H Point station. W3 SHOULDER ROOM — FRONT. The minimum lateral dimen W86 HIP ROOM — THIRD SEAT. The lateral dimension through sions between the door garnish moldings or nearest inter H Point to trimmed surfaces. ference, measured at the H Point station.. L86 EFFECTIVE LEG ROOM — THIRD SEAT. Measured along W5 HIP ROOM — FRONT The lateral dimension through the a diagonal line from ankle pivot center to H Point plus H Point to trimmed body surfaces Depress loose side wall a constant of 10.0 inches With rear-facing third seat, foot cloth to trim foundation or other obstruction if such is positioned in foot well or to nearest interference with construction exists rear end or rear closure H50 UPPER BODY OPENING TO GROUND — FRONT. The verti H86 EFFECTIVE HEAD ROOM — THIRD SEAT. The dimension cal dimension from a point on the trimmed body opening from H Point to the headlining, plus a constant of 4 0 inches to the ground, measured at the H Point station. Measured along a line 8° to rear of vertical Rear Compartment Dimensions Station Wagon — Cargo Space Dimensions L50 H POINT COUPLE DISTANCE. The horizontal dimension L202 CARGO LENGTH AT FLOOR — FRONT SEAT. The horizon • from the front seat H Point to the rear seat H Point. tal dimension, measured at the floor level from the rear H63 EFFECTIVE HEAD ROOM — REAR. The dimension from of the front seat back to the normal inside limiting interfer the H Point to the headlining, plus a constant of 4.0 inches, ence on the tailgate, on the car centerlme measured along a line 8" to rear of vertical. L204 CARGO LENGTH AT BELT — FRONT SEAT The nonzontai L51 MINIMUM EFFECTIVE LEG ROOM — REAR. Measured dimension measured from the top rear of front seat back along a diagonal line from the ankle pivot center to the to a vertical extension line from the normal inside limiting H Point plus a constant of 10.0 inches, with the foot interference at the top of the tailgate, on the car centerlme positioned to the nearest interference between the seat W201 CARGO WIDTH—WHEELHOUSE. The minimum horizontal structure and toe, instep or lower leg. dimension, measured between wheelhousings at floor H31 H POINT TO HEEL POINT — REAR. The vertical dimension level. from the H Point to the Manikin Heel Point on the depressed W204 OPENING WIDTH AT BELT The minimum horizontal dimen floor covering. sion, measured between the nearest normal inside limiting L48 MINIMUM KNEE ROOM — REAR. The minimum dimension interferences of the rear opening at trie lop of the tailgate from the Manikin knee pivot center to the back of the front H201 MAXIMUM CARGO HEIGHT. The maximum vertical dimen seat back. sion, measured from the top of the floor covering to the L3 REAR COMPARTMENT ROOM. The horizontal dimension headlining, on the car centerline. from the back of front seat to front of rear seat back at H202 REAR OPENING HEIGHT The vertical dimension measured height tangent to the top of rear seat cushion. from the top of the floor covering to the normal inside limit W4 SHOULDER ROOM — REAR. The minimum lateral dimen ing interference at the top of the rear opening, on the car sion between the door garnish molding or nearest inter centerline, with both tail and liftgates fully open. ference. Measured at H Point station. V2 CARGO VOLUME INDEX BEHIND FRONT SEAT The total volume in cubic feet above the normal load floor and behmi the front seat with the liftgate and tailgate closed W4xL204xH20l 1728 MVMA-40A-74 Page 31 '>** MVMA Specifications Form Passenger Car Index Sub|*ct *•«• Mo- Subiect Pag* No. Alternator ,4 Kingpin (Steering Axis) Automatic Transmission ,8 1 Axis. Steering .22 Lamp height and spacing : ¾ Axle. Rear 4- 18 Legroom 3 Lengths — Car and Body 2 Battery 14 Lifters, valve 8 Bearings. Engine 6. 7. 9 Linings — Clutch, Brake 21 Belts — Fan. Generator. Water Pump 11 Lubrication 9. 17, 19 Brakes — Parking. Service 20. 21 Luggage Compartment 3 Cable — ignition 16 Models 1 Camber 22 Motor. Starting 14 Camshaft 7 Muffler 9 Capacities Cooling System 11 Passenger Capacity 1 Fuel Tank 10 Passenger Weight Distribution 26 Lubricants Engine Crankcase 9 Piston Pins & Rings 5. 6 Pistons 5. 6 Transmission 17. 18 Power Brakes 21 Rear Axle 18 Power Steering 21 Car Models 1 Power Teams 4 Car and Body Dimensions Propeller Shaft. Universal Joints 19 Width . 2 Pumps — Oil, Fuel 9. 10 Length 2 Water 11 Height 2 Ground Clearance 2 Radiator — Cap. Hoses . 11 Front Compartment 3 Ratios — Axle 4 18 Rear Compartment 3 Compression 4.5 Luggage Compartment 3 Steering 22 Station Wagon — Third Seat ..... 3 Transmission 17. 18 Station Wagon — Cargo Space 3 Rear Axle . 4. 18 Carburetor 4. 10. 13 Regulator — Generator 14 Caster 22 Rims 20 Choke. Automatic 10 Rings, Piston 6 Clutch — Pedal Operated 17 Rods — Connecting 6 Coil. Ignition 16 Connecting Rods . 6 Convenience Equipment 25 Seats '-. 24 Shock Absorbers. Front & Rear 23 Cooling System 11 Spark Plugs 16 Crankshaft 7 Speedometer 16 Cylinders and Cylinder Head 5 Springs — Front & Rear Suspension 23 Dimension Definitions Stabilizer (Sway Bar) — Front & Rear 23 Key Sheet — • Exterior 29. 30 Starting System 14 Key Sheet — Interior 29. 31 Steering 22 DiStnPutor — Ignition .... 15 Suppression — Ignition, Radio 16 Suspension — Front & Rear 23 Eiectncal System 14. 15, 16 Emission Controls 12. 13 Tail Pipe 9 Engine Theft Protection 24 Bore Stroke. Type 5 Thermostat. Cooling 11 Compression Ratio ... 4. 5 Timing — Valve. Ignition is Displacement 4. 5. 10 Tires 20 Firing Order. Cylinder Numbering 5 Toe in 22 General Information. HP & Torque . . .. 4, 5 Torque Converter 18 Identification Number Location 24 Torque — Engine 4 Lubrication 9 Transmission — Types 4. 10. 18 Power Teams 4 Transmission — Automatic 4. 10 18 Exhaust System 9 Transmission — Manual 4. 17 Equipment Availability 25 Transmission Ratios '7 18 2 Fan, Cooling 11 Tread Trunk Luggage Capacity 3 Fiducial Marks 28 Turning Diameter 22 Filters — Engine Oil. Fuel System . . 9. 10 Frame 24 Unitized Construction 24 Front Suspension 23 19 Fuel. Fuel Pump, Fuel System . . 5. 10. 13 Universal Joints. Propeller Shaft. Fuel Iniection 10 Valves — Intake & Exhaust . 8 24 Generator and Regulator Vehicle Identification Number 14 14 Glass 24 Voltage Regulator Height (Lamps) 25 Water Pump " Headroom — Body 3 Weights 26. 27 Heights — Car and Body 2 Wheel Alignment 22 Horns 16 Wheelbase 2 ?0 Horsepower — Brake 4 Wheels & Tires Wheel Spindle 22 Ignition System 15 Widths — Car and Body ? Inflation — Tires 20 Windshield 24 Instruments 16 Windshield Wiper and Washer '6 MVMA-40A-74 Page 32